Accounting & Management Bibliography H:

Main Bibliography

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Ha, A. Y., S. Tong and H. Zhang. 2011. Sharing demand information in competing supply chains with production diseconomies. Management Science (March): 566-581.

Haanaes, K., B. Balagopal, D. Arthur, M. T. Kong, I. Velken, N. Kruschwitz and M. S. Hopkins. 2011. First look: The second annual sustainability & innovation survey. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 77-83.

Haanaes, K., B. Balagopal, M. T. Kong, I. Velken, D. Arthur, M. S. Hopkins and N. Kruschwitz. 2011. New sustainability study: The 'embracers' seize advantage. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 23-35.

Haanaes, K., D. Michael, J. Jurgens and S. Rangan. 2013. Making sustainability profitable. Harvard Business Review (March): 110-115.

Haas, E. and L. Collen. 1963. Administrative practices in university departments. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(1): 44-60. (JSTOR link).

Haas, E. A. 1987. Breakthrough manufacturing. Harvard Business Review (March-April): 75-81.

Haas, M. R. 2003. Review: Organizational Knowledge in the Making: How Firms Create, Use, and Institutionalize Knowledge by Gerardo Patriotta. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(4): 690-692. (JSTOR link).

Haas, M. R. 2006. Knowledge gathering, team capabilities, and project performance in challenging work environments. Management Science (August): 1170-1184. (JSTOR link).

Haase, P. 1971. Financial Executives Institute: The First Forty Years. FEI.

Haberfeld, Y. 1992. Employment discrimination: An organizational model. The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 161-180. (JSTOR link).

Haberstroh, C. J. 1960. Control as an organizational process. Management Science (January): 165-171. (JSTOR link).

Haberstroh, C. J. 1961. Administration of safety in the steel industry. Management Science (July): 436-444. (JSTOR link).

Habib, A., M. Hossain and H. Jiang. 2011. Environmental uncertainty and the market pricing of earnings smoothness. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(2): 256-265.

Habib, G. M. 1987. Measures of manifest conflict in international joint ventures. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 808-816. (JSTOR link).

Habib, A. 2008. Corporate transparency, financial development and the allocation of capital: Empirical evidence. Abacus 44(1): 1-21.

Habib, A. 2012. Non-audit service fees and financial reporting quality: A meta-analysis. Abacus 48(2): 214-248.

Habiby, A. S. and D. M. Coyle Jr. 2010. The high-intensity entrepreneur. Harvard Business Review (September): 74-78.

Hackenbrack, K. 1992. Implications of seemingly irrelevant evidence in audit judgment. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 126-136. (JSTOR link).

Hackenbrack, K. 1997. Discussion of determinants of the justifiability of performance in ill- structured audit tasks. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Experts and the Application of Expertise in Accounting, Auditing, and Tax): 125-130. (JSTOR link).

Hackenbrack, K. and M. W. Nelson. 1996. Auditors' incentives and their application of financial accounting standards. The Accounting Review (January): 43-59. (JSTOR link).

Hackenbrack, K., K. L. Jensen and J. L. Payne. 2000. The effect of a bidding restriction on the audit services market. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 355-374. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, A. F. 1957. Telling Mr. Brown what he wants to know. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 881-885.

Hackett, J. P. 2007. Preparing for the prefect product launch. Harvard Business Review (April): 45-50.

Hackett, R. D., P. Bycio and R. M. Guion. 1989. Absenteeism among hospital nurses: An idiographic-longitudinal analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 424-453. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, R. P. 1933. Recent developments in governmental and institutional accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 122-127. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, R. P. 1933. A second course in accountancy. The Accounting Review (June): 160. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, R. P. 1935. Consistency in prepaid expenses. The Accounting Review (June): 206-209. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, R. P. 1937. Property accounts for municipalities. The Accounting Review (March): 64-68. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, R. P. 1938. Governmental accounting in the education of the public accountant. The Accounting Review (December): 390-392. (JSTOR link).

Hackett, R. P. 1944. Encumbrance accounting for industry. The Accounting Review (July): 294-298. (JSTOR link).

Hackman, J. D. 1985. Erratum: Power and centrality in the allocation of resources in colleges and universities. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(3): 425. (JSTOR link).

Hackman, J. D. 1985. Power and centrality in the allocation of resources in colleges and universities. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(1): 61-77. (JSTOR link).

Hackman, J. R. 2002. Leading Teams: Setting the Stage for Great Performances. Harvard Business School Press.

Hackman, J. R. and R. Wageman. 1995. Total quality management: Empirical, conceptual, and practical issues. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(2): 309-342. (JSTOR link).

Hackman, J. R. and R. E. Kaplan. 1974. Interventions into group process: An approach to improving the effectiveness of groups. Decision Sciences 5(3): 459-480.

Haddleton, G. 1998. 10 rules for selecting budget management software. Management Accounting (January): 24, 26-27.

Hadeed, F. 1952. Property and sales records for nonfederal taxes. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 813-817.

Hadjicharalambous, C. and M. Preis. 2004. Antecedents of opportunism in channels of distribution: The mediating roles of conflict, satisfaction, and performance. Journal of Business Industry and Economics (4): 33-47.

Hadley, G. 1962. Generalizations of the optimal final inventory model. Management Science (July): 454-457. (JSTOR link).

Hadley, G. 1964. A comparison of order quantities computed using the average annual cost and the discounted cost. Management Science (April): 472-476. (JSTOR link).

Hadley, G. and T. M. Whitin. 1961. A family of inventory models. Management Science (July): 351-371. (JSTOR link).

Hadley, G. and T. M. Whitin. 1961. An optimal final inventory model. Management Science (January): 179-183. (JSTOR link).

Hadley, G. and T. M. Whitin. 1962. A family of dynamic inventory models. Management Science (July): 458-469. (JSTOR link).

Hadley, G. and T. M. Whitin. 1962. Analysis of Inventory Systems. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall.

Hadley, G. D. and T. E. Balke. 1979. A comparison of academic and practitioner views of content levels in the undergraduate accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (April): 383-389. (JSTOR link).

Hadley, S. 2004. Making the supply chain management business case. Strategic Finance (April): 28-34.

Hadley, S. W. 2004. A modern view of inventory. Strategic Finance (July): 30-35.

Hadley, S. W. 2004. Safety inventory analysis: Why and how? Strategic Finance (September): 26-33.

Hadley, W. B. 1914. Municipal accounting, reporting and budget making. Journal of Accountancy (May): 355-363.

Haedicke, J. and D. Feil. 1991. In a DOD environment: Hughes Aircraft sets the standard for ABC. Management Accounting (February): 29-33.

Haenisch, F. A. 1921. Some cost problems in the Hawaiian sugar industry. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (November): 3-16.

Hafner, G. F. 1964. Auditing E.D.P. The Accounting Review (October): 979-982. (JSTOR link).

Hafter, R. A. and R. C. Sparks. 1986. Can you evaluate your R&D spending? Management Accounting (January): 53-55.

Hafzalla, N. M. 2009. Managerial incentives for discretionary disclosure: Evidence from management leveraged buyouts. Review of Accounting Studies 14(4): 507-533.

Hagaman, T. C. 1990. At risk! Management Accounting (January): 41-43. (Related to bank failure).

Hage, J. 1965. An axiomatic theory of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(3): 289-320. (JSTOR link).

Hage, J. 1966. An axiomatic theory of organizations: Reply. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(1): 141-146. (JSTOR link).

Hage, J. and M. Aiken. 1969. Routine technology, social structure, and organization goals. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 366-376. (JSTOR link).

Hage, J. and R. Dewar. 1973. Elite values versus organizational structure in predicting innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(3): 279-290. (JSTOR link).

Hagel, J. 2012. Bridging the ethical divide: Survey finds firms lagging. Journal of Accountancy (July): 22-23.

Hagel, J. 2012. CFO Round Table: Managing uncertainty. Journal of Accountancy (June): 94-98.

Hagel, J. 2012. Developing the talent pipeline. Journal of Accountancy (November): 24-25.

Hagel, J. 2012. Executives turn data into internal insight. Journal of Accountancy (May): 26-27.

Hagel, J. 2012. New skills for an evolving profession. Journal of Accountancy (August): 24-25.

Hagel, J. 2012. The merits of thinking the unthinkable. Journal of Accountancy (October): 18-19.

Hage, J. and M. Aiken. 1967. Relationship of centralization to other structural properties. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(1): 72-92. (JSTOR link).

Hagel, J. III. 2002. Leveraged growth: Expanding sales without sacrificing profits. Harvard Business Review (October): 68-77. (Build on other companies' assets).

Hagel, J. III. 2002. Out of the Box: Strategies for Achieving Profits Today and Growth Tomorrow through Web Services. Harvard Business School Press.

Hagel, J. III. and J. S. Brown. 2005. Productive friction: How difficult business partnerships can accelerate innovation. Harvard Business Review (February): 82-91.

Hagel, J. III., J. S. Brown and L. Davison. 2008. Shaping strategy in a world of constant disruption. Harvard Business Review (October): 80-89.

Hagel, J. III., J. S. Brown and L. Davison. 2009. The big shift: Measuring the forces of change. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 86-89. (A framework for understanding the forces of change in the competitive landscape - The shift index).

Hagel, J. III., J. S. Brown and L. Davison. 2010. The Power of Pull: How Small Moves, Smartly Made, Can Set Big Things in Motion. Basic Books. (For a review see Hayashi, A. M. 2010. Are you 'pushing' in a 'pull' world? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 16-18).

Hagen, E. 1949. National accounting systems and the European recovery program. The Accounting Review (July): 248-254. (JSTOR link).

Hagen, H. O. 1959. How we achieved ready control of fixed asset detail. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 72-78.

Hager, H. C. 1976. Cash management and the cash cycle. Management Accounting (March): 19-21.

Hageman, A. M., V. Arnold and S. G. Sutton. 2009. Starving the beast: Using tax policy and governmental budgeting to drive social policy. Accounting and the Public Interest (9): 10-38.

Hagerman, R. L. 1975. A test of government regulation of accounting principles. The Accounting Review (October): 699-709. (JSTOR link).

Hagerman, R. L. 1978. The Metcalf report: Selling some assumptions. Management Accounting (January): 13-16.

Hagerman, R. L. 1980. Accounting in the Bible. The Accounting Historians Journal 7(2): 71-76. (JSTOR link).

Hagerman, R. L. and C. H. Hagerman. 1989. Research promotion standards at selected accounting programs. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 265-279.

Hagerman, R. L. and M. E. Zmijewski. 1979. Some economic determinants of accounting policy choice. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 141-161.

Hagerman, R. L., M. E. Zmijewski and P. Shah. 1984. The association between the magnitude of quarterly earnings forecast errors and risk-adjusted stock returns. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 526-540. (JSTOR link).

Hagerty, J. E. 1907. Commercial Credit. Journal of Accountancy (April): 429-437.

Hagerty, J. E. 1907. History of the National Credit Men's Association. Journal of Accountancy (November): 44-56.

Hagerty, J. E. 1907. Mercantile agencies. Journal of Accountancy (August): 261-271.

Hagerty, J. E. 1907. The credit man. Journal of Accountancy (June): 112-121.

Hagg, I., A. Magnusson and L. A. Samuelson. 1988. Research on budgetary control in the nordic countries - A survey. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 535-547.

Hagg, I. and G. Hedlund. 1979. "Case studies" in accounting research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(1-2): 135-143.

Hagiu, A. and D. B. Yoffie. 2009. What's your Google strategy? Harvard Business Review (April): 74-81.

Hagiu, A. and J. Wright. 2013. Do you really want to be an eBay? Harvard Business Review (March): 102-108.

Hagler, J. L. 1974. The franchise fee. Management Accounting (July): 49-51.

Haglund, B. E. 1966. Inventory: Lower of cost or market. The Accounting Review (October): 772. (JSTOR link).

Hagstrom, W. O. 1964. Traditional and modern forms of scientific teamwork. Administrative Science Quarterly 9(3): 241-263. (JSTOR link).

Hah, C. and R. M. Lindquist. 1975. The 1952 steel seizure revisited: A systematic study in presidential decision making. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(4): 587-605. (JSTOR link).

Hahn, A. 1929. Stabilization of business in Germany. Harvard Business Review (January): 129-142.

Hahn, C. K. and W. C. Waterhouse. 1972. Confucian theories of man and organization. The Academy of Management Journal 15(3): 355-363. (JSTOR link).

Hahn, W. 2011. The going-concern assumption: Its journey into GAAP. The CPA Journal (February): 26-31.

Haidinger, T. P. 1968. The case for continuous discounting. Management Accounting (February): 57-61.

Haidinger, T. P. 1970. Negotiate for profits. Management Accounting (December): 23-24, 52. (Related to transfer pricing).

Hail, L. 2007. Discussion of investor protection and analysts’ cash flow forecasts around the world. Review of Accounting Studies 12(2-3): 421-441.

Hail, L. and C. Leuz. 2006. International differences in the cost of equity capital: Do legal institutions and securities regulation matter? Journal of Accounting Research (June): 485-531. (JSTOR link).

Hail, L., C. Leuz and P. Wysocki. 2010. Global accounting convergence and the potential adoption of IFRS by the U.S. (Part I): Conceptual underpinnings and economic analysis. Accounting Horizons (September): 355-394.

Hail, L., C. Leuz and P. Wysocki. 2010. Global accounting convergence and the potential adoption of IFRS by the U.S. (Part II): Political factors and future scenarios for U.S. accounting standards. Accounting Horizons (December): 567-588.

Haim, F., C. Graham and J. Waterhouse. 1992. Towards a framework for not-for-profit accounting; Discussions. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(2): 468-499.

Hain, H. P. 1966. Accounting control in the Zenon Papyri. The Accounting Review (October): 699-703. (JSTOR link). (A collection of more than one thousand accounting related documents covering a thirty year period during the third century B.C.)

Hain, H. P. 1967. Casting the account. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 154-163. (JSTOR link).

Haines, G., F. Heider and D. Remington. 1961. The computer as a small-group member. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(3): 360-374. (JSTOR link).

Haines, G. H. Jr. 1964. A theory of market behavior after innovation. Management Science (July): 634-658. (JSTOR link).

Haka, S. F. 1987. Capital budgeting techniques and firm specific contingencies: A correlational analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 31-48.

Haka, S. F., B. A. Lamberton and H. M. Sollenberger. 1994. International subsidiary performance evaluation: The case of the Ameripill Company. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 168-190.

Haka, S. F., J. L. Luft and B. Ballou. 2000 Second-order uncertainty in accounting information and bilateral bargaining costs. Journal of Management Accounting Research (12): 115-139.

Haka, S. F., L. A. Gordon and G. E. Pinches. 1985. Sophisticated capital budgeting selection techniques and firm performance. The Accounting Review (October): 651-669. (JSTOR link).

Haka, S., L. Friedman and V. Jones. 1986. Functional fixation and interference theory: A theoretical and empirical investigation. The Accounting Review (July): 455-474. (JSTOR link).

Hakala, G. 1985. Measuring Costs with machine hours. Management Accounting (October): 57-61.

Hakansson, H. and J. Lind. 2004. Accounting and network coordination. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(1): 51-72.

Hakansson, N. H. 1969. An induced theory of accounting under risk. The Accounting Review (July): 495-514. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1969. Discussion of an empirical study of accounting methods and stock prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 82-84. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1969. On the relevance of price-level accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 22-31. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1977. Interim disclosure and public forecasts: An economic analysis and a framework for choice. The Accounting Review (April): 396-426. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1978. Review article: Where we are in accounting: A review of "Statement on accounting theory and theory acceptance". The Accounting Review (July): 717-725. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1981. On the politics of accounting disclosure and measurement: An analysis of economic incentives. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Standardization of Accounting Practices: An Assessment of Alternative Institutional Arrangements): 1-35. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1981. [On the politics of accounting disclosure and measurement: An analysis of economic incentives]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Standardization of Accounting Practices: An Assessment of Alternative Institutional Arrangements): 48-49. (JSTOR link).

Hakansson, N. H. 1983. Comments on Weick and Ross. The Accounting Review (April): 381-384. (JSTOR link). (Part of a special section that includes 8 papers on research perspectives from related disciplines).

Hakansson, N. H., J. G. Kunkel and J. A. Ohlson. 1984. A comment of Verrecchia's no trading "theorem". Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 765-767. (JSTOR link).

Halabi, A. K. 2006. Applying an instructional learning efficiency model to determine the most efficient feedback for teaching introductory accounting. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (3): 93-113.

Halabi, A. K., J. E. Tuovinen and A. A. Farley. 2005. Empirical evidence on the relative efficiency of worked examples versus problem-solving exercises in accounting principles instruction. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 21-32.

Halaby, C. N. 1978. Bureaucratic promotion criteria. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 466-484. (JSTOR link).

Halbert, T. and E. Ingulli. 2002. CyberEthics. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Haldma, T. and K. Laats. 2002. Contingencies influencing the management accounting practices of Estonian manufacturing companies. Management Accounting Research (December): 379-400.

Hale, C. E. 1961. Effective reporting of research and development costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 63-68.

Hale, J. A. G. 1995. From Concepts to Capabilities: Understanding and Exploiting Change As a Competitive Advantage. John Wiley & Sons.

Hale, J. A. and L. J. Ryan. 1979. Decision science and the management accountant. Management Accounting (January): 42-45.

Haleblian, J. and S. Finkelstein. 1993. Top management team size, CEO dominance, and firm performance: The moderating roles of environmental turbulence and discretion. The Academy of Management Journal 36(4): 844-863. (JSTOR link).

Haleblian, J. and S. Finkelstein. 1999. The influence of organizational acquisition experience on acquisition performance: A behavioral learning perspective. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(1): 29-56. (JSTOR link).

Haleblian, J., J. Kim and N. Rajagopalan. 2006. The influence of acquisition experience and performance on acquisition behavior: Evidence from U.S. commercial banking industry. The Academy of Management Journal 49(2):357-370. (JSTOR link).

Hales, J. 2007. Directional preferences, information processing, and investors' forecasts of earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 607-628. (JSTOR link).

Haley, A. S. 1996. DARWin: The evolution of data collection. Management Accounting (May): 45-47.

Half, R. 1973. Gamesmanship in salary management. Management Accounting (March): 56-57.

Half, R. 1976. A better job ... Yours for the asking. Management Accounting (December): 54-57, 64.

Half, R. 1980. Do management accountants have an image problem? Management Accounting (August): 10-13.

Half, R. 1985. Burnout or cop-out? Management Accounting (January): 29-33.

Halff, J. F. 1960. Applying the scientific method to the study of management. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 193-196. (JSTOR link).

Halkos, G. E. and D. S. Salamouris. 2004. Efficiency measurement of the Greek commercial banks with the use of financial ratios: A data envelopment analysis approach. Management Accounting Research (June): 201-224.

Hall, A. and R. W. Hall. 1983. Zero Inventories. Homewood, IL: Dow Jones - Irwin Press.

Hall, B. J. and A. Wasynczuk. 2011. The gentleman's "Three": No one gets a low score on this company's performance reviews. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 157-161.

Hall, B. J. and K. J. Murphy. 2002. Stock options for undiversified executives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 3-42.

Hall, B. J. and T. A. Knox. 2004. Underwater options and the dynamics of executive pay-to-performance sensitivities. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 365-412. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. and J. Jackson. 1992. Speeding up new product development. Management Accounting (October): 32-36. (Extending JIT techniques to the entire value chain).

Hall, D. and T. Peters. 2001. Jump Start Your Business Brain: Win More, Lose Less, and Make More Money. F & W Publications.

Hall, D. T. 1972. A model of coping with role conflict: The role behavior of college educated women. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 471-486. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and B. Schneider. 1972. Correlates of organizational identification as a function of career pattern and organizational type. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 340-350. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and E. E. Lawler. 1970. Job characteristics and pressures and the organizational integration of professionals. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(3): 271-281. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and L. W. Foster. 1977. A psychological success cycle and goal setting: Goals, performance, and attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 282-290. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T. and R. Mansfield. 1971. Organizational and individual response to external stress. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 533-547. (JSTOR link).

Hall, D. T., B. Schneider and H. T. Nygren. 1970. Personal factors in organizational identification. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(2): 176-190. (JSTOR link).

Hall, E. J. and R. J. Kolkmann. 1976. A vote for the probabilistic pro forma income statement. Management Accounting (January): 45-48.

Hall, F. S. and D. T. Hall. 1976. Effects of job incumbents' race and sex on evaluations of managerial performance. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 476-481. (JSTOR link).

Hall, G., J. Rosenthal and J. Wade. 1993. How to make reengineering really work. Harvard Business Review (November-December): 119-133.

Hall, H. B. 1925. Industrial appraisals and insurance. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (April 15): 3-17 .

Hall, J. 1972. Representation without taxation. Management Accounting (March): 36-38, 41. (Tax advantages for ship owners).

Hall, J. and H. Vredenburg. 2003. The challenges of innovating for sustainable development. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 61-68.

Hall, J. and H. Vredenburg. 2005. Managing stakeholder ambiguity. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 11-13.

Hall, J. and M. M. Greenstein. 1996. Safeguarding microcomputers and lans. Management Accounting (May): 27-28, 30-31, 34-36.

Hall, J. A. 2000. Information Systems Auditing and Assurance. South-Western Publishing.

Hall, J. J. 2005. Answer please: Fraud-based interviewing. Journal of Accountancy (August): 61-65.

Hall, J. M. and M. E. Johnson. 2009. When should a process be art, not science? Harvard Business Review (March): 58-65.

Hall, J. O. and C. R. Aldridge. 2007. Changes in accounting for changes. Journal of Accountancy (February): 45-50.

Hall, J. R. 1932. The economic security of wage workers. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1597-1616.

Hall, J. W. 1972. A comparison of Halpin and Croft's organizational climates and Likert and Likert's organizational systems. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 586-590. (JSTOR link).

Hall, L. and J. Lambert. 1996. Cummins Engine changes its depreciation. Management Accounting (July): 30, 32-34, 36. (Using production oriented depreciation methods).

Hall, L. H. 1957. Experience with experience curves for aircraft design changes. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 59-66.

Hall, M. 2008. The effect of comprehensive performance measurement systems on role clarity, psychological empowerment and managerial performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(2-3): 141-163.

Hall, M. 2010. Accounting information and managerial work. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(3): 301-315.

Hall, M. 2011. Do comprehensive performance measurement systems help or hinder managers’ mental model development? Management Accounting Research (June): 68-83.

Hall, M. and D. Smith. 2009. Mentoring and turnover intentions in public accounting firms: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 695-704.

Hall, M., D. Smith and K. Langfield-Smith. 2005. Accountants' commitment to their profession: Multiple dimensions of professional commitment and opportunities for future research. Behavioral Research in Accounting (17): 89-110.

Hall, O. L. 1963. Testing profit objectives in the light of costs and market prices. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 49-52.

Hall, O. L. 1971. Mark-up based on assets employed. Management Accounting (February): 48-49, 52.

Hall, R. 1983. Zero Inventories (Irwin/Apics Series in Production Management). McGraw-Hill.

Hall, R., N. P. Galambos, and M. Karlsson. 1997. Constraint-based profitability analysis: Stepping beyond the Theory of Constraints. Journal of Cost Management (July/August): 6-10. (Summary).

Hall, R. B. 1979. How we estimate replacement costs. Management Accounting (January): 30-36.

Hall, R. H. 1962. Intraorganizational structural variation: Application of the bureaucratic model. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(3): 295-308. (JSTOR link).

Hall, R. H. 1967. Some organizational considerations in the professional-organizational relationship. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(3): 461-478. (JSTOR link).

Hall, R. H., J. E. Haas and N. J. Johnson. 1967. An examination of the Blauscott and Etzioni typologies. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(1): 118-139. (JSTOR link).

Hall, R. H., J. E. Haas, N. J. Johnson and P. D. Weldon. 1972. Reply to Weldon. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(1): 79-80. (JSTOR link).

Hall, R. H., J. P. Clark, P. C. Giordano, P. V. Johnson and M. Van Roekel. 1977. Patterns of interorganizational relationships. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 457-474. (JSTOR link).

Hall, R. I. 1976. A system pathology of an organization: The rise and fall of the old Saturday Evening Post. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 185-211. (JSTOR link).

Hall, R. O. 1916. Back to single entry. Journal of Accountancy (September): 196-204.

Hall, R. W., H. T. Johnson and P. B. B. Turney. 1990. Measuring Up: Charting Pathways to Excellence. Homewood, IL: Business One Irwin.

Hall, R. W. 1993. Numerical Nonsense. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 3-4.

Hall, R. W. 1996. The not-so-simple broadening of performance measurement. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 3-4.

Hall, S. C. and W. W. Stammerjohan. 1997. Damage awards and earnings management in the oil industry. The Accounting Review (January): 47-65. (JSTOR link).

Hall, S. P. 1945. Accounting goes overseas. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 771-778.

Hall, S. P. 1948. Eyes on the next decade - A forward planning procedure. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 375-380.

Hall, S. P. 1950. Seven aids to better control reports - A case study. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 877-886.

Hall, T. P. and L. H. Robertson. 1964. Evaluating value analysis. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 32.

Hall, T. W. 1974. Inventory carrying costs: A case study. Management Accounting (January): 37-39.

Hall, T. W. 1975. Post-completion audit procedure. Management Accounting (September): 33-37.

Hall, T. W. 1982. An empirical test of the effect of asset aggregation on valuation accuracy. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 139-151. (JSTOR link).

Hall, T. W. and K. A. Shriver. 1990. Econometric properties of asset valuation rules under price movement and measurement errors: An empirical test. The Accounting Review (July): 537-556. (JSTOR link).

Hall, T. W., A. W. Higson, B. J. Pierce, K. H. Price and C. J. Skousen. 2012. Haphazard sampling: Selection biases induced by control listing properties and the estimation consequences of these biases. Behavioral Research In Accounting 24(2):. 101-132.

Hall, T. W., J. E. Hunton and B. J. Pierce. 2000. The use of and selection biases associated with nonstatistical sampling in auditing. Behavioral Research In Accounting (12): 231-256.

Hall, T. W., J. E. Hunton and B. J. Pierce. 2002. Sampling practices of auditors in public accounting, industry, and government. Accounting Horizons (June): 125-136.

Hallam, S. F. 1975. An empirical investigation of the objectives and constraints of electronic data processing departments. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 55-62. (JSTOR link).

Hallbauer, R. C. 1978. Standard costing and scientific management. The Accounting Historians Journal 5(2): 37-49. (JSTOR link).

Hallbauer, R. C. 1980. How orchestras measure internal performance. Management Accounting (February): 54-57.

Hallen, B. L. 2008. The causes and consequences of the initial network positions of new organizations: From whom do entrepreneurs receive investments? Administrative Science Quarterly 53(4): 685-718. (JSTOR link).

Haller, A., J. Ernstberger and M. Froschhammer. 2009. Implications of the mandatory transition from national GAAP to IFRS - Empirical evidence from Germany. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 226-236.

Hallett, W. E. 1906. Some aspects of the bond problem. Journal of Accountancy (October): 442-449.

Halliday, T. C. and B. G. Carruthers. 1996. The moral regulation of markets: Professions, privatization and the English insolvency act 1986. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(4): 371-413.

Halligan, B. and D. Shah. 2009. Inbound Marketing: Get Found Using Google, Social Media, and Blogs. Wiley.

Halligan, C. W. 1937. Accounting for the manufacture of mechanical rubber products. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 197-216.

Halliwell, P. D. 1969. Basic principles of pension funding and APB opinion no. 8. Management Accounting (July): 15-19.

Halloran, R. J. 1949. Public warehousing of product under manufacturing department control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 551-556.

Halloran, R. J. 1951. Key records for renegotiable sales. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 550-556.

Halloran, R. J. 1952. Weekly expense control can be practical. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 705-715.

Halloran, R. J. 1953. How to build and income forecast. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 886-893.

Hallowell, E. M. 2005. Overloaded circuits: Why smart people underperform. Harvard Business Review (January): 54-62.

Hallowell, E. M. 2010. What brain science tells us about how to excel: A doctor's prescription for achieving peak performance. Harvard Business Review (December): 123-129. (Five steps to the Cycle of Excellence: "Select the right tasks, connect with colleagues, play with problems, grapple with and grow from challenges, and shine in the acknowledgement of your achievements.").

Hallowell, M. R., A. Veltri and S. Johnson. 2009. Safety & lean: One manufacturer's lessons learned and best practices. Professional Safety (November): 22-27.

Halper, S. and J. Clarke. 2005. America Alone: The Neo-Conservatives and the Global Order. Cambridge University Press.

Halperin, R. 1978. Misleading tax figures - A problem for accountants: A comment. The Accounting Review (April): 517-519. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. 1979. The effects of LIFO inventory costing on resource allocation: A public policy perspective. The Accounting Review (January): 58-71. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. 1981. The effects of LIFO inventory costing on resource allocation: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 977-979. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. and B. Srinidhi. 1987. The effects of the U. S. income tax regulations' transfer pricing rules on allocative efficiency. The Accounting Review (October): 686-706. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. and B. Srinidhi. 1996. U.S. income tax transfer pricing rules for intangibles as approximations of arm's length pricing. The Accounting Review (January): 61-80. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. and J. Tzur. 1985. Monetary compensation and nontaxable employee benefits: An analytical perspective. The Accounting Review (October): 670-680. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. M. 1980. Discussion of accounting methods and management decisions: The case of inventory costing and inventory policy. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 286-291. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. M. and B. Srinidhi. 1991. U. S. income tax transfer-pricing rules and resource allocation: The case of decentralized multinational firms. The Accounting Review (January): 141-157. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. M. and W. N. Lanen. 1987. The effects of the Thor Power Tool decision on the LIFO/FIFO choice. The Accounting Review (April): 378-384. (JSTOR link).

Halperin, R. M. and W. N. Lanen. 1990. A reply to "A comment on 'The effects of the Thor Power Tool decision on the LIFO/FIFO choice' ". The Accounting Review (October): 965-967. (JSTOR link).

Halpern, R. S. 1961. Employee unionization and foremen's attitudes. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(1): 73-88. (JSTOR link).

Halsey, R. F. 2001. Using the residual-income stock price valuation model to teach and learn ratio analysis. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 257-272.

Halt, D. R. 1986. Aesop revisited: A management fable of the '80s. Management Accounting (September): 48-50.

Halter, E. S. 1918. Stock brokerage audits. Journal of Accountancy (November): 349-354.

Halterman, C. 2011. Expanding service organization controls reporting: SOC 2 reports offer CPAs new opportunities to address clients' needs. Journal of Accountancy (July): 46-50.

Halterman, J. F. 1944. Accountants in OPA. The Accounting Review (July): 279-283. (JSTOR link).

Halvey, J. and B. Melby. 1996. Information Technology Outsourcing Transactions: Process, Strategies and Contracts. John Wiley & Sons.

Halvey, J. and B. Melby. 1999. Business Process Outsourcing: Process, Strategies and Contracts. John Wiley & Sons.

Halvorson, H. G. and E. T. Higgins. 2013. Know what really motivates you. Harvard Business Review (March): 117-120.

Ham, J., D. Losell and W. Smieliauskas. 1985. An empirical study of error characteristics in accounting populations. The Accounting Review (July): 387-406. (JSTOR link).

Hamblin, C. N. 1908. Sinking fund accounts. Journal of Accountancy (November): 58-59.

Hambrick, D. C. 1981. Environment, strategy, and power within top management teams. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(2): 253-275. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. 1983. An empirical typology of mature industrial-product environments. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 213-230. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. 1983. High profit strategies in mature capital goods industries: A contingency approach. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 687-707. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. 1983. Some tests of the effectiveness and functional attributes of Miles and Snow's strategic types. The Academy of Management Journal 26(1): 5-26. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. 2005. Just how bad are our theories? Academy of Management Learning & Education (March): 104-107. (Related to Ghoshal's criticism of management theory).

Hambrick, D. C. 2005. Venturing outside the monastery. The Academy of Management Journal 48(6): 961-962. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. 2007. The field of management's devotion to theory: Too much of a good thing? The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1346-1352. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. and A. A. Cannella, Jr. 1993. Relative standing: A framework for understanding departures of acquired executives. The Academy of Management Journal 36(4): 733-762. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. and D. Lei. 1985. Toward an empirical prioritization of contingency variables for business strategy. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 763-788. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. and E. Abrahamson. 1995. Assessing managerial discretion across industries: A multimethod approach. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1427-1441. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. and I. C. Macmillan. 1985. Efficiency of product R&D in business units: The role of strategic context. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 527-547. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. and R. A. D'Aveni. 1988. Large corporate failures as downward spirals. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(1): 1-23. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C. and S. M. Schecter. 1983. Turnaround strategies for mature industrial-product business units. The Academy of Management Journal 26(2): 231-248. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C., I. C. MacMillan and D. L. Day. 1982. Strategic attributes and performance in the BCG Matrix - A PIMS-based analysis of industrial product businesses. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 510-531. (JSTOR link).

Hambrick, D. C., T. S. Cho and M. Chen. 1996. The influence of top management team heterogeneity on firms' competitive moves. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(4): 659-684. (JSTOR link).

Hamburg, M. and W. F. Matlack. 1968. A rejoinder and a generalized model. Management Science (December): B213-B215. (JSTOR link).

Hamburg, M. and W. F. Matlack. 1968. Maximizing insurance buyers' utility. Management Science (February): B294-B301. (JSTOR link).

Hamel, C. D. 1924. The Board of Tax Appeals. Journal of Accountancy (November): 327-336.

Hamel, G. 2000. Leading the Revolution. Harvard Business School Press.

Hamel, G. 2006. The why, what, and how of management innovation. Harvard Business Review (February): 72-84.

Hamel, G. 2009. Moon shots for management. Harvard Business Review (February): 91-98. (25 grand challenges for management theory and practice).

Hamel, G. 2011. First, let's fire all the managers: Morning Star, a leading food processor, demonstrates how to create an organization that combines managerial discipline and market-centric flexibility - without bosses, titles, or promotions. Harvard Business Review (December): 48-60.

Hamel, G. and C. K. Prahalad. 1996. Competing for the Future. Harvard Business School Press.

Hamel, G. and C. K. Prahalad. 2005. Strategic intent. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 148-161. (Reprint of their 1989 HBR article).

Hamel, G. and G. Getz. 2004. Funding growth in a age of austerity. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 76-84. (Five ways to innovate on the cheap).

Hamel, G. and L. Välikangas. 2003. The quest for resilience. Harvard Business Review (September): 52-63. (Resilience is about continuously anticipating strategy decay and reinventing the organization's business model. This requires addressing four challenges: The cognitive challenge, the strategic challenge, the political challenge, and the ideological challenge).

Hamelman, P. W. 1970. Missions, matrices and university management. The Academy of Management Journal 13(1): 35-47. (JSTOR link).

Hamelman, P. W. 1971. Missions, matrices, and university management: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 151-153. (JSTOR link).

Hamid, S., R. Craig and F. Clarke. 1993. Religion: A confounding cultural element in the international harmonization of accounting? Abacus 29(2): 131-148.

Hamill, E. N. 1967. Utilizing PEM in a capital program. Management Accounting (November): 21-24.

Hamilton, A. and W. M. VanDeburgh. 2012. Tax implications of U.S. budgetary pressures: Uncertainty over the tax code and the impetus for reform. The CPA Journal (April): 43-49.

Hamilton, A. J. and W. M. VanDenburg. 2013. Home Concrete decision offers limited guidance. Journal of Accountancy (March): 58-62.

Hamilton, B. 2003. How to be a top strategic advisor. Strategic Finance (June): 41-43.

Hamilton, B. P. 1948. A case against flexible budgeting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 1135-1140.

Hamilton, B. P. Jr. 1958. Divisional profit controls - experience of an oil company. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 31-41.

Hamilton, B. P. Jr. 1959. Helps for your cost reduction program. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 5-10.

Hamilton, B. P. Jr. 1968. Which information for stockholders? Management Accounting (December): 13-15.

Hamilton, C. 2004. Forensic business valuation. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 217-224.

Hamilton, F. A. 1920. Accounting for the handling of scrap metals. Journal of Accountancy (November): 354-360.

Hamilton, J. 1991. Calculating pension obligations. Management Accounting (November): 26-29.

Hamilton, J. W. 1990. Summary annual report. Management Accounting (January): 38-40.

Hamilton, R. E. 1974. The effect of aggregation on decision-making success: A laboratory study: A comment. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 355-361. (JSTOR link).

Hamilton, R. E. 1976. Casualty insurance recoveries with coinsurance clauses: A general approach. The Accounting Review (January): 148-150. (JSTOR link).

Hamilton, R. E. 1980. Discussion of optimal contracts with costly conditional auditing. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 134-139. (JSTOR link).

Hamilton, R. E. and W. F. Wright. 1982. Internal control judgments and effects of experience: Replications and extensions. Journal of Accounting Research (Part II, Autumn): 756-765. (JSTOR link).

Hamilton, R. W., J. Srivastava and A. T. Abraham. 2010. When should you nickel-and-dime your customers? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 59-67.

Hamilton, W. D. 1951. A contractor's equipment records. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1071-1078.

Hamlen, S. S. 1980. A chance-constrained mixed integer programming model for internal control design. The Accounting Review (October): 578-593. (JSTOR link).

Hamlen, S. S., W. A. Hamlen, Jr. and J. T. Tschirhart. 1977. The use of core theory in evaluating joint cost allocation schemes. The Accounting Review (July): 616-627. (JSTOR link).

Hamlen, S. S., W. A. Hamlen, Jr. and J. Tschirhart. 1980. The use of the generalized Shapley allocation in joint cost allocation. The Accounting Review (April): 269-287. (JSTOR link).

Hamlin, C. S. 1916. The Federal Reserve Act. Journal of Accountancy (November): 329-337.

Hamm, J. 2002. Why entrepreneurs don't scale. Harvard Business Review (December): 110-115. (Testing scalability, i.e., determining if you can turn an entrepreneur into a CEO).

Hamm, J. 2006. The five messages leaders must manage. Harvard Business Review (May): 114-123.

Hamman, W. D. 1914. Efficiency in municipal accounting and reporting. Journal of Accountancy (January): 28-36.

Hammer, A. 1962. How are you fixed for fixed asset records? N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 20.

Hammer, B. and C. H. Stinson. 1995. Managerial accounting and environmental compliance costs. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 4-10. (Summary).

Hammer, E. and T. A. Gavin. 1983. How effective is your supervisor? Management Accounting (November): 47-51.

Hammer, M. 1971. The application of behavioral conditioning procedures to the problems of quality control: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 529-532. (JSTOR link).

Hammer, M. 1990. Reengineering work: Don't automate, obliterate. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 104-112.

Hammer, M. 2001. The Agenda: What Every Business Must Do to Dominate the Decade. Crown Pub.

Hammer, M. 2001. The superefficient company. Harvard Business Review (September): 82-91. (Summary).

Hammer, M. 2002. Process management and the future of six sigma. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 26-32.

Hammer, M. 2004. Deep change: How operational innovation can transform your company. Harvard Business Review (April): 84-93.

Hammer, M. 2007. The 7 deadly sins of performance measurement [and how to avoid them]. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 19-28. (Vanity - Using measures that make you look good, Provincialism - Measuring narrowly, Narcissism - Measuring from your own point of view rather than from the customers perspective, Laziness - Assuming you know what is important to measure, Pettiness - Measuring only part of what matters, Inanity - Using measures without understanding the behavioral consequences, Frivolity - Not being serious about measurements and improvement).

Hammer, M. 2007. The process audit. Harvard Business Review (April): 111-123. (Note).

Hammer, M. and J. Champy. 1993. Reengineering the Corporation. Harper Business. ("Companies today consist of functional silos, or stovepipes, vertical structures built on narrow pieces of a process. ... The contemporary performance problems that companies experience are the inevitable consequences of process fragmentation." p. 28).

Hammer, M., D. Leonard and T. Davenport. 2004. Why don't we know more about knowledge. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 14-18.

Hammer, S. and C. J. Russo. 2012. Tax-advantaged investing for an uncertain economy. Journal of Accountancy (May): 28-33.

Hammer, T. H. 1978. Relationships between local union characteristics and worker behavior and attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 560-577. (JSTOR link).

Hammer, T. H. and R. N. Stern. 1980. Employee ownership: Implications for the organizational distribution of power. The Academy of Management Journal 23(1): 78-100. (JSTOR link).

Hammer, W. C. and P. L. Carter. 1975. A comparison of alternative production management coefficient decision rules. Decision Sciences 6(2): 324-336.

Hammersley, J. S. 2006. Pattern identification and industry-specialist auditors. The Accounting Review (March): 309-336. (JSTOR link).

Hammersley, J. S. 2011. A review and model of auditor judgments in fraud-related planning tasks. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(4): 101-128.

Hammersley, J. S., K. M. Johnstone and K. Kadous. 2011. How do audit seniors respond to heightened fraud risk? Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(3): 81-101.

Hammersley, J. S., L. A. Myers and C. Shakespeare. 2008. Market reactions to the disclosure of internal control weaknesses and to the characteristics of those weaknesses under section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Review of Accounting Studies 13(1): 141-165.

Hammersley, J. S., L. A. Myers and J. Zhou. 2012. The failure to remediate previously disclosed material weaknesses in internal controls. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 31(2): 73-111.

Hammond, J. S., R. L. Keeney and H. Raiffa. 1998. The hidden traps in decision making. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 47-48, 50, 52, 54, 56-58.

Hammond, J. S., R. L. Keeney and H. Raiffa. 2006. The hidden traps in decision making. Harvard Business Review (January): 118, 120-126. Reprint of their 1998 article.

Hammond, S. A. and C. Royal. Editors. 2001. Lessons From the Field: Applying Appreciative Inquiry (Revised Edition). Thin Book Publishing Company.

Hammond, T. and A. Preston. 1992. Culture, gender and corporate control: Japan as "other". Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(8): 795-808.

Hammond, T. and D. W. Streeter. 1994. Overcoming barriers: Early African-American certified public accountants. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 271-288.

Hammond, T., B. M. Clayton and P. J. Arnold. 2009. South Africa’s transition from apartheid: The role of professional closure in the experiences of black chartered accountants. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 705-721.

Hammond, T. A. 2002. A White-Collar Profession: African American Certified Public Accountants Since 1921. University of North Carolina Press.

Hammond, T. D. 1995. Some considerations in attracting and retaining African-American doctoral candidates in accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 143-158.

Hammond, T. D. 1997. From complete exclusion to minimal inclusion: African Americans and the public accounting industry, 1965-1988. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(1): 29-53.

Hammond, W. R. 1957. Electronic data processing and the accounting faculty. The Accounting Review (October): 576-579. (JSTOR link).

Hammons, R. L. 1957. Accounting for a wholesale grocery. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 1565-1573.

Hamori, M. 2010. Job-hopping to the top and other career fallacies. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 154-157.

Hampel, R. E. 1977. Pricing policies and profitability. Management Accounting (July): 53-56.

Hampson, R. F. 1923. Accounting for photographers. Journal of Accountancy (December): 421-429.

Hampton, C. 2005. Determinants of reliance: An empirical test of the theory of technology dominance. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 6(4): 217-240.

Hampton, J. J. 2009. Fundamentals of Enterprise Risk Management: How Top Companies Assess Risk, Manage Exposure, and Seize Opportunity. AMACOM.

Hampton, R. III. 1980. A world of differences in accounting and reporting. Management Accounting (September): 14-18.

Hamre, J. C. 1972. A university accountant trainee program. The Accounting Review (July): 602-603. (JSTOR link).

Han, B. H., R. Jennings and J. Noel. 1992. Communication of nonearnings information at the financial statements release date. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 63-86.

Han, J. and M. Kamber. 2006. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.

Han, J., K. Jamal and H. Tan. 2011. Auditors' overconfidence in predicting the technical knowledge of superiors and subordinates. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(1): 101-119.

Han, J. C. Y. and J. J. Wild. 1990. Unexpected earnings and intraindustry information transfers: Further evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 211-219. (JSTOR link).

Han, J. C. Y. and J. J. Wild. 1991. Stock price behavior associated with managers' earnings and revenue forecasts. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 79-95. (JSTOR link).

Han, J. C. Y. and S. Wang. 1998. Political costs and earnings management of oil companies during the 1990 Persian gulf crisis. The Accounting Review (January): 103-117. (JSTOR link).

Han, J. C. Y., J. J. Wild and K. Ramesh. 1989. Managers' earnings forecasts and intra-industry information transfers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 3-33.

Han, K. H. 1991. A productivity measurement of activities at the micro level. Management Accounting Research (December): 249-261.

Hancock, S. 1978. An approach to hospital data processing development. Management Accounting (March): 51-55.

Hand, H. H. and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1970. Human relations training for middle management: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 13(4): 403-410. (JSTOR link).

Hand, H. H. and J. W. Slocum. Jr. 1971. Human relations training for middle management: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 14(2): 273-274. (JSTOR link).

Hand, H. H., M. D. Richards and J. W. Slocum Jr. 1973. Organizational climate and the effectiveness of a human relations training program. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 185-195. (JSTOR link).

Hand, J. R. M. 1989. 1988 Competitive manuscript award: Did firms undertake debt-equity swaps for an accounting paper profit or true financial gain? The Accounting Review (October): 587-623. (JSTOR link).

Hand, J. R. M. 1990. A test of the extended functional fixation hypothesis. The Accounting Review (October): 740-763. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on market's fixation and accounting numbers).

Hand, J. R. M. 1991. Extended functional fixation and security returns around earnings announcements: A reply to Ball and Kothari. The Accounting Review (October): 739-746. (JSTOR link).

Hand, J. R. M. 1993. Resolving LIFO uncertainty: A theoretical and empirical reexamination of 1974-75 LIFO adoptions and nonadoptions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 21-49. (JSTOR link).

Hand, J. R. M. 1995. 1974 LIFO excess stock return and analyst forecast error anomalies revisited. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 175-191. (JSTOR link).

Hand, J. R. M. 2002. Discussion of “Earnings surprises, growth expectations, and stock returns, or, don't let an earnings torpedo sink your portfolio”. Review of Accounting Studies 7(2-3): 313-318.

Hand, J. R. M. 2005. The value relevance of financial statements in the venture capital market. The Accounting Review (April): 613-648. (JSTOR Link).

Hand, J. R. M. and T. R. Skantz. 1997. The economic determinants of accounting choices: The unique case of equity carve-outs under SAB 51. Journal of Accounting and Economics (15 December): 175-203.

Hand, J. R. M., P. J. Hughes and S. E. Sefcik. 1990. Insubstance defeasances: Security price reactions and motivations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 47-89.

Handy, C. 2002. What's a business for? Harvard Business Review (December): 49-55. (Summary).

Handy, C. 2003. Helicoptering up. Harvard Business Review (August): 80-93. ("Increasingly, society seems to be redefining the notion of progress to include a greater sensitivity to the planet. But only through close cooperation can government and business harness the relentless energies of capitalism and persuade companies to adopt their own version of the doctor's oath: Above all, do no harm.").

Handy, C. B. 1974. The conversion option: A proposed method of valuation. Management Accounting (June): 38-42.

Handy, G. R. and R. Perritt. 1976. Account monitoring and cash management. Management Accounting (September): 29-31.

Handy, J. A. Jr. 1946. Salesmanship as an accounting tool N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 419-425.

Hane, M. 1996. Eastern Phoenix: Japan Since 1945. Westview Press: A Division of HarperCollins Publishers.

Haney, L. H. 1907. Professional education for accountants. Journal of Accountancy (December): 132-133.

Haney, L. H. 1915. Depreciation and valuation for rate making. Journal of Accountancy (May): 344-351.

Haney, W. V. 1964. A comparative study of unilateral and bilateral communication. The Academy of Management Journal 7(2): 128-136. (JSTOR link).

Hangstefer, J. B. 2000. Revenue margin: A better way to measure company growth. Strategic Finance (July): 40-44.

Haniffa, R. M. and T. E. Cooke. 2002. Culture, corporate governance and disclosure in Malaysian corporations. Abacus 38(3): 317-349.

Hanke, J., M. Craze and A. B. Cameron. 1991. A financial institution's dilemma: Repossessed property. Management Accounting (May): 44-49.

Hanke, S. A., T. D. Englebrecht, H. Di and T. Bisping. 2012. A two-state analysis of estate taxes and charitable bequests from the most generous decedents. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(1): 38-48.

Hankins, K. W. 2011. How do financial firms manage risk? Unraveling the interaction of financial and operational hedging. Management Science (December): 2197-2212.

Hanks, G. F. 1988. Rx for better management: Critical success factors. Management Accounting (October): 45-49. (Related to hospital management).

Hanks, G. F. 1995. Excellence teams in action. Management Accounting (February): 33-36.

Hanks, G. F. and L. Van Alst. 1999. Foreign trade zones. Management Accounting (January): 20-23.

Hanks, G. F. and P. L. Murphy. 1984. A look at accounting for small manufacturers. Management Accounting (April): 40-44.

Hanks, G. F., M. A. Freid and J. Huber. 1994. Shifting gears at Borg-Warner Automotive. Management Accounting (February): 25-29. (Discussion of accounting in a focused factory).

Hanley, E. J. 1941. An application of standard costs in the steel industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1269-1281.

Hanley, E. J. 1945. Cost for special purposes. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 171-177.

Hanley, E. W. 1956. Trouble-shooting activated by accounting data. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 990-996.

Hanley, H. W. 1951. Production management is serious business. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 416-426.

Hanlin, W. A. Jr. 2004. Fraud prevention - What are we waiting for? Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 529-546.

Hanlon, G. 1997. Commercialising the service class and economic restructuring - A response to my critics. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(8): 843-855.

Hanlon, M. 2005. The persistence and pricing of earnings, accruals, and cash flows when firms have large book-tax differences. The Accounting Review (January): 137-166. (JSTOR Link).

Hanlon, M. and S. Heitzman. 2010. A review of tax research. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 127-178.

Hanlon, M. and T. Shevlin. 2002. Accounting for tax benefits of employee stock options and implications for research. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-16.

Hanlon, M., E. L. Maydew and T. Shevlin. 2008. An unintended consequence of book-tax conformity: A loss of earnings informativeness. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 294-311.

Hanlon, M., J. N. Myers and T. Shevlin. 2003. Dividend taxes and firm valuation: A re-examination. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 119-153.

Hanlon, M., S. Rajgopal and T. Shevlin. 2003. Are executive stock options associated with future earnings? Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 3-43.

Hann, R. N., F. Heflin and K. R. Subramanayam. 2007. Fair-value pension accounting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 328-358.

Hanna, G. 2005. How to take a computer disaster in stride. Strategic Finance (January): 49-52.

Hanna, G. 2005. Preventing computer fraud. Strategic Finance (March): 30-35.

Hanna, M. 1971. Missions, matrices, and university management: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 148-150. (JSTOR link).

Hanna, M. D. and J. L. Mooney. 2008. Qualified to teach. BizEd (November/December): 34-41. (Academically qualified vs. professionally qualified).

Hanna, R. A. 1953. Applying statistics to checking of venders' invoices. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 503-511.

Hannah, D. R. 2006. Keeping trade secrets secret. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 17-20.

Hannam, R. 2007. Computer Integrated Manufacturing: From Concepts to Realisation. Prentice Hall.

Hannan, M. T. 2008. In memoriam. Administrative Science Quarterly 53(1): not numbered. (JSTOR link). (John Freeman 1944-2008).

Hannan, M. T., L. Pólos and G. R. Carroll. 2003. The fog of change: Opacity and asperity in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(3): 399-432. (JSTOR link).

Hannan, R. L. 2005. The combined effect of wages and firm profit on employee effort. The Accounting Review (January): 167-188. (JSTOR Link).

Hannan, R. L., F. W. Rankin and K. L. Towry. 2010. Flattening the organization: The effect of organizational reporting structure on budgeting effectiveness. Review of Accounting Studies 15(3): 503-536.

Hanninen, S. 1995. Accountability lost?: An environmental struggle over the economic feasibility of incineration. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(2-3): 175-192.

Hanno, D. M. 1999. Energizing your teaching: Developing a community of learning. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 323-335.

Hanno, D. M. and G. R. Violette. 1996. An analysis of moral and social influences on taxpayer behavior. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 57-75.

Hanno, D. M. and T. A. Hughes. 1999. Defending your dollars. Strategic Finance (August): 56-60. (Developing defensive strategies and controls to prevent employee theft).

Hannon, J. M. 1976. Lease accounting: A current controversy. Management Accounting (September): 25-28.

Hannon, J. P. 1989. Should your company adopt an ESOP? Management Accounting (January): 31-35. (Employee stock ownership plans).

Hannon, N. 2001. XBRL will spread quickly. Strategic Finance (June): 68-73. (Includes vendor list).

Hannon, N. and G. Trevithick. 2006. Making clean deposits. Strategic Finance (February): 24-29. (FDIC uses XBRL to streamline the regulatory data collection process for banks).

Hannon, N. J. and R. J. Gold. 2005. XBRL revisited. Journal of Accountancy (February): 64-65.

Hannum, W. H. 1970. Determining reporting schedules for ongoing managerial processes. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 73-99.

Hannum, W. H. 1974. A model for evaluating imperfect control systems. Decision Sciences 5(3): 311-322.

Hannum, W. H. and W. Wasserman. 1968. General adjustments and price level measurement. The Accounting Review (April): 295-302. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, A. 2010. Nonfinancial performance measures, externalities and target setting: A comparative case study of resolutions through planning. Management Accounting Research (March): 17-39.

Hansen, B., G. Pownall and X. Wang. 2009. The robustness of the Sarbanes Oxley effect on the U.S. capital market. Review of Accounting Studies 14(2-3): 401-439.

Hansen, D. R. and T. L. Shaftel. 1977. Sampling for integrated auditing objectives. The Accounting Review (January): 109-123. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, D. R. and M. M. Mowen. 1999. Management Accounting: Swc-Accounting. Thomson Learning.

Hansen, D. R. and M. M. Mowen. 2000. Management Accounting. International Thomson.

Hansen, D. R. and M. M. Mowen. 2002. Cost Management: Accounting and Control. Southwestern Thomson Learning.

Hansen, D. R. and M. M. Mowen. 2005. Cost Management: Accounting and Control. South-Western Publishing.

Hansen, D. R., M. M. Mowen and L. Guan. 2009. Cost Management: Accounting & Control, 6th edition. South-Western Cengage Learning.

Hansen, D. R., M. M. Mowen and L. H. Hammer. 1992. Profit-linked productivity measurement. Journal of Management Accounting Research (4): 79-98.

Hansen, D. T. 1977. Municipal accounting and disclosure. Management Accounting (May): 23-24.

Hansen, E. S. 1977. Municipal finances in perspective: A look at interjurisdictional spending and revenue patterns. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Measurement and Evaluation of the Economic Efficiency of Public and Private Nonprofit Institutions): 156-201. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, G. R. and R. N. Johnson. 2011. Audit fees and engagement profitability: An approach to strengthen compliance with standards of ethical behavior. The CPA Journal (August): 64-67.

Hansen, H. G. 1950. Survey techniques for simplification of office work. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1078-1090.

Hansen, J. D. and B. K. Klamm. 2004. A comparison of accounting majors' and forensic experts' classification of management fraud risk factors. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 351-364.

Hansen, K. 1995. Unavoidable Ethical Dilemmas in a Business Career. Stanford University.

Hansen, K. A., S. J. Carlson and R. J. Dosch. 2009. How safe are bank deposits? The CPA Journal (February): 50-53.

Hansen, M. T. 1999. The search-transfer problem: The role of weak ties in sharing knowledge across organization subunits. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(1): 82-111. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, M. T. 2009. When internal collaboration is bad for your company. Harvard Business Review (April): 82-88.

Hansen, M. T. and J. Birkinshaw. 2007. The innovation value chain. Harvard Business Review (June): 121-130. (A framework for assessing a company's innovation processes).

Hansen, M. T. and M. R. Haas. 2001. Competing for attention in knowledge markets: Electronic document dissemination in a management consulting company. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(1): 1-28. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, M. T. and M. S. Deimler. 2001. Cutting costs while improving morale with B2E management. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 96-100. (Three facets of B2E (Business-to-employee) management: Online business processes, online people management and online community services).

Hansen, M. T. and N. Nohria. 2004. How to build collaborative advantage. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 22-30.

Hansen, M. T., H. Ibarra and U. Peyer. 2013. The best-performing CEOs in the world: The knock on most business leaders is that they don't take the long view - that they're fixated on achieving short-term goals to lift their pay. So which global CEOs actually delivered solid results over the long run? The 2013 version of the CEO scorecard provides an objective answer. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 8-95.

Hansen, M. T., H. Ibarra, U. Peyer, N. von Bernuth and C. Escallon. 2010. The best-performing CEOs in the world. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 104-113.

Hansen, M. T., M. L. Mors and B. Løvås. 2005. Knowledge sharing in organizations: Multiple networks, multiple phases. The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 776-793. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, M. T., N. Nohria and T. Tierney. 1999. What's your strategy for managing knowledge? Harvard Business Review (March-April): 106-116.

Hansen, P. 1970. An operational cost information model. Abacus 6(2): 154-168.

Hansen, S. C. 1998. Cost analysis, cost reduction and competition. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 181-203.

Hansen, S. C. 1993. Strategic sampling, physical units sampling, and dollar units sampling. The Accounting Review (April): 323-345. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, S. C. 2004. The Closed Loop: Implementing Activity-Based Planning and Budgeting. CAM-I.

Hansen, S. C. and W. A. Van der Stede. 2004. Multiple facets of budgeting: An exploratory analysis. Management Accounting Research (December): 415-439.

Hansen, S. C., D. T. Otley and W. A. Van der Stede. 2003. Practice developments in budgeting: An overview and research perspective. Journal of Management Accounting Research (15): 95-116.

Hansen, T. B. 2011. Lobbying of the IASB: An empirical investigation. Journal of International Accounting Research 10(2): 57-75.

Hanshaw, N. F., T. A. Ulrich and C. J. Hollon. 1986. Save time, money and taxes - Lease your employees. Management Accounting (April): 30-31, 34-36.

Hanslein, J. D. 1930. The position of accounting in the small liberal arts college. The Accounting Review (June): 150-152. (JSTOR link).

Hanson, A. W. 1932. The relation of cost accounting to the budgetary control problem. The Accounting Review (March): 34-37. (JSTOR link).

Hanson, C. A. 1975. Life insurance accounting. Management Accounting (August): 37-38, 42.

Hanson, E. and F. Phillips. 2006. Teaching financial accounting with analogies: Improving initial comprehension and enhancing subsequent learning. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 1-14.

Hanson, E. I. 1966. The budgetary control function. The Accounting Review (April): 239-243. (JSTOR link).

Hansen, J. C. 2010. Where were the auditors? Using AAERs in introductory or advanced auditing courses. Journal of Accounting Education 28(2): 114-127.

Hanson, O. E. 1954. Depreciation is a period cost. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1182-1185.

Hanson, R. K., J. K. Smith and G. Walberg. 2009. Bankruptcy law in difficult economic times. The CPA Journal (May): 52-54.

Hanson, W. E. 1963. Improving control of maintenance costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 53-60.

Hanson, W. E. 1976. Peer review, illegal payments, and lawyer's letters. Management Accounting (October): 15-18.

Hanson, W. E. 1977. Big brother and the big eight. Management Accounting (April): 15-19.

Hanssens, D. M., D. Thorpe and C. Finkbeiner. 2008. Marketing when customer equity matters. Harvard Business Review (May): 117-123. (Wachovia's marketing mix effectiveness measurement model).

Hanssmann, F. 1968. Probability of survival as an investment criterion. Management Science (September): 33-48. (JSTOR link).

Hao, Z. P. 1999. Regulation and organization of accountants in China. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal 12(3): 286-302.

Hapke, D. T. and N. F. Foy. 1992. IBM and the CMA. We have more than 180 CMAs at IBM. Management Accounting (April): 40-42.

Harahap, S. S. 2002. Indonesian management & accounting research. Management Accounting Research (March): 149.

Harary, F. 1959. Graph theoretic methods in the management sciences. Management Science (July): 387-403. (JSTOR link).

Harbaugh, R., J. W. Maxwell and B. Roussillon. 2011. Label confusion: The Groucho effect of uncertain standards. Management Science (September): 1512-1527.

Harbison, F. H., E. Kochling, F. H. Cassell and H. C. Ruebmann. 1955. Steel management on two continents. Management Science (October): 31-39. (JSTOR link).

Harborne, R. 1999. Power planning. Strategic Finance (October): 47-53.

Harbour, J. L. 1997. The Basics of Performance Measurement. Productivity Inc.

Harbring, C. and B. Irlenbusch. 2011. Sabotage in tournaments: Evidence from a laboratory experiment. Management Science (April): 611-627.

Harby, J. D. 1957. An experience in profit improvement by defect prevention. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 757-762.

Harbrecht, R. F. 1964. Designing a system for control of research cost. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 3-8.

Hard, N. J. and M. T. Vanecek. 1991. The implications of tasks and format on the use of financial information. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 35-49.

Hardcastle, J. 1906. A problem in executor's accounts. Journal of Accountancy (August): 311-314.

Hardcastle, J. 1906. Single entry. Journal of Accountancy (July): 202-215.

Harder, D. K. 1979. Pricing for profit in the printing industry. Management Accounting (May): 47-52.

Harder, J. W. 1992. Play for pay: Effects of inequity in a pay-for-performance context. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(2): 321-335. (JSTOR link).

Hardesty, M. 1962. The accountant can improve the company annual report. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 37-38.

Harding, A. O. 1947. A simple incentive method that pays. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1484-1486.

Harding, A. O. "What! No clock cards?" N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1389-1394.

Harding D. and S. Rovit. 2004. Building deals on bedrock. Harvard Business Review (September): 121-128. (Acquisition and merger).

Harding, D. and T. Rouse. 2007. Human due diligence. Harvard Business Review (April): 124-131. (Diagnosing people problems before acquiring other firms).

Harding, F. 2004. Cross selling or cross purposes? Harvard Business Review (July/August): 45-56. (Case study).

Harding, G. G. 1973. Mechanized maintenance scheduling. Management Accounting (March): 36-38, 42.

Harding, G. N. 1996. Leninism. Duke University Press.

Hardin, J. R. and M. H. Stocks. 1995. The effect of AACSB accreditation on the recruitment of entry-level accountants. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 83-95.

Harding P. I. K. 1962. The limited-value purchase order in the aircraft industry. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 38.

Harding, N. and J. Mckinnon. 1997. User involvement in the standard-setting process: A research note on the congruence of accountant and user perceptions of decision usefulness. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(1): 55-67.

Harding, N. and K. T. Trotman. 2009. Improving assessments of another auditor's competence. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 28(1): 53-78.

Harding, S., L. Hanouille, J. C. Rue and A. G. Volkan. 1985. Why LBOs are popular. Management Accounting (December): 51-56. (Leveraged buyouts).

Harding, W. P. G. 1930. The Federal Reserve System in the light of changing banking conditions. Harvard Business Review (January): 147-151.

Hardt, W. K. 1907. Railway maintenance of way: The significances of published figures as a basis of comparison. Journal of Accountancy (April): 438-448.

Hardwick, P. and M. Adams. 1999. The determinants of financial derivatives use in the United Kingdom life insurance industry. Abacus 35(2): 163-184.

Hardy, J. W. 1983. How ERTA and TEFRA affect capital budgeting decisions. Management Accounting (May): 20-23.

Hardy, J. W. 1984. Financing with R&D partnerships reduces risk. Management Accounting (January): 56-59.

Hardy, J. W. and E. D. Hubbard. 1976. Internal reporting guidelines: Their coverage in cost accounting texts. The Accounting Review (October): 917-921. (JSTOR link).

Hardy, J. W., B. B. Orton and J. W. Moffit. 1986. Bonus systems do motivate. Management Accounting (November): 58-61.

Hardy, K. F. 1952. Audit aspects of pension administration. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 500-508.

Hardy, R. W. 1952. A planned physical inventory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 276-285.

Hardy, S. T. and L. J. Krajewski. 1975. A simulation of interactive maintenance decisions. Decision Sciences 6(1): 92-105.

Hare, J. B. 1994. So you want to go public? Management Accounting (December): 25-29.

Hare, R. M. 1978. Justice and equality. In Arthur, J. and W. H. Shaw. Editors. Justice and Economic Distribution. Prentice-Hall.

Hargadon, A. and R. I. Sutton. 1997. Technology brokering and innovation in a product development firm. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(4): 716-749. (JSTOR link).

Hargadon, A. B. and Y. Douglas. 2001. When innovations meet institutions: Edison and the design of the electric light. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(3): 476-501. (JSTOR link).

Hargadon, J. M. and L. R. Fuller. 2007. Take two! Strategic Finance (April): 48-54. (Refers to taking both CMA and CPA exams).

Hargadon, J. M. and L. R. Fuller. 2010. Take less - and earn more. Strategic Finance (March): 47-53. (Note).

Hargadon, J. M., F. C. Lordi and D. A. McMullen. 1992. Why CPAs should consider the CMA. Management Accounting (April): 52-55.

Hargraves, R. F. 1985. Controlling expenses in a large, changing company. Corporate Accounting (Fall): 59-65.

Haried, A. A. 1972. The semantic dimensions of financial statements. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 376-391. (JSTOR link).

Haried, A. A. 1973. Measurement of meaning in financial reports. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 117-145. (JSTOR link).

Haripriya, G. S. 2000. Integrating forest resources into the system of national accounts in Maharashtra, India. Environment and Development Economics Special Issue: Advances in Green Accounting. (February and May): 143-156.

Harlow, G. A. 1948. Payroll analysis for labor cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 961-967.

Harlow, H. F. 1949. The formation of learning sets. Psychological Review (56): 51-65.

Harman, H. M. 1961. Simplified in-process inventory costing. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 83-86.

Harman, H. M. 1990. Ten steps to a successful career. Management Accounting (May): 28-29.

Harman, P. 2002. Business Process Change: A Manager's Guide to Improving, Redesigning, and Automating Processes (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Data Management Systems). Morgan Kaufman.

Harmelink, P. J. 1973. An empirical examination of the predictive ability of alternate sets of insurance company accounting data. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 146-158. (JSTOR link).

Harmmon, W. K., K. M. Poston and P. E. Dascher. 1988. Provision and inadequacy of small business computer controls: A model and empirical test. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 30-49.

Harmon, W. K. 2004. Fourth International Research Symposium on Accounting Information Systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(4): 369-370.

Harney, A. 2009. The China Price: The True Cost of Chinese Competitive Advantage. Penguin.

Harold, G. 1939. Profits in a theory. The Accounting Review (September): 309-312. (JSTOR link).

Harold, G. M. 1953. Advertising expense accounting and control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1588-1598.

Harper, B. S. and P. Harper. 1988. Religious reporting: Is it the gospel truth? Management Accounting (February): 34-39.

Harper, D. O. 1961. Do we over-emphasize investment return and cash-flow discount? N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 39-46. (Criticism of the discounted-cash-flow method).

Harper, D. O. 1968. Project management as a control and planning tool in the decentralized company. Management Accounting (November): 29-34.

Harper, G. G. 1961. Accounting for fixed assets - A case study. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 47-52.

Harper, R. M. Jr. 1986. Internal control of microcomputers in local area networks. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 67-80.

Harper, R. M. Jr. 1986. Linear programming in managerial accounting: A misinterpretation of shadow prices. Journal of Accounting Education 4(2): 123-130.

Harper, R. M. Jr. 1988. AHP judgment models of EDP auditor's evaluations of internal control for local area networks. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 67-86.

Harper, R. M. Jr., N. G . Apostolou and B. P. Hartman. 1992. The analytic hierarchy process: An empirical examination of aggregation and hierarchical structuring. Behavioral Research In Accounting (4): 96-112.

Harper, R. M. Jr., W. G. Mister and J. R. Strawser. 1987. The impact of new pension disclosure rules on perceptions of debt. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 327-330. (JSTOR link).

Harper, R. M. Jr., W. G. Mister and J. R. Strawser. 1991. The effect of recognition versus disclosure of unfunded postretirement benefits on lenders' perceptions of debt. Accounting Horizons (September): 50-56.

Harper, W. F. and W. J. McGinnity. 1950. A completely mechanized material control system. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1371-1377.

Harr, D. J. 1990. How activity accounting works in government. Management Accounting (September): 36-40.

Harr, D. J. and J. T. Godfrey. 1992. Making government profitable. Management Accounting (February): 52-57.

Harrell, A., C. Caldwell and E. Doty. 1985. Expectancy theory predictions of accounting students' academic success motivation. The Accounting Review (October): 724-735.

Harrell, A., C. Caldwell and E. Doty. 1985. Within-person expectancy theory predictions of accounting students' motivation to achieve academic success. The Accounting Review 60(4): 724-735.

Harrell, A. and M. Stahl. 1986. Additive information processing and the relationship between expectancy of success and motivational force. The Academy of Management Journal 29(2): 424-433. (JSTOR link).

Harrell, A. and M. J. Stahl. 1984. Modeling managers' effort-level decisions for a within-persons examination of expectancy theory in a budget setting. Decision Sciences 15(1): 52-73.

Harrell, A. and P. Harrison. 1994. An incentive to shirk, privately held information, and manager's project evaluation decisions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(7): 569-577.

Harrell, A. and P. Harrison. 1998. Self-interest, ethical considerations and the project continuation decisions of managers who experience an agency conflict. Advances in Management Accounting (6): 39-53.

Harrell, A., C. Caldwell and E. Doty. 1985. Within-person expectancy theory predictions of accounting students' motivation to achieve academic success. The Accounting Review (October): 724-735. (JSTOR link).

Harrell, A., M. Taylor and E. Chewning. 1989. An examination of management's ability to bias the professional objectivity of internal auditors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(3): 259-269.

Harrell, A. M. 1971. The Air Force switches to management accounting. Management Accounting (April): 11-14.

Harrell, A. M. 1977. The decision-making behavior of Air Force officers and the management control process. The Accounting Review (October): 833-841. (JSTOR link).

Harrell, A. M. and H. D. Klick. 1980. Comparing the impact of monetary and nonmonetary human asset measures on executive decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(4): 393-400.

Harrell, A. M. and M. J. Stahl. 1983. Need for achievement, need for affiliation and the academic performance and career intentions of accounting students. Journal of Accounting Education 1(2): 149-153.

Harrell, A. M. and M. J. Stahl. 1984. McClelland's trichotomy of needs theory and the job satisfaction and work performance of CPA firm professionals. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 241-252.

Harrell, H. W. 1992. Materials variance analysis and JIT: A new approach. Management Accounting (May): 33-35, 38.

Harrelson, F. A. Jr. 1967. Document your data processing system. Management Accounting (September): 43-49.

Harries-Jones, P. 1995. A Recursive Vision: Ecological Understanding and Gregory Bateson. University of Toronto Press.

Harrigan, K. R. 1981. Deterrents to divestiture. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 306-323. (JSTOR link).

Harrigan, K. R. 1981. Numbers and positions of women elected to corporate boards. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 619-625. (JSTOR link).

Harrigan, K. R. 1982. Exit decisions in mature industries. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 707-732. (JSTOR link).

Harrigan, K. R. 1985. Exit barriers and vertical integration. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 686-697. (JSTOR link).

Harrigan, K. R. 1985. Strategies for intrafirm transfers and outside sourcing. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 914-925. (JSTOR link).

Harrigan, K. R. 1985. Vertical integration and corporate strategy. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 397-425. (JSTOR link).

Harrington, C. 2005. The accounting profession: Looking ahead. Journal of Accountancy (October): 43-48.

Harrington, C. 2005. The value proposition: There's more to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance than meets the eye. Journal of Accountancy (September): 77-81.

Harrington, E. S. 1970. Important issues being discussed by the Accounting Principles Board. Management Accounting (December): 9-14.

Harrington, H. J. 1993. Process breakthrough: Business process improvement. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 30-43.

Harrington, H. J. 1997. The new model for improvement - Total improvement management. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 32-39.

Harrington, H. J. and J. S. Harrington. 1995. High Performance Benchmarking: 20 Steps to Success.

Harrington, H. J., D. R. Conner and N. F. Horney. 1999. Project Change Management: Applying Change Management to Improvement Projects. McGraw-Hill Trade.

Harrington, R. J. and A. K. Tjan. 2008. Transforming strategy one customer at a time. Harvard Business Review (March): 62-72.

Harris, C. and R. Harris. 2010. The work force transformation. Industrial Management (March/April): 16-20. (How to train a flexible work force).

Harris, C. C. 1978. The Break-Even Handbook: Techniques for Profit Planning and Control. Prentice-Hall, Inc.

Harris, D. G. 1993. The impact of U.S. tax law revision on multinational corporations' capital location and income-shifting decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on International Accounting): 111-140. (JSTOR link).

Harris, D. G. and J. R. Livingstone. 2002. Federal tax legislation as an implicit contracting cost benchmark: The definition of excessive executive compensation. The Accounting Review (October): 997-1018. (JSTOR link).

Harris, G. L. 1920. Calculation and application of departmental burden rates. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (April): 3-14.

Harris, G. L. 1920. Overhead distribution, compilation and presentation. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (May): 3-18.

Harris, G. L. 1931. An application of standard costs in the field of distribution (An actual case). The Accounting Review (June): 118-124. (JSTOR link).

Harris, J. 1936. What did we learn last month? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January).

Harris, J. and R. Rentfro. 2008. Living up to the spirit of narrative reporting guidance. The CPA Journal (July): 24-29.

Harris, J. D. 1969. Consolidation by computer. Management Accounting (June): 56-57.

Harris, J. G. 1961. Approach to internal control in the savings and loan business. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 85-91.

Harris, J. K. 1975. A teaching note on the use of assumptions in case study. Decision Sciences 6(1): 184-185.

Harris, J. K. and J. L. Krogstad. 1976. A profile and index of the CMA examination. The Accounting Review (July): 637-641. (JSTOR link).

Harris, J. K. and J. L. Krosgstad. 1977. Assessing progress of the CMA program. Management Accounting (February): 17-23.

Harris, J. K. and R. M. Hodgetts. 1972. A quasi-consulting project involving accounting and management students. The Accounting Review (April): 375-380. (JSTOR link).

Harris, J. M. 1962. How we develop product-line profit. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 55-60.

Harris, J. N. 1936. What did we learn last month? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 501-527. (This is an early paper advocating direct costing, rather than absorption costing, for product costing purposes).

Harris, J. P. 1940. Does federal accounting and auditing need overhauling? The Accounting Review (March): 1-21. (JSTOR link).

Harris, L. 1965. Note on the problem of lump-sum losses in sales training. Management Science (July): 891-894. (JSTOR link).

Harris, L. 1966. A decision-theoretic approach on deciding when a sophisticated forecasting technique is needed. Management Science (October): B66-B69. (JSTOR link).

Harris, L. C. and W. L Stephens. 1978. The learning curve: A case study. Management Accounting (February): 47-52.

Harris, M. 1982. Discussion of models in managerial accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement: Studies on Current Research Methodologies in Accounting: A Critical Evaluation): 149-152. (JSTOR link).

Harris, M. and A. Raviv. 1988. Corporate governance: Voting rights and majority rules. Journal of Financial Economics (20): 203-235.

Harris, M. and I. Fraser. 2002. Natural resource accounting in theory and practice: A critical assessment. The Australian Journal of Agricultural and Resource Economics (46): 139-192.

Harris, M. S. 1998. The association between competition and managers' business segment reporting decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 111-128. (JSTOR link).

Harris, M. S. and K. A. Muller III. 1999. The market valuation of IAS versus US-GAAP accounting measures using Form 20-F reconciliations. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 285-312.

Harris, P. V. 1964. New developments on depreciation guidelines. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 41-44.

Harris, P. V. 1966. Tax deductibility of contested taxes and legal expenses. Management Accounting (April): 36-40.

Harris, P. V. 1969. A review of investment credit and recapture. Management Accounting (February): 49-52.

Harris, R. 2010. "It was a deal made in heaven." CFO (December): 32-34 . (Interview with Lawrence Zimmerman, Vice Chairman and CFO, Xerox Corp).

Harris, R. L. 1968. The effects of political change on the role set of the senior bureaucrats in Ghana and Nigeria. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(3): 386-401. (JSTOR link).

Harris, R. L. and R. N. Kearney. 1963. A comparative analysis of the administrative systems of Canada and Ceylon. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(3): 339-360. (JSTOR link).

Harris, S. G. and R. I. Sutton. 1986. Functions of parting ceremonies in dying organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 29(1): 5-30. (JSTOR link).

Harris, T. S. 1987. Discussion of signaling and monitoring in public-sector accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Stewardship Uses of Accounting Information): 159-164. (JSTOR link).

Harris, T. S. 2009. Discussion of "The robustness of the Sarbanes Oxley effect on the U.S. capital market". Review of Accounting Studies 14(2-3): 440-452.

Harris, T. S. and D. Kemsley. 1999. Dividend taxation in firm valuation: New evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 275-291. (JSTOR link).

Harris, T. S. and J. A. Ohlson. 1987. Accounting disclosures and the market's valuation of oil and gas properties. The Accounting Review (October): 651-670. (JSTOR link).

Harris, T. S. and J. A. Ohlson. 1990. Accounting disclosures and the market's valuation of oil and gas properties: Evaluation of market efficiency and functional fixation. The Accounting Review (October): 764-780. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on market's fixation and accounting numbers).

Harris, T. S., M. Lang and H. P. Moller. 1994. The value relevance of German accounting measures: An empirical analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 187-209. (JSTOR link).

Harris, T. W. 1954. Control budgeting in commercial banks. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 980-989.

Harris, W. M. 1956. Data processing for decentralized management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1323-1328.

Harris, W. T. Jr. and W. R. Chapin. 1973. Joint product costing. Management Accounting (April): 43-47.

Harrison, D. and T. Lee. 2002. From the editors: Obligations and obfuscations in the review process. The Academy of Management Journal 45(6): 1079-1084. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, D. A., D. A. Newman and P. L. Roth. 2006. How important are job attitudes? Meta-analytic comparisons of integrative behavioral outcomes and time sequence. The Academy of Management Journal 49(2): 305-325. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, D. A., K. H. Price and M. P. Bell. 1998. Beyond relational demography: Time and the effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on work group cohesion. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 96-107. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, D. A., K. H. Price, J. H. Gavin and A. T. Florey. 2002. Time, teams, and task performance: Changing effects of surface- and deep-level diversity on group functioning. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 1029-1045. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, D. S. 2003. Business valuation made simple: It's all about cash. Strategic Finance (February): 44-48. (See What is a Business Valuation?).

Harrison, D. S. and L. N. Killough. 2006. Decision outcomes under activity-based costing: Presentation and decision commitment interactions. Advances in Management Accounting (15): 169-193.

Harrison, D. S. and P. G. Lewellyn. 2004. Russian management training programs: Do corporate responsibility topics have a place? Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 25-36.

Harrison, E. R. 1948. Let's look at the records. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 287-300.

Harrison, F. 1973. Organizational correlates of perceived role performance at the university and college level. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 227-238. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, F. 1974. The management of scientists: Determinants of perceived role performance. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 234-241. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, G. 1997. Obituary: Peter Brownell. Management Accounting Research (September): 253.

Harrison, G. and J. McKinnon. 1998. Editorial: Culture and management accounting. Management Accounting Research (June): 113-118.

Harrison, G. C. 1918. Cost accounting to aid production. The Engineering Magazine Co. Google eBook.

Harrison, G. C. 1921. Cost Accounting To Aid Production: A Practical Study of Scientific Cost Accounting. The Engineering Magazine Company. Google eBook.

Harrison, G. C. 1918. Cost accounting to aid production. Industrial management (Volume 56): 391-398.

Harrison, G. C. 1921. What is wrong with cost accounting? National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (June): 3-10.

Harrison, G. C. 1948. The practical economist's profit and loss statement. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 443-456.

Harrison, G. L. 1991. The F scale as a measure of authoritarianism in accounting research. Behavioral Research In Accounting (3): 13-24.

Harrison, G. L. 1992. The cross-cultural generalizability of the relation between participation, budget emphasis and job related attitudes. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(1): 1-15.

Harrison, G. L. 1993. Reliance on accounting performance measures in superior evaluative style - The influence of national culture and personality. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(4): 319-339.

Harrison, G. L. and J. L. McKinnon. 1986. Culture and accounting change: A new perspective on corporate reporting regulation and accounting policy formulation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(3): 233-252.

Harrison, G. L. and J. L. McKinnon. 1999. Cross-cultural research in management control systems design: A review of the current state. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(5-6): 483-506.

Harrison, J. F. Jr. and S. M. Baggett. 1974. Processing new ideas. Management Accounting (April): 25-30.

Harrison, J. M., C. A. Holloway and J. M. Patell. 1990. Measuring delivery performance: A case study from the semiconductor industry. Measures for Manufacturing Excellence. Edited by R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press. Chapter 11: 309-351.

Harrison, J. M., N. B. Keskin and A. Zeevi. 2012. Bayesian dynamic pricing policies: Learning and earning under a binary prior distribution. Management Science (March): 570-586.

Harrison, J. P. 1968. In EDP, organization breeds success. Management Accounting (March): 33-36.

Harrison, J. R. and G. R. Carroll. 1991. Keeping the faith: A model of cultural transmission in formal organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(4): 552-582. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, J. R. and J. G. March. 1984. Decision making and postdecision surprises. Administrative Science Quarterly 29(1): 26-42. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, J. R., D. L. Torres and S. Kukalis. 1988. The changing of the guard: Turnover and structural change in the top-management positions. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(2): 211-232. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, J. S. and R. E. Freeman. 1999. Stakeholders, social responsibility, and performance: Empirical evidence and theoretical perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 42(5): 479-485. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, J. S., E. H. Hall, Jr. and R. Nargundkar. 1993. Resource allocation as an outcropping of strategic consistency: Performance implications. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 1026-1051. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, K., D. Kerby and S. K. Fleak. 2009. Forging effective campus relationships. The CPA Journal (January): 69-71.

Harrison, K. E. and T. C. Pearson. 1989. Communications between auditors and lawyers for the identification and evaluation of litigation, claims, and assessments. Accounting Horizons (June): 76-84.

Harrison, L. E. 2006. The Central Liberal Truth: How Politics Can Change a Culture and Save It from Itself . Oxford University Press.

Harrison, N. T. 1948. Budgetary control of production and costs in the machine tool industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 939-948.

Harrison, N. T. 1949. Ready determination of economic lot size in small and large companies. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 729-735.

Harrison, P. and J. Shanteau. 1993. Do sunk cost effects generalize to cost accounting students? Advances in Management Accounting (2): 171-186.

Harrison, P. D. and A. Harrell. 1993. Impact of "adverse selection" on managers' project evaluation decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 635-643. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, P. D. and A. Harrell. 1995. Initial responsibility, prospective information, and managers' project evaluation decisions. Advances in Management Accounting (4): 127-146.

Harrison, P. D., C. W. Chow, A. Wu and A. M. Harrell. 1999. A cross-cultural investigation of managers' project evaluation. Behavioral Research In Accounting (11): 143-160.

Harrison, P. D., S. G. West and J. H. Reneau. 1988. Initial attributions and information-seeking by superiors and subordinates in production variance investigations. The Accounting Review (April): 307-320. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, P. J. 1967. Exponential smoothing and short-term sales forecasting. Management Science (July): 821-842. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, R. E. 2010. Turning business losses into tax refunds. Journal of Accountancy (July): 46-49.

Harrison, S. R. 1988. South Central Bell and the Treadway Commission report. Management Accounting (August): 21-27.

Harrison, S. R. 1993. Not just bean counters anymore. Management Accounting (March): 29-32.

Harrison, S. R. 1995. The most natural thing to do. Management Accounting (March): 22-26. (Developing an environment for ethical decisions).

Harrison, T. 1977. Different market reactions to discretionary and nondiscretionary accounting changes. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 84-107. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, W. 1950. Company cafeteria losses will yield to treatment. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 977-978.

Harrison, W. 1950. Watchdog techniques for trucking costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 410-416.

Harrison, W. L. 1926. A message from the American Society. The Accounting Review (March): 70-73. (JSTOR link).

Harrison, W. T. Jr. and D. P. Hollingsworth. 1991. The core deposit intangible asset. Accounting Horizons (September): 38-49.

Harrison, W. T. Jr., L. A. Tomassini and J. R. Dietrich. 1983. The use of control groups in capital market research. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 65-77. (JSTOR link).

Harrold, P. L. 1939. Outline of factory cost procedure in plate glass manufacturer. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 159-182.

Harsanyi, J. C. 1955. Cardinal welfare, individualistic ethics, and interpersonal comparisons of utility. The Journal of Political Economy (August): 309-321.

Harsanyi, J. C. 1962. Rationality postulates for bargaining solutions in cooperative and in non-cooperative games. Management Science (October): 141-153. (JSTOR link).

Harsanyi, J. C. 1967. Games with incomplete information played by "Bayesian" players, I-III. Part I. The basic model. Management Science (November): 159-182. (JSTOR link).

Harsanyi, J. C. 1968. Games with incomplete information played by "Bayesian" players, I-III. Part II. Bayesian equilibrium points. Management Science (January): 320-334. (JSTOR link).

Harsanyi, J. C. 1968. Games with incomplete information played by "Bayesian" players, I-III. Part III. The basic probability distribution of the game. Management Science (March): 486-502. (JSTOR link).

Harsanyi, J. C. 1975. Can the maximin principle serve as a basis for morality? A critiques of John Rawls' theory. The American Political Science Review (June): 594-606.

Harsanyi, J. C. 1982. Morality and the theory of rational behavior. In Sen, A. and B. Williams. Editors. Utilitarianism and Beyond. Cambridge University Press.

Harsha, P. D. and M. C. Knapp. 1990. The use of within-and between-subjects experimental designs in behavioral accounting research: A methodological note. Behavioral Research In Accounting (2): 50-62.

Harshbarger, C. 2003. You're out! Strategic Finance (May): 46-49. (What to do if you lose your job).

Harston, M. E. 1993. The German accounting profession - 1931 and before: A reflection of national ideologies. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(2): 139-162. (JSTOR link).

Harston, M. E. and S. T. Welch. 1997. Evolution of professional enforcement in Texas: An examination of violations and sanctions. The Accounting Historians Journal 24(1): 25-73. (JSTOR link).

Hart, A. L. 1956. Using probability for economy in cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 257-263.

Hart, D. K. and W. G. Scott. 1972. Review: The optimal image of man for systems theory. Reviewed work: Beyond Freedom and Dignity by B. F. Skinner. The Academy of Management Journal 15(4): 531-540. (JSTOR link).

Hart, E. W. 1947. Depreciation accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 2): 540-549.

Hart, F. R. 1928. Changes in our relations with Spanish-America during the last quarter century. Harvard Business Review (July): 385-393.

Hart, J. 2000. Matthias Waehren: Transforming finance at Roche-Nutley. Strategic Finance (September): 46-51.

Hart, S. L. and C. M. Christensen. 2002. The great leap: Driving innovation from the base of the pyramid. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 51-56. (Where 4 billion people aspire to join the market economy for the first time).

Hartarska, V., D. Nadolnyak and X. Shen. 2012. Social performance and cost-minimizing MFI size. Cost Management (September/October): 20-28. ("This article develops a model to identify the optimal MFI size by taking into account both the outreach and the sustainability aspects of MFI performance." MFI refers to microfinance institution).

Harte, G. F. and D. L. Owen. 1987. Fighting de-industrialisation: The role of local government social audits. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(2): 123-141.

Harter, C. I. and H. C. Sparks. 1997. Alaska dividend airline coupon program. Journal of Accounting Education 15(1): 159-168.

Hartgraves, A. L. and G. J. Benston. 2002. The evolving accounting standards for special purpose entities and consolidations. Accounting Horizons (September): 245-258.

Hartgraves, A. L. and W. C. Tuthill. 1986. How cash flow reporting should be changed. Management Accounting (April): 41-45.

Hartl, R. J. 1975. The linear total revenue curve in cost-volume-profit analysis. Management Accounting (March): 49-52.

Hartley, H. O. and A. W. Wortham. 1966. A statistical theory for PERT critical path analysis. Management Science (June): B469-B481. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, H. O. and R. R. Hocking. 1963. Convex programming by tangential approximation. Management Science (July): 600-612. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, H. O., R. R. Hocking and W. P. Cooke. 1967. Least squares fit of definite quadratic forms by convex programming. Management Science (July): 913-925. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, J. N. 1966. Problems of consistency in foreign accounting. Management Accounting (November): 55-59.

Hartley, R. V. 1968. Operations research and its implications for the accounting profession. The Accounting Review (April): 321-332. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, R. V. 1969. Linear programming: Some implications for management accounting. Management Accounting (November): 48-51.

Hartley, R. V. 1970. Some extensions of sensitivity analysis. The Accounting Review (April): 223-234. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, R. V. 1971. Decision making when joint products are involved. The Accounting Review (October): 746-755. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, R. V. 1973. A note on quadratic programming in a case of joint production: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 771-774. (JSTOR link).

Hartley, R. V. 1987. Cost prediction and allocation: An incident process case. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 141-151.

Hartley, R. V. 1990. Teaching capital budgeting with variable reinvestment rates. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 268-280.

Hartman, B. P. 1983. The management accountant's role in deleting a product line. Management Accounting (August): 63-66. (Case study).

Hartman, B. P. and D. C. Smith. 1979. Improving credit collection response. Management Accounting (August): 18-21.

Hartman, B. P. and H. C. Zaunbrecher. 1976. Comparability and objectivity of exit value accounting: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 927-929. (JSTOR link).

Hartman, B. P. and J. F. Cheleno. 1979. Estimating profit and cash flow for a new funeral home. Management Accounting (November): 35-38.

Hartman, B. P. and J. M. Ruhl. 1996. What corporate America wants in entry level accountants: Some methodological concerns. Journal of Accounting Education 14(1): 1-16.

Hartman, B. P. and R. A. White. 1984. Why not try a cafeteria compensation plan? Management Accounting (October): 44-47.

Hartman, B. P., D. Laxton and W. Walvoord. 1977. A look at employee stock ownership plans as financing tools. Management Accounting (March): 23-28.

Hartman, B. P., J. L. Haverty and J. M. Larkin. 1999. The strategic and operational role of a supermarket managerial accounting system: The case of food courts. Advances in Management Accounting (7): 239-251.

Hartman, B. P., V. C. Brenner, R. A. Lydecker and J. M. Wilkinson. 1981. Mission control starts in the controller's department. Management Accounting (September): 27-31.

Hartman, D. 1939. Accounting for repossessions and trade-ins. The Accounting Review (September): 267-272. (JSTOR link).

Hartman, D. 1955. Difficulties with adjustment columns - A solution. The Accounting Review (April): 336-338. (JSTOR link).

Hartman, E. W. 1942. A simple hand-posted voucher register system. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 589-598.

Hartman, E. W. 1948. Projecting the monthly profit or loss statement. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1473-1482.

Hartmann, F. and S. Slapničar. 2009. How formal performance evaluation affects trust between superior and subordinate managers. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 722-737.

Hartmann, F. and S. Slapničar. 2012. The perceived fairness of performance evaluation: The role of uncertainty. Management Accounting Research (March): 17-33.

Hartman, L. and J. DesJardins. 2010. Business Ethics: Decision-Making for Personal Integrity & Social Responsibility. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Hartman, M. A. 1966. A simplified solution to cost or market problems. The Accounting Review (January): 127-129. (JSTOR link).

Hartman, R. F. Jr. 1967. A new course: Accounting services to management. The Accounting Review (January): 141-143. (JSTOR link).

Hartmann, A. A. 1942. Notes on dairy-animal valuation. The Accounting Review (July): 311-313. (JSTOR link).

Hartmann, F. 2005. The effects of tolerance for ambiguity and uncertainty on the appropriateness of accounting performance measures. Abacus 41(3): 241-264.

Hartmann, F. and S. Moglewer. 1967. Allocation of resources to research proposals. Management Science (September): 85-110. (JSTOR link).

Hartmann, F. G. H. 2000. The appropriateness of RAPM: Toward the further development of theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(4-5): 451-482. (RAPM refers to Reliance on Accounting Performance Measures).

Hartmann, F. G. H. 2007. Do accounting performance measures indeed reduce managerial ambiguity under uncertainty? Advances in Management Accounting (16): 159-180.

Hartmann, F. G. H. and F. Moers. 1999. Testing contingency hypotheses in budgetary research: An evaluation of the use of moderated regression analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(4): 291-315.

Hartmann, F. G. H. and F. Moers. 2003. Testing contingency hypotheses in budgetary research using moderated regression analysis: A second look. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(7-8): 803-809.

Hartmann, F. G. H. and V. S. Maas. 2010. Why business unit controllers create budget slack: Involvement in management, social pressure, and Machiavellianism. Behavioral Research In Accounting 22(2): 27-49.

Hartmann, H. 1959. Managers and entrepreneurs: A useful distinction? Administrative Science Quarterly 3(4): 429-451. (JSTOR link).

Hartmann, T. 2004. Unequal Protection: The Rise of Corporate Dominance and the Theft of Human Rights. Rodale Books.

Hartness, J. L. 1950. A routine for emergency maintenance. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 599-600.

Hartogensis, A. M. 1953. Cost reduction by brute force. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 344-350.

Hartogensis, A. M. 1953. Cost reduction - Rx for tomorrow's profits. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 616-626.

Hartogensis, A. M. 1955. Manpower budgeting for control of labor costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 947-956.

Hartogensis, A. M. 1955. The accountant's place in the control function. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 473-480.

Hartogensis, A. M. 1958. The art and practice of pricing. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 63-74.

Harton, W. R. Jr. 1954. Program planning and control through the budgetary process. The Accounting Review (July): 423-428. (JSTOR link).

Hartung, P. H. and J. L. Fisher. 1965. Brand switching and mathematical programming in market expansion. Management Science (August): B231-B243. (JSTOR link).

Hartwell, C. L. 2012. The potential implications of revised IAS 19: Are changes to pension accounting coming to U.S. GAAP? The CPA Journal (September): 30-35.

Hartzell, E. 1934. Profits in the steel industry. The Accounting Review (December): 326-333. (JSTOR link).

Hartzell, E. 1934. The background of accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 158-163. (JSTOR link).

Harvard Business Essentials. 2006. Performance Management: Measure and Improve the Effectiveness of Your Employees. Harvard Business Review Press. (This book appears to be directed to Human Resource management).

Harvard Business Review. 1922. Case studies in business. Harvard Business Review (October): 111-119.

Harvard Business Review. 1922. Review: Budgetary control by J. O. McKinsey. Harvard Business Review (October): 120-121.

Harvard Business Review. 1922. Summaries of Business Research. Harvard Business Review (October): 98-110.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: Allernet Lace Company. Harvard Business Review (January): 243-248.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: Distribution policies of tire manufacturers. Harvard Business Review (October): 114-119.

Harvard Business Review. Case Studies in Business: The Anderson Steel Company. Harvard Business Review (January): 235-240.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The Hammett Manufacturing Company. Harvard Business Review (April): 378-380.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The installation of a shop committee. Harvard Business Review (October): 119-123.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The Lansdowne Company. Harvard Business Review (April): 375-378.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The mail-order policies of a department store. Harvard Business Review (July): 495-499.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The Palmer Manufacturing Company. Harvard Business Review (January): 240-243.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The Pike Company . Harvard Business Review (January): 248-251.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: The utilization of an acquired competitive brand. Harvard Business Review (July): 499-502.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Case Studies in Business: Tinkham Littell, Inc. Harvard Business Review (April): 368-374.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: A comparison of par and no-par stock, with special reference to the effect of this feature on market price. Harvard Business Review (October): 108-113.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: Budgetary control of expense in department stores. Harvard Business Review (October): 99-108.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: Going value as an element in the valuation of public utility properties. Harvard Business Review (April): 359-367.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: Labor turnover costs in a shoe factory. Harvard Business Review (July): 490-494.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: Present lending power of the banks of the United States. Harvard Business Review (April): 356-359.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: Short-time investments in bonds by commercial banks. Harvard Business Review (July): 484-490.

Harvard Business Review. 1923. Summaries of Business Research: The extent and significance of the railroad car shortage. Harvard Business Review (January): 227-234.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Advertising for the retailer. Harvard Business Review (January): 252.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Cancelations The Harrison Steel Corporation. Harvard Business Review (January): 238-240.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Control of retail distribution by a shoe company. Harvard Business Review (July): 502-505.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Cost and profits. Harvard Business Review (January): 21-252.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Cotton forecasting: A method of determining in November the advisability of holding the crop. Harvard Business Review (January): 225-232.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Decentralization of credit and collection control. Harvard Business Review (January): 240-241.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Foreign trade organization. Harvard Business Review (January): 249.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Incentive systems of wage payment. Harvard Business Review (July): 474-480.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Methods in the distribution of securities to investors by an originating house. Harvard Business Review (October): 104-112.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Methods in the setting of piece-rates by time study. Harvard Business Review (April): 373-376.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Methods of wage payment: A critical evaluation. Harvard Business Review (April): 355-361.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Methods of wage payment: The day wage. Harvard Business Review (October): 99-103.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Payment of operatives during a training period. Harvard Business Review (January): 241-248.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Reciprocity - The Aimesbury Company. Harvard Business Review (July): 490-496.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Separation of the buying and selling functions in a department store. Harvard Business Review (April): 362-367.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Specialization by a small investment banking house. Harvard Business Review (October): 115-120.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. Successful distribution through exclusive wholesalers. Harvard Business Review (October): 112-115.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The advisability of purchasing bonds at the time of issue. Harvard Business Review (October): 90-99.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The American Sugar Refining Company: Enforecment of customers' contracts. Harvard Business Review (July): 496-502.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The cost-plus basis for a long-time purchase contract. Harvard Business Review (April): 370-373.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The holding company as an aid in reorganization. Harvard Business Review (January): 233-237.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The Randolph Shoe and Leather Company. Harvard Business Review (April): 367-370.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The use of contests among salesmen. Harvard Business Review (July): 480-489.

Harvard Business Review. 1924. The worker in modern economic society. Harvard Business Review (January): 250-251.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: A system of control for chain stores. Harvard Business Review (April): 361-376.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Adding a product of different quality and price to an established line. Harvard Business Review (April): 357-361.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Certain limitations in the application of scientific management. Harvard Business Review (October): 106-111.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Character of management as a basis for obtaining bank credit. Harvard Business Review (July): 481-485.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Current position as basis for credit. Harvard Business Review (July): 497-501.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Distribution policy of a hosiery manufacturer. Harvard Business Review (January): 240-247.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Policy of a shoe manufacturer with regard to special orders. Harvard Business Review (April): 348-356.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Position of the inspection department in an organization manufacturing electrical goods. Harvard Business Review (January): 238-240.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Preliminary analysis of the advertising possibilities of a product. Harvard Business Review (October): 111-121.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Reaching the consumer through direct personal selling. Harvard Business Review (October): 94-106.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Selection of channels of distribution for accessory equipment. Harvard Business Review (January): 229-233.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Spreading purchases among low bidders. Harvard Business Review (July): 501-505.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: Status of the purchasing agent in a manufacturing organization. Harvard Business Review (January): 234-238.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: The coal industry. Harvard Business Review (January): 250-251.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: The discount policy of the Federal Reserve System. Harvard Business Review (January): 248-250.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Case studies in business: The use of exclusive retail agencies. Harvard Business Review (July): 485-497.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Review of Alford, L. P. ed. 1924. Management's Handbook. The Ronald Press company. Harvard Business Review (April): 377-378. (This book includes 1,519 pages and sold for $7.50).

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Review of Goldenweiser, E. A. The Federal Reserve System Operation. McGraw-Hill Book Company. Harvard Business Review (July): 507-509. (This book includes 339 pages, and sold for $3).

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Summaries of business research: Gaging a complicated situation by a simple graphic chart. Harvard Business Review (July): 475-480.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Summaries of business research: Merchandising service in newspaper advertising. Harvard Business Review (April): 340-347.

Harvard Business Review. 1925. Summaries of business research: The use of financial ratios. Harvard Business Review (October): 79-93.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Accounting for appreciation of fixed assets. Harvard Business Review (April): 357-361.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Adding a product to the line. Harvard Business Review (January): 232-235.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Assumption and transfer of responsibility. Harvard Business Review (January): 230-232.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Budgeting labor requirements. Harvard Business Review (July): 480-488.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Custen Manufacturing Company-Methods of forecasting sales. Harvard Business Review (April): 353-357.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Distribution of securities of a public service corporation. Harvard Business Review (January): 223-230.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Financial budgeting in a department store. Harvard Business Review (July): 471-479.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Investment of surplus funds. Harvard Business Review (July): 488-494.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Planning the methods of distribution for a new product. Harvard Business Review (April): 341-346.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Rates on freight in congested areas. Harvard Business Review (April): 347-353.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Case studies in business: Statistical control of inventories. Harvard Business Review (October): 95-101.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Legal developments significant in business: Legal responsibilities of auditors. Harvard Business Review (July): 500-504.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Legal developments significant in business: Legal status of non-cumulative preferred stock. Harvard Business Review (July): 495-500.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Legal developments significant in business: Some legal aspects of merchandising - Limitations on the rights of vendor and vendee. Harvard Business Review (April): 362-373.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Legal developments significant in business. Stock dividends - Capital or income. Harvard Business Review (October): 102-115.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Legal developments significant in business: The United States arbitration law. Harvard Business Review (January): 236-244.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Summaries of business research: Accounting by tabulation machines. Harvard Business Review (October): 80-94.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Summaries of business research: Cycle analysis as an aid to judgment of price tendencies. Harvard Business Review (January): 212-222.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Summaries of business research: Department-store consolidations. Harvard Business Review (July): 459-470.

Harvard Business Review. 1926. Summaries of business research: Unionism and production in the bituminous coal industry. Harvard Business Review (April): 334-340.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: A problem in cash discount. Harvard Business Review (October): 110-113.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Case studies in direct importing. Harvard Business Review (January): 226-235.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Conflicting interest in a company's purchase of its own securities. Harvard Business Review (July): 481-487.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Consumer advertising - Fabricating materials. Harvard Business Review (April): 350-357.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Department-store expansion. Harvard Business Review (October): 81-89.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Harlow Shoe Company. Harvard Business Review (October): 105-110.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Judging the value of commercial paper. Harvard Business Review (July): 468-481.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Keeping in place in the style cycle. Harvard Business Review (April): 345-350.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Leasing versus instalment sales in the marketing of manufacturers' equipment. Harvard Business Review (October): 89-95.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Shall we buy this new machine? Harvard Business Review (October): 101-105.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: Some problems in joint cost. Harvard Business Review (January): 219-226.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: The international scope of merchandising principles. Harvard Business Review (July): 487-495.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Case studies in business: The manufacturer's agent as a channel of distribution. Harvard Business Review (October): 95-101.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Legal developments significant in business: Is there but one kind of value? Harvard Business Review (January): 236-244. (Is there one "real value", or are there different values for different purposes? For example: exchange value, utility or use value, cost, book value, market value, and assessed value).

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Legal developments significant in business: Some business and legal aspects of resale price maintenance. Harvard Business Review (October): 114-120.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Legal developments significant in business: The corporate receiver. Harvard Business Review (April): 358-365.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Legal developments significant in business: The dividend limit. Harvard Business Review (July): 501-507.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Legal developments significant in business: The Indianapolis Water Company case. Harvard Business Review (July): 496-501.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Summaries of business research: Accounting by tabulating machines. Harvard Business Review (January): 213-218.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Summaries of business research: Electric power production as an index of business volume. Harvard Business Review (April): 339-344.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Summaries of business research: Market capitalization rates of industrial earnings. Harvard Business Review (October): 75-80. (The rate of capitalization refers to "the ratio of per share earnings to the market price of a particular common stock" and is used as a method for determining the value of the stock).

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Summaries of business research: The American rubber situation. Harvard Business Review (July): 449-467.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Summaries of business research: The development of class A and class B stocks. Harvard Business Review (April): 332-339.

Harvard Business Review. 1927. Summaries of business research: Types of investment trust collateral and securities. Harvard Business Review (January): 207-212.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business. Centralized purchasing. Harvard Business Review (April): 343-351.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business: Consolidation of pile fabric manufacturers. Harvard Business Review (October): 96-107.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business: Distribution problems of a cotton mill. Harvard Business Review (January): 240-246.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business. Financing instalment sales. Harvard Business Review (July): 487-493.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business: Manufacturing versus purchasing. Harvard Business Review (January): 231-239.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business. Price revision in falling markets. Harvard Business Review (April): 359-366.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business. Rotation billing. Harvard Business Review (July): 477-487.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business: The establishment of a bond department in a commercial bank - 1928. Harvard Business Review (October): 87-96.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Case studies in business. The selection of a bank. Harvard Business Review (April): 351-359.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Legal developments significant in business: Paid-in investment as a public utility rate base in Massachusetts. Harvard Business Review (July): 499-509.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Legal developments significant in business: Responsibilities of bank directors for imprudent credit policies - With emphasis on country banks. Harvard Business Review (October): 108-128.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Legal developments significant in business: The liability of the manufacturer of defective articles for injury to the person or property of the ultimate consumer. Harvard Business Review (July): 494-498.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Legal developments significant in Business: The Tyson Case. Harvard Business Review (January): 247-251.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Summaries of business research: Consolidation of railroads and the proposed Great Northern-Northern Pacific unification. Harvard Business Review (July): 457-471.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Summaries of business research: The new policy of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company. Harvard Business Review (October): 74-86.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Summaries of business research: The point plan for industrial control. Harvard Business Review (January): 219-230.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Summaries of business research: Mechanical aids to merchandise control in department stores. Harvard Business Review (April): 330-342.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Summaries of business research: The relative investment value of industrial and railroad common stocks. Harvard Business Review (October): 69-74.

Harvard Business Review. 1928. Summaries of business research: The working of the Webb-Pomerene law. Harvard Business Review (July): 471-476.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: Accounting for payments to the estate of a deceased partner. Harvard Business Review (July): 482-489.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: How far should retail departmentization be carried? Harvard Business Review (January): 229-239.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: Indexes of machine utilization. Harvard Business Review (April): 351-357.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business. Department store group buying. Securing a "best buy" for the Women's Silk Hosiery Department. Harvard Business Review (April): 375-382.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: Revenue determination in the case of instalment sales. Harvard Business Review (July): 473-482.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: The accounting disposition of an increase in assets caused by revaluation. Harvard Business Review (July): 467-473.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: The advertising and sales promotion of textile products. Harvard Business Review (October): 108-116.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: The production of dimension stock by Northern Hardwood Mill - Northern Lumber Company. Harvard Business Review (April): 366-375.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: The selection of security for financing automobile dealers' purchases. Harvard Business Review (April): 357-362.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Case studies in business: The Waldman Company. Harvard Business Review (April): 362-366. (Statistical methods (least squares) applied to car sales).

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Legal developments significant in business: Dress of goods and unfair trading. Harvard Business Review (January): 240-248.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Legal developments significant in business: Girard Grocery Company. Harvard Business Review (July): 490-495.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Legal developments significant in business: The effect of the subsidiary corporation on the parent company. Harvard Business Review (July): 496-504.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Legal developments significant in business: The relationship of syndicate managers and members. Harvard Business Review (October): 88-95.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Legal developments significant in business: The subsidiary corporation - Its use and abuse. Harvard Business Review (January): 248-254.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: An introduction to a statistical study of bond yields. Harvard Business Review (April): 338-342.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: Branch factories in foreign countries. Harvard Business Review (October): 96-102.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: Department-store organization for direct importing. Harvard Business Review (January): 207-222.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: Estate and inheritance taxation of corporate securities. Harvard Business Review (April): 331-338.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: Purposes and financial plans of industrial reorganizations. Harvard Business Review (January): 196-207.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: Salesmen's contracts. Harvard Business Review (October): 102-107.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: Store-door delivery. Harvard Business Review (April): 342-350.

Harvard Business Review. 1929. Summaries of business research: The relative investment value of high-yield and low-yield common stock. Harvard Business Review (January): 222-228.

Harvard Business Review. 1985. Building strategy on the experience curve. Harvard Business Review (March-April).

Harvard Business Review. 2002. Inspiring innovation. Harvard Business Review (August): 39-49.

Harvard Business Review. 2002. Negotiating without a net: A conversation with the NYPD's Dominick J. Misino. Harvard Business Review (October): 49-54.

Harvard Business Review. 2002. Spotting patterns on the fly: A conversation with birders David Sibley and Julia Yoshida. Harvard Business Review (November): 45-50. (Learning business pattern recognition from expert bird-watchers).

Harvard Business Review. 2002. The 2002 HBR list: Breakthrough ideas for today's business agenda. Harvard Business Review (March): 58-66.

Harvard Business Review. 2003. In praise of boundaries: A conversation with Miss Manners. Harvard Business Review (December): 41-45.

Harvard Business Review. 2003. Supply chain challenges: Building relationships. A conversation with Scott Beth, David N. Burt, William Copacino, Chris Gopal, Hau L. Lee, Robert Porter Lynch, and Sandra Morris. Harvard Business Review (July): 64-73.

Harvard Business Review. 2003. Technology and human vulnerability. Harvard Business Review (September): 43-50.

Harvard Business Review. 2008. Making sense of ambiguous evidence: A conversation with Errol Morris. Harvard Business Review (September): 53-57.

Harvard Business Review 2008. Smart power: A conversation with leadership expert Joseph S. Nye Jr. Harvard Business Review (November): 55-59.

Harvard Business Review. 2008. The green conversation. Harvard Business Review (September): 58, 60, 62.

Harvard Business Review. 2009. Predicting the present. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 37-41. (Interview with science fiction writer Cory Doctorow).

Harvard Business Review. 2009. Relentless idealism for tough times. Harvard Business Review (June): 36-39.

Harvard Business Review. 2010. What we're watching in...Cloud computing. Harvard Business Review (June): 24-30.

Harvard Business Review. 2010. What we're watching in...Green business. Harvard Business Review (May): 24-30.

Harvard Business Review. 2010. "You have to lead from everywhere". Harvard Business Review (November): 76-79.

Harvard Business Review. 2011. HBR's 10 Must Reads on Strategy. Harvard Business Press. (1. What is Strategy - Porter (Summary), 2. The five competitive forces that shape strategy - Porter, 3. Building your company's vision - Collins and Porras, 4. Reinventing your business model - Johnson, Christensen and Kagermann, 5. Blue Ocean strategy - Kim and Mauborgue, 6. The secrets to successful strategy execution - Neilson, Martin and Powers, 7. Using the balanced scorecard as a strategic management system - Kaplan and Norton (Summary), 8. Transforming corner office strategy into frontline action - Gadiesh and Gilbert, 9. Turing great strategy into great performance - Mankins and Steele, 10. Who has the D? How clear decision roles enhance organization performance - Rogers and Blenko).

Harvard Business Review. 2011. Being more productive. Harvard Business Review (May): 82-87.

Harvard Business Review. 2011. Technology, tradition & the mouse. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 112-117.

Harvard Business Review on Managing Yourself. 2005. Harvard Business Press.

Harvard Business Review on What Makes a Leader. 2001. Harvard Business School Press.

Harvard Business Review. 2011. Harvard Business Review on Aligning Technology with Strategy. Harvard Business Press.

Harvard Business Review. 2011. The charts that changed the world. Harvard Business Review (December): 34-35.

Harvard Business Review. 2012. How management changed the world. Harvard Business Review (November): 61-62.

Harvard Business Review. 2012. It keeps growing... and growing. Harvard Business Review (October): 32-33. (Projected growth in internet use).

Harvard Business Review. 2013. How people really use mobile. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 30-31.

Harvard Business Review. 2013. The sweet smell of success. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 26. (The scent of peppermint increases participants' physiological arousal, keeps them more engaged, enhances attention, memory, alertness, and mood).

Harvard Business Review. 2013. Women and the economics of equality. Harvard Business Review (April): 30-31.

Harvard Business School. 1984. Hints for Case Teaching. Harvard Business School Publishing Division.

Harvard, J. N. 1933. Application of distribution costs in the pharmaceutical industry. N.A.C.A Bulletin (July 15): 1594-1597.

Harvey, D. W. 1976. Financial planning information for production start-ups. The Accounting Review (October): 838-845. (JSTOR link).

Harvey, D. W., J. G. Rhode and K. A. Merchant. 1979. Accounting aggregation: User preferences and decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(3): 187-210.

Harvey, G. C. Jr. 1969. Mathematics is bypassing the accountant. Management Accounting (February): 47-48.

Harvey, J. H. and P. M. McCollum. 1965. Automated internal auditing tools. Management Accounting (October): 44-50.

Harvey, J. L. 1955. Starting your career in public accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 493-499. (JSTOR link).

Harvey, L. S. 2012. Major new duties for 401(k) plan sponsors and vendors: Expanded regulations under ERISA. The CPA Journal (February): 58-59.

Harvey, P. D. A. 1972. Agricultural treatises and manorial accounting in medieval England. Agricultural History Review. Vol. 20.

Harvey, P. D. A., (ed.). 1976. Manorial Records of Cuxham, Oxfordshire, Oxfordshire Record Society, Vol. 50, and HMSO for Historical Manuscripts Commission, Vol. JP 23.

Harwell, J. L., W. S. Nichols, III and S. D. Steffler. 1974. Recent developments in the presentation of earnings per share. The Accounting Review (October): 852-853. (JSTOR link).

Harwell, R. W. 1951. CPFF materials costs reimbursements at less cost. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 58-65. (Cost plus fixed fee contracts).

Harwell, R. W. 1952. CPFF contracts - More profit at less cost. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 564-574. (Cost plus fixed fee contracts).

Harwell, R. W. 1953. Defense contract auditing takes a new turn. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 869-876.

Harwell, R. W. 1954. Backing overhead claims for cost-type contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 611-622.

Harwell, R. W. 1958. Challenges in the facilitation of research. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 16-18.

Harwood, D. S. Jr. 1961. Yet more on tax allocation. The Accounting Review (October): 619-625. (JSTOR link).

Harwood, E. M. 1999. Student perceptions of the effects of classroom assessment techniques (CATs). Journal of Accounting Education 17(1): 51-70.

Harwood, E. M. and J. R. Cohen. 1999. Classroom assessment: Educational and research opportunities. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 691-724.

Harwood, G. B. and R. W. Lawless. 1975. Optimizing organizational goals in assigning faculty teaching schedules. Decision Sciences 6(3): 513-524.

Harwood, G. B., J. L. Pate and A. Schneider. 1991. Budgeting decisions as a function of framing: An application of prospect theory's reflection effect. Management Accounting Research (September): 161-170.

Hasanov, F. and O. Izraeli. 2012. How much inequality is necessary for growth? Harvard Business Review (January/February): 28.

Hasbrouck, H. C. 1923. Cost vs. value in depreciation accounting for public utilities. Journal of Accountancy (October): 276-280.

Haselhuhn, M. P., D. G. Pope, M. E. Schweitzer and P. Fishman. 2012. The impact of personal experience on behavior: Evidence from video-rental fines. Management Science (January): 52-61.

Haseman, W. C. 1956. Practice in defense contract bidding. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 858-866.

Haseman, W. C. 1968. Accountants in residency program. The Accounting Review (July): 585-588. (JSTOR link).

Haseman, W. C. 1968. An interpretive framework for cost. The Accounting Review (October): 738-752. (JSTOR link).

Haseman, W. C. 1970. The professional accountant turns professor. Management Accounting (March): 58-60.

Haseman, W. C. 1978. Management accounting literature: 1925-1975. The Accounting Historians Journal 5(2): 71-78. (JSTOR link).

Haseman, W. D. and A. B. Whinston. 1976. Design of a multidimensional accounting system. The Accounting Review (January): 65-79. (JSTOR link).

Hasenack, W. 1933. Depression balance sheets and present day values. The Accounting Review (September): 239-242. (JSTOR link).

Haseqawa, M., T. Sakata, N. Sambuichi and N. Hannon. 2004. Breathing new life into old systems. Strategic Finance (February): 46-51. (New XBRL-GL technology).

Haskell, F. L. 1946. Case study of a payroll system. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 451-463.

Haskell, F. L. 1950. Three approaches to management of costs in the small office. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1091-1096.

Haskell, R. R. and R. H. Robnett. 1940. Some applications of duplicating methods in the preparation of payroll records. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 15): 1399-1424.

Haskett, D. and D. Ziegenfuss. 1999. Developing a strategy to control credit card fraud. Journal of Cost Management (December): 16-21.

Haskins & Sells. 1970. Our First Seventy-Five Years. Privately Published.

Haskins, M. 2002. Instant insight. Strategic Finance (September): 42-47. (Analytic tools referred to as Delta Factor reference tables provide help with what-if scenarios and industry comparisons).

Haskins, M. E. 1987. Client control environments: An examination of auditors' perceptions. The Accounting Review (July): 542-563. (JSTOR link).

Haskins, M. E. and D. D. Williams. 1986. A genealogy of today's contributions to accounting research. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(1): 93-101. (JSTOR link).

Haskins, M. E. and D. D. Williams. 1988. Corporate mergers and auditors' client portfolios. Accounting Horizons (March): 77-87.

Haskins, M. E. and P. J. Simko. 2011. What a corporate tax cut might mean: New research explores the impact of a potential tax-rate reduction on key financial measures. CFO (November): 35-39.

Haskins, M. E. and R. N. Holt. 1986. A cash flow approach to the statement of changes in financial position. Journal of Accounting Education 4(2): 97-106.

Haskins, M. E. and R. P. Crum. 1985. Cost allocations: A classroom role-play in managerial behavior and accounting choices. Issues In Accounting Education: 109-130.

Haskins, M. E., A. J. Baglioni Jr. and C. L. Cooper. 1990. An investigation of the sources, moderators, and psychological symptoms of stress among audit seniors. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 361-385.

Haskins, W. A. Jr. and F. F. Gilmore. 1940. A case study in budgetary control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 1011-1036.

Hass, J. E. 1968. Transfer pricing in a decentralized firm. Management Science (February): B310-B331. (JSTOR link).

Hass, J. R. 1947. Control procedures for special operating supplies. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 223-226.

Hass, W. W. 1959. Project budgets for cost control in aircraft manufacturing. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 71-80.

Hass, W. W. 1960. Let's keep and eye on research. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 65-66.

HassabElnaby, H. R., A. A. Said and B. Wier. 2005. The retention of nonfinancial performance measures in compensation contracts. Journal of Management Accounting Research (17): 23-42.

HassabElnaby, H. R., E. Mohammad and A. A. Said. 2010. Nonfinancial performance measures and earnings management. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 55-79.

Hassan, F. 2011. The frontline advantage. Harvard Business Review (May): 106-114. (Leading turnarounds by systematically connecting with first-level managers).

Hassan, N., H. E. Brown and P. M. Saunders. 1993. Stolle puts world class into memory. Management Accounting (January): 22-25. (Related to JIT).

Hassan, N., R. P. Marquette and J. M. McKeon, Jr. 1978. Sensitivity analysis: An accounting tool for decision-making. Management Accounting (April): 43-50.

Hassan, R. M. 2000. Improved measure of the contribution of cultivated forests to national income and wealth in South Africa. Environment and Development Economics Special Issue: Advances in Green Accounting. (February and May): 157-176.

Hasselback, J. R. 1976. An empirical examination of annual report presentation of the corporate income tax expense. The Accounting Review (April): 269-276. (JSTOR link).

Hasselback, J. R. 1976. Travel expenses for a visiting professor - An addendum. The Accounting Review (January): 181-183. (JSTOR link).

Hasselback, J. R. 2010. Accounting Faculty Directory 2009-2010. Prentice-Hall. (Link).

Hasselback, J. R. and A. Reinstein. 1995. A proposal for measuring scholarly productivity of accounting faculty. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 269-306.

Hasselback, J. R. and A. Reinstein. 2011. What happened to the class of Year 2000: Examining their research and employment records. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(2): 318-324.

Hasselback, J. R., A. Reinstein and E. S. Schwan. 2000. Benchmarks for evaluating the research productivity of accounting faculty. Journal of Accounting Education 18(2): 79-97.

Hasselback, J. R., A. Reinstein and P. M. J. Reckers. 2011. A longitudinal study of the research productivity of graduates of accounting doctoral programs. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(1): 10-16.

Hasseldine, C. R. 1967. Mix and yield variances. The Accounting Review (July): 497-515. (JSTOR link).

Hassell, J. M. and C. E. Arrington. 1989. A comparative analysis of the construct validity of coefficients in paramorphic models of accounting judgments: A replication and extension. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(5-6): 527-537.

Hassell, J. M. and H. W. Hennessey Jr. 1989. An examination of factors important in the CPA recruiting process. Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 217-231.

Hassell, J. M. and K. L. Philipich. 2008. Introduction to and overview of SFAS No. 158: A visual presentation. Journal of Accounting Education 26(1): 30-33.

Hassell, J. M. and R. H. Jennings. 1986. Relative forecast accuracy and the timing of earnings forecast announcements. The Accounting Review (January): 58-75. (JSTOR link).

Hassler, E. C. and D. Buckmaster. 1975. Implications of "Volatility in quarterly accounting data": A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 127-129. (JSTOR link).

Hassler, R. H. 1950. The case method of teaching accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 170-172. (JSTOR link).

Hassler, R. H. 1954. Report of the 1953 President. The Accounting Review (April): 297-301. (JSTOR link).

Hasson, R. 2006. How to resolve board disputes more effectively. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 77-80.

Hasson, R., S. R. Hardis, H. Shear, M. Rowe and J. W. Robinson. 2007. Why didn't we know. Harvard Business Review (April): 33-43. (Whistle-blower's lawsuit triggers study of a company's system of uncovering misconduct).

Hasswl, L. G. and G. M. Cunningham. 2004. Psychic distance and budget control of foreign subsidiaries. Journal of International Accounting Research 3(2): 79-93.

Hastie, K. L. 1967. The determination of optimal investment policy. Management Science (August): B757-B774. (JSTOR link).

Hastie, T., R. Tibshirani and J. Friedman. 2009. The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction, second edition. Springer.

Hastings, J. E. Jr., A. P. Ameiss and C. R. Kuehl. 1976. CMA review - The Monsanto experience. Management Accounting (February): 57-60.

Hasz, T. W. and J. L. Boockholdt. 1983. How Houston Lighting & Power applied DDP. Management Accounting (March): 56-59. (An accounts payable system.)

Hatch, F. S. 1928. Forge shop production - Cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 537-545.

Hatch, M. J. 1987. Physical barriers, task characteristics, and interaction activity in research and development firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 387-399. (JSTOR link).

Hatch, T., R. Lawson, W. Stratton and R. Thornton. 2005. Scorecarding in North America Part II: Best practices and implementation at Gulf States Paper Corporation. Cost Management (September/October): 39-47.

Hatfield, H. R. 1908. Accounting and banking. Journal of Accountancy (November): 69-70.

Hatfield, H. R. 1908. Review: The Philosophy of Accounts. Journal of Accountancy (November): 67-69.

Hatfield, H. R. 1910. Accounting every business man should know. Journal of Accountancy (August): 305.

Hatfield, H. R. 1913. Capitalization. Journal of Accountancy (July): 86-87.

Hatfield, H. R. 1924. An historical defense of bookkeeping. Journal of Accountancy (April): 241-253.

Hatfield, H. R. 1925. Accounting. Journal of Accountancy (November): 389-390.

Hatfield, H. R. 1925. Managerial Accounting. Journal of Accountancy (May): 432-433.

Hatfield, H. R. 1928. An accounting paradox. The Accounting Review (December): 342-344. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1932. A fable. The Accounting Review (September): 175. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1934. Operating deficit and paid-in surplus. The Accounting Review (September): 237-241. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1936. What they say about depreciation. The Accounting Review (March): 18-26. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1940. Accounting trivia. The Accounting Review (September): 417-419. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1944. Replacement and book value. The Accounting Review (January): 66-67. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1966. Some variations in accounting practice in England, France, Germany and the United States. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 169-182. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. 1977. "Zwei Pfadfinder". The Accounting Historians Journal 4(1): 2-8. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. and A. C. Littleton. 1932. A check-list of early bookkeeping texts. The Accounting Review (September): 194-206. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, H. R. and J. R. Wildman. 1930. Should appreciation be brought into the accounts? The Accounting Review (March): 28-34. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, J. D. 1980. How to establish an effective records retention system. Management Accounting (March): 55-57.

Hatfield, J. D. and R. C. Huseman. 1982. Perceptual congruence about communication as related to satisfaction: Moderating effects of individual characteristics. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 349-358. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, J. G. 1977. Recollections about father. The Accounting Historians Journal 4(1): 14-16. (JSTOR link).

Hatfield, R. C., S. B. Jackson and J. K. Schafer. 2008. An investigation of the relation between tax professionals, tax refunds, and fees. Behavioral Research In Accounting 20(2): 19-35.

Hatfield, R. C., S. B. Jackson and S. D. Vandervelde. 2011. The effects of prior auditor involvement and client pressure on proposed audit adjustments. Behavioral Research In Accounting 23(2): 117-130.

Hathaway, B. R. 1975. Controlling new facilities costs. Management Accounting (April): 47-49.

Hathaway, W. W. Jr. 1981. How we documented our internal accounting control system. Management Accounting (October): 65-71.

Hatten, K. J., D. E. Schendel and A. C. Cooper. 1978. A strategic model of the U.S. brewing industry: 1952-1971. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 592-610. (JSTOR link).

Hatten, T. S. 2011. Small Business Management: Entrepreneurship and Beyond, 5th edition. South-Western College Pub.

Häubl, G. and K. B. Murray. 2006. Double agents. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 8-12.

Haulotte, R., E. Stevelinck and R. Homburger. 1977. A bit of accounting history adding the pages in the journal. The Accounting Historians Journal 4(2): 113-116. (JSTOR link).

Haun, R. D. 1933. Statistical costs and accounting costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 173-183.

Haun, R. D. 1933. Two present-day problems of general financial accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 117-118. (JSTOR link).

Haun, R. D. 1955. Broad vs. narrow concepts of internal auditing and internal control. The Accounting Review (January): 114-118. (JSTOR link).

Haun, R. D. and L. Herbert. 1952. Grading of the American Institute of Accountants' examination papers. The Accounting Review (October): 523-529. (JSTOR link).

Haun, R. R. 1976. Accounting for the horse racing business. Management Accounting (August): 43-47.

Haunschild, P. R. 1993. Interorganizational imitation: The impact of interlocks on corporate acquisition activity. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(4): 564-592. (JSTOR link).

Haunschild, P. R. 1994. How much is that company worth?: Interorganizational relationships, uncertainty, and acquisition premiums. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(3): 391-411. (JSTOR link).

Haunschild, P. R. and A. S. Miner. 1997. Modes of interorganizational imitation: The effects of outcome salience and uncertainty. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(3): 472-500. (JSTOR link).

Haunschild, P. R. and B. N. Sullivan. 2002. Learning from complexity: Effects of prior accidents and incidents on airlines' learning. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(4): 609-643. (JSTOR link).

Haunschild, P. R. and C. M. Beckman. 1998. When do interlocks matter?: Alternate sources of information and interlock influence. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(4): 815-844. (JSTOR link).

Hausman, W. H. and R. E. Shearer. 1971. A study of timing and withdrawals of student admissions applications. Decision Sciences 2(2): 149-160.

Hausman, W. L. 1950. Audit control of fund "drives". N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 290-295.

Havard, R. J. 1958. Setting standard task for a wire machine operator. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 75-80.

Havelka, D. 1995. Discussion of Intent to enhance information systems as a function of systems success. Journal of Information Systems (Fall):. 109-110.

Havelka, D. 2012. Discussion of 'The acceptance and adoption of continuous auditing by internal auditors: A micro analysis'. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 13(3): 282-286.

Havelock, R. G. 1969. Planning for Innovation. University of Michigan. (Linkage theory of change).

Haveman, H. A. 1992. Between a rock and a hard place: Organizational change and performance under conditions of fundamental environmental transformation. Administrative Science Quarterly 37(1): 48-75. (JSTOR link).

Haveman, H. A. 1993. Follow the leader: Mimetic isomorphism and entry into new markets. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(4): 593-627. (JSTOR link).

Haveman, H. A. 1993. Ghosts of managers past: Managerial succession and organizational mortality. The Academy of Management Journal 36(4): 864-881. (JSTOR link).

Haveman, H. A. 1993. Organizational size and change: Diversification in the savings and loan industry after deregulation. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(1): 20-50. (JSTOR link).

Haveman, H. A. 1995. The demographic metabolism of organizations: Industry dynamics, turnover, and tenure distributions. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(4): 586-618. (JSTOR link).

Haveman, H. A. and L. Nonnemaker. 2000. Competition in multiple geographic markets: The impact on growth and market entry. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(2): 232-267. (JSTOR link).

Havener, P. 1917. Analysis of financial statements. Journal of Accountancy (May): 349-363.

Havens, J. D. and M. Hayes. 2009. Right track your CPA career. Journal of Accountancy (February): 56-60.

Haverty, J. L. 2006. Are IFRS and U.S. GAAP converging? Some evidence from People’s Republic of China companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Journal of International Accounting, Auditing & Taxation 15: 48-71.

Haverty, J. L. 2007. China Eastern Airlines: People's Republic of China accounting standards, international financial reporting standards, or U.S. generally accepted accounting principles? Issues In Accounting Education (November): 685-708.

Havighurst, J. W. 1943. Wage and salary stabilization. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 809-825.

Haw, I. and S. Lustgarten. 1988. Evidence on income measurement properties of ASR No. 190 and SFAS No. 33 data. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 331-352. (JSTOR link).

Haw, I., B. Hu, J. J. Lee and W. Wu. 2012. Investor protection and price informativeness about future earnings: international evidence. Review of Accounting Studies 17(2): 389-419.

Haw, I., B. Hu, L. Hwang and W. Wu. 2004. Ultimate ownership, income management, and legal and extra-legal institutions. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 423-462. (JSTOR link).

Haw, I., D. Qi, D. Wu and W. Wu. 2005. Market consequences of earnings management in response to security regulations in China. Contemporary Accounting Research 22(1): 95-140.

Haw, I., D. Qi and W. Wu. 2000. Timeliness of annual report releases and market reaction to earnings announcements in an emerging capital market: The Case of China. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting 11(2): 108-131.

Haw, I., D. Qi and W. Wu. 2001. The nature of information in accruals and cash flows in an emerging capital market: The case of China. The International Journal of Accounting 36: 391-406.

Haw, I., K. Jung and S. B. Lilien. 1991. Overfunded defined benefit pension plan settlements without asset reversions. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 295-320.

Haw, I., K. Park, D. Qi, and W. Wu. 2003. Audit qualification and timing of earnings announcements: Evidence from China. Auditing: a Journal of Practice and Theory 22(2): 121-146.

Haw, I., K. Park, D. Qi, and W. Wu. 2006. Securities regulation, the timing of annual report release, and market implications: Evidence from China. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting 17(2): 110-139.

Haw, I., S. S. M. Ho and A. Y. Li. 2011. Corporate governance and earnings management by classification shifting. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(2): 517-553.

Haw, I., V. S. Pastena and S. B. Lilien. 1990. Market manifestation of nonpublic information prior to mergers: The effect of ownership structure. The Accounting Review (April): 432-451. (JSTOR link).

Hawawini, G. and C. Viallet. 2002. Finance for Executives: Managing for Value Creation, 2e. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Hawes, A. B. 1943. Issues and policies of contract termination. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 749-760.

Hawes, E. B. 1923. Professional prerequisites. Journal of Accountancy (April): 253-257.

Hawes, R. K. 1983. Financial futures: Today's cash management alternatives. Management Accounting (December): 26-28.

Hawkes, R. W. 1961. The role of the psychiatric administrator. Administrative Science Quarterly 6(1): 89-106. (JSTOR link).

Hawking, S. 2009. Illustrated Theory of Everything: The Origin and Fate of The Universe. Phonex Books.

Hawkins, C. A. and R. J. Halonen. 1973. Profitability in buying puts and calls. Decision Sciences 4(1): 109-118.

Hawkins, D. 1963. The case of the dubious deferral. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 163-192.

Hawkins, D. and B. Allen. 1967. Computer assisted case analyses. The Accounting Review (October): 788-800. (JSTOR link).

Hawkins, D. F. 1968. Controversial accounting changes. Harvard Business Review (March-April): 20-41.

Hawkins, D. F. 1986. Corporate Financial Disclosure, 1900-1933: A Study of Management Inertia Within a Rapidly Changing Environment. Garland.

Hawkins, H. B. 1921. Treatment of weight and degradation losses by coal dealers. Journal of Accountancy (November): 347-351.

Hawkins, H. B. 1923. Determining piano costs. Journal of Accountancy (February): 115-123.

Hawkins, L. G. 1920. Appraisals and their relation to accounts. Journal of Accountancy (March): 206-209.

Hawkins, L. W. 1905. Cost accounts: An explanation of principles and a guide to practice. Gee & Co. (Google e-book).

Hawkins, W. M. 1970. An EDP general accounting system in concept and in force. Management Accounting (October): 11-14.

Hawley, C. F. 2008. 100+ Winning Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions, 2nd edition. Barron's Educational Series.

Hawley, C. F. 2010. 10 Make-or-Break Career Moments: Navigate, Negotiate, and Communicate for Success. Ten Speed Press.

Hawley, K. E. and M. L. Nichols. 1982. A contextual approach to modeling the decision to participate in a "political" issue. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(1): 105-119. (JSTOR link).

Hawthorne, W. H. and H. C. Herring, III. 1975. A quantitative approach to the illustration of the percentage-of-completion method. The Accounting Review (July): 615-616. (JSTOR link).

Hax, A. C. and N. S. Majluf. 1982. Competitive cost dynamics: The experience curve. Interfaces (October ): 50–61.

Hay, D. 1993. Internal control: How it evolved in four English-speaking countries. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(1): 79-102. (JSTOR link).

Hay, D. and H. Maltby. 1997. A new approach to accounting examinations: The final qualifying examination in New Zealand. Journal of Accounting Education 15(2): 169-179.

Hay, L. E. 1955. Statutory requirements as to form and content of executors' reports to courts. The Accounting Review (October): 702-705. (JSTOR link).

Hay, L. E. 1956. The myth of the charge and discharge statement. The Accounting Review (October): 632-635. (JSTOR link).

Hay, L. E. 1960. Planning for profits - How some executives are doing it. The Accounting Review (April): 233-237. (JSTOR link).

Hay, L. E. 1961. Executorship reporting - Some historical notes. The Accounting Review (January): 100-104. (JSTOR link).

Hay, L. E. 1964. Graduate seminars in accounting research. The Accounting Review (October): 1027-1029. (JSTOR link).

Hay, R. and E. Gray. 1974. Social responsibilities of business managers. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 135-143. (JSTOR link).

Hay, R. D. 1953. An inquiry into internal reporting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1206-1219.

Hay, R. D. 1955. Management thinking concerning corporate annual reports. The Accounting Review (July): 444-450. (JSTOR link).

Hay, R. D. 1969. Use of modified sematic differentials to evaluate formal organizational structure. The Academy of Management Journal 12(2): 247-257. (JSTOR link).

Hay, R. D. 1975. Social auditing: An experimental approach. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 871-877. (JSTOR link).

Hayakawa, S. I. 1991. Language in Thought and Action: Fifth Edition. Harcourt.

Hayashi, A. M. 2009. What can managers learn from college basketball? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 22-24.

Hayashi, A. M. 2010. Are you 'pushing' in a 'pull' world? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 16-18. (This is a review of Hagel, J. III, J. S. Brown and L. Davison. 2010. The Power of Pull: How Small Moves, Smartly Made, Can Set Big Things in Motion. Basic Books).

Hayashi, A. M. 2013. The inside and outside view of innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 39-42.

Hayashi, K. 1978. Corporate planning practices in Japanese multinationals. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 211-226. (JSTOR link).

Hayek, F. A. 1994. The Road to Serfdom. University of Chicago Press.

Hayen, R. L. and R. M. Peters. 1989. How to ensure spreadsheet integrity. Management Accounting (April): 30-33.

Hayes, A. J. and P. E. Brodrick. 1957. Relating your company to its competitive environment. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 5-15.

Hayes, D. C. 1977. The contingency theory of managerial accounting The Accounting Review (January): 22-39. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, D. C. 1978. The contingency theory of managerial accounting: A reply. The Accounting Review (April): 530-533. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, D. C. 1980. An organizational perspective on a psycho-technical system perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(1): 43-47.

Hayes, D. C. 1983. Accounting for accounting: A story about managerial accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 241-249.

Hayes, D. C. and J. K. Reynolds. 2005. Caroline's Candy Shop: An in-class role-play of the revenue cycle. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 131-154.

Hayes, D. C., J. E. Hunton and J. L. Reck. 2000. Information systems outsourcing announcements: Investigating the impact on the market value of contract-granting firms. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 109-125.

Hayes, D. C., J. E. Hunton and J. L. Reck. 2001. Market reactions to ERP implementation announcements. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 3-18.

Hayes, D. P. 1969. The Cornell datalogger. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 222-223. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, J. 2002. The Theory and Practice of Change Management. Palgrave Macmillan.

Hayes, M. 2005. Outrageous employee benefits. Journal of Accountancy (May): 32-37.

Hayes, M. 2005. Promises to keep. Journal of Accountancy (July): 41-44. (How to modify social security).

Hayes, M. 2006. Best practices in EBP audits. Journal of Accountancy (April): 43-47.

Hayes, M. 2006. Be an HR resource for your clients. Journal of Accountancy (November): 49-53.

Hayes, M. 2006. Get close to your clients. Journal of Accountancy (June): 49-52.

Hayes, M. V. 1929. Accounting from the management viewpoint. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1). (See Hayes, M. V. 1950. Accounting from the management viewpoint. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1349-1360.)

Hayes, M. V. 1933. Trade associations and the new deal. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1716-1728.

Hayes, M. V. 1950. Accounting from the management viewpoint. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1349-1360.

Hayes, R. B. and W. R. Cron. 1988. Changes in task uncertainty induced by zero-base budgeting: Using the Thompson and Hirst models to predict dysfunctional behaviour. Abacus 24(2): 145-161.

Hayes, R. D. and J. A. Millar. 1990. Measuring production efficiency in a not-for-profit setting. The Accounting Review (July): 505-519. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. D. and J. A. Millar. 1993. A rejoinder to "Measuring production efficiency in a not-for-profit setting: An extension". The Accounting Review (January): 89-92. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. H. 1968. Note on "Maximizing insurance buyers' utility". Management Science (December): B208-B212. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. H. 1981. Why Japanese Factories Work. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 57-66. (Summary).

Hayes, R. H. and J. A. Limprecht. 1982. Germany's world class manufacturers. Harvard Business Review (November-December): 137-145.

Hayes, R. H., and K. B. Clark. 1985. Explaining Observed productivity differentials between plants: Implication for operations research. Interfaces (November-December): 3-14.

Hayes, R. H., and K. B. Clark. 1986.Why some factories are more productive than others. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 66-73.

Hayes, R. H. and S. C. Wheelwright. 1979. Link manufacturing process and product life cycles. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 133-140. (Summary).

Hayes, R. H. and S. C. Wheelwright. 1979. The dynamics of process-product life cycles. Harvard Business Review (March-April): 127-136. (Summary).

Hayes, R. H., and S. C. Wheelwright. 1984. Restoring Our Competitive Edge: Competing Through Manufacturing. John Wiley.

Hayes, R. H. and W. J. Abernathy. 1980. Managing our way to economic decline. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 67-77.

Hayes, R. H. and W. J. Abernathy. 2007. Managing our way to economic decline. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 138-149. (This is a reprint of their 1980 article with a retrospect by Hayes on page 141). (Summary).

Hayes, R. H., S. C. Wheelwright and K. B. Clark. 1988. Dynamic Manufacturing: Creating the Learning Organization. New York: The Free Press.

Hayes, R. M. 1998. The impact of trading commission incentives on analysts' stock coverage decisions and earnings forecasts. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 299-320. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. M. 2000. Discussion of hedge disclosures, future prices, and production distortions. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting Information and the Economics of the Firm): 83-89. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. M. 2004. Discussion of underwater options and the dynamics of executive pay-to-performance sensitivities. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 413-421. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. M. and R. Lundholm. 1996. Segment reporting to the capital market in the presence of a competitor. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 261-279. (JSTOR link).

Hayes, R. M. and S. Schaefer. 1999. How much are differences in managerial ability worth? Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 125-148.

Hayes, R. M. and S. Schaefer. 2005. Bonuses and non-public information in publicly traded firms. Review of Accounting Studies 10(4): 431-464.

Hayes, S. P. Jr. 1955. Behavioral management science. Management Science (January): 177-179. (JSTOR link).

Hayhurst, C. N. 1950. Development and contents of a financial forecast. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 829-842.

Hayhurst, C. N. 1958. Financial forecasting for the bank and for management. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 39-48.

Hayler, R. and M. Nichols. 2006. Six Sigma for Financial Services: How Leading Companies Are Driving Results Using Lean, Six Sigma, and Process Management. McGraw-Hill.

Hayman, E. L. 1993. A meeting of the minds at Boeing. Management Accounting (April): 30-32. (Related to the Boeing's relationship with universities).

Hayn, C. 1995. The information content of losses. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 125-153.

Haynes, K. 2008. (Re)figuring accounting and maternal bodies: The gendered embodiment of accounting professionals. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(4-5): 328-348.

Haynes, R. S., R. C. Pine and H. G. Fitch. 1982. Reducing accident rates with organizational behavior modification. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 407-416. (JSTOR link).

Haynes, W. W. 1959. Toward a general approach to organization theory. The Journal of the Academy of Management 2(2): 75-88. (JSTOR link).

Haynes, W. W. 1961. Two studies in reorganization. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(3): 215-228. (JSTOR link).

Hays, J. R. 1972. Manpower control for manufacturing. Management Accounting (April): 31-37.

Hayward, M. L. A. and D. C. Hambrick. 1997. Explaining the premiums paid for large acquisitions: Evidence of CEO hubris. Administrative Science Quarterly 42(1): 103-127. (JSTOR link).

Hayward, M. L. A., D. A. Shepherd and D. Griffin. 2006. A hubris theory of entrepreneurship. Management Science (February): 160-172. (JSTOR link).

Hayward, M. L. A. and W. Boeker. 1998. Power and conflicts of interest in professional firms: Evidence from investment banking. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(1): 1-22. (JSTOR link).

Haywood, M. E. and D. E. Wygal. 2004. Corporate greed vs. IMA's ethics code. Strategic Finance (November): 44-49.

Haywood, M. E. and D. E. Wygal. 2010. Ethics and professionalism: Bringing the topic to life in the classroom. Journal of Accounting Education 27(2): 71-84.

Haywood, M. E., D. A. McMullen and D. E. Wygal. 2004. Using games to enhance student understanding of professional and ethical responsibilities. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 85-99.

Hayya, J., W. Ferrara and E. Saniga. 1975. Extending the applicability of probabilistic management planning and control models: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 826-831. (JSTOR link).

Hayya, J. C., R. M. Copeland and K. H. Chan. 1975. On extensions of probabilistic profit budgets. Decision Sciences 6(1): 106-119.

Hayya, J. C., W. L. Ferrara and E. M. Saniga. 1978. On the appropriate size of samples in χ ² tests: A reply to Kottas and Lau. The Accounting Review (January): 252-259. (JSTOR link).

Hayzen, A. J. and J. M. Reeve. 2000. Examining the relationships in productivity accounting. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 32-39. (Summary).

Hazard, J. 1986. Are you wasting time with your micro? Management Accounting (May): 58-61.

Hazard, W. H. 1930. Function of the reserve in life insurance. Harvard Business Review (January): 206-217.

Hazelton, W. A. 1979. How to cost labor settlements. Management Accounting (May): 19-23.

Hazelton, W. A. 1987. The ins and outs of foreign trade. Management Accounting (December): 53-58.

Hazera, A., S. M. Hernandez and C. Quirvan. 2009. Toward a conceptual framework of the harmonization of bank financial reporting standards in transition economies: The case of Mexico. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 237-254.

He, H. 2008. Are changes in cross-listing in the U.S. from the pre-to-post-Sarbanes-Oxley period associated with shareholder protection in foreign firms' home countries? Journal of International Accounting Research 7(2): 65-84.

He, L., R. Labelle, C. Piot and D. B. Thornton. 2009. Board monitoring, audit committee effectiveness, and financial reporting quality: Review and synthesis of empirical evidence. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 1(2): 1-41.

He, W. 2011. Governance transparency and capital allocation: A note. Abacus 47(1): 109-118.

He, X., A. Krishnamoorthy, A. Prasad and S. P. Sethi. 2012. Co-op advertising in dynamic retail oligopolies. Decision Sciences 43(1): 73-106.

He, X. D. and X. Y. Zhou. 2011. Portfolio choice under cumulative prospect theory: An analytical treatment. Management Science (February): 315-331.

He, X. T. J. Wong and D. Young. 2012. Challenges for implementation of fair value accounting in emerging markets: Evidence from China. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(2): 538-562.

Head, W. W. 1924. Relationship between banker and accountant. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-5.

Headlee, C. E. 1948. Price level changes - A challenge to accounting: Introduction. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1327-1328.

Heady, F. 1959. Bureaucratic theory and comparative administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(4): 509-525. (JSTOR link).

Heady, F. 1960. Recent literature on comparative public administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(1): 134-154. (JSTOR link).

Heagy, C. D. 1991. Determining the optimal quality costs by considering cost of lost sales. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 64-72.

Heagy, C. D. and C. M. Lehmann. 2010. Accounting Information Systems: A Practitioner Emphasis, 7th edition. Custom Publishing.

Heagy, C. D. and P. L. McMickle. 1988. An empirical investigation of the accounting systems course: Academic practice versus practitioner needs. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 96-107.

Heagy, C. D. and R. A. Gallun. 1994. Recommended microcomputer knowledge for accounting graduates: A survey. Journal of Accounting Education 12(3): 205-210.

Heal, G. 2000. Nature and the Marketplace. Island Press.

Heald, D. 1996. Contrasting approaches to the 'problem' of cross subsidy. Management Accounting Research (March): 53-72.

Heald, D. and G. Georgiou. 2011. The macro-fiscal role of the U.K. whole of government account. Abacus 47(4): 446-476.

Healey, J. 2009. The knowledge workers' strike. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 27-30. (Case study).

Healey, J. P. 1942. Some practical problems and recent developments in costing government contracts; Cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 305-323.

Healy, J. P. and R. G. Stephens. 1999. Accounting for scrap in multiphase sequential production processes using an activity-based cost system. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 3-9.

Healy, P. 1996. Discussion of a market-based evaluation of discretionary accrual models. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Recognition, Measurement, and Disclosure Issues in Accounting, 1996): 107-115. (JSTOR link).

Healy, P. M. 1985. The effect of bonus schemes on accounting decisions. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 85-107.

Healy, P. M. 1999. Discussion of earnings-based bonus plans and earnings management by business unit managers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 143-147.

Healy, P. M. 2003. Discussion of privacy in e-commerce: Development of reporting standards, disclosure, and assurance services in an unregulated market. Journal of Accounting Research (May-The Effects of Regulation (Including Taxation) on Financial Reporting and Disclosure): 311-315. (JSTOR link).

Healy, P. M. 2009. Discussion of “What determines financial analysts’ career outcomes during mergers?” Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 87-90.

Healy, P. M. and J. M. Wahlen. 1999. A review of the earnings management literature and its implications for standard setting. Accounting Horizons (December): 365-383. (Summary).

Healy, P. M. and K. G. Palepu. 1990. Earnings and risk changes surrounding primary stock offers. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 25-48. (JSTOR link).

Healy, P. M. and K. G. Palepu. 1990. Effectiveness of accounting-based dividend covenants. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 97-123.

Healy, P. M. and K. G. Palepu. 2001. Information asymmetry, corporate disclosure, and the capital markets: A review of the empirical disclosure literature. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 405-440.

Healy, P. M. and K. G. Palepu. 1993. The effect of firms' financial disclosure strategies on stock prices. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-11.

Healy, P. M. and K. G. Palepu. 2003. How the quest for efficiency corroded the market. Harvard Business Review (July): 76-85. (Summary).

Healy, P. M. and K. G. Palepu. 2012. Business Analysis Valuation: Using Financial Statements, 5th edition. South-Western.

Healy, P. M. and K. Ramanna. 2013. When the crowd fights corruption: In Russia, citizens are cleaning up business and government. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 131-134.

Healy, P. M., S. C. Myers and C. D. Howe. 2002. R&D accounting and the tradeoff between relevance and objectivity. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 677-710. (JSTOR link).

Healy, P. M., S. Kang and K. G. Palepu. 1987. The effect of accounting procedure changes on CEOs' cash salary and bonus compensation. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 7-34.

Healy, R. E. 1938. The next step in accounting. The Accounting Review (March): 1-9. (JSTOR link).

Healy, R. E. 1969. Acquisitions and mergers - Management problems. Management Accounting (May): 9-11, 22.

Heamon, J. W. 1969. Inventory and financing procedures for a mortgage banker. Management Accounting (December): 32-34.

Heamon, J. W. 1973. Deferring mortgage origination expenses. Management Accounting (May): 43-44, 47.

Heany, D. F. 1965. Is TIMS talking to itself? Management Science (December): B146-B155. (JSTOR link).

Heany, D. F. 1966. Comments on George Guy's communication. Management Science (September): 153-154. (JSTOR link).

Heard, E. 1996. Investment justification: The cost justification charade. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 60-65. (Summary).

Heard, E., C. Konstans and J. D. Edwards. 1974. Demonstrating the conceptual significance of the matrix inverse. The Accounting Review (April): 377-381. (JSTOR link).

Heard, J. E. and W. J. Bolce. 1981. The political significance of corporate social reporting in the United States of America. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(3): 247-254.

Heaston, P. H. 1990. A systematic approach to improving experience requirements for licensure. Accounting Horizons (September): 58-67.

Heath, C. and D. Heath. 2010. Switch: How to Change Things When Change Is Hard. Broadway Business.

Heath, F. L. 1948. Basic steps in developing a distribution cost system. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 949-954.

Heath, F. L. 1949. The philosophy of conversion cost pricing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 137-142.

Heath, J. Jr. 1971. Optimizing cash flow and tax benefits in new plant construction. Management Accounting (March): 35-38.

Heath, L. A. 1942. What an accounting student should know. The Accounting Review (July): 313-315. (JSTOR link).

Heath, L. C. 1972. Distinguishing between monetary and nonmonetary assets and liabilities in general price-level accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 458-468. (JSTOR link).

Heath, L. C. 1987. Accounting communication, and the Pygmalion syndrome. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-8.

Heath, L. C. 1987. Accounting: How to meet the challenges of relevance and regulations. Accounting Horizons (June): 79-82.

Heath, L. C. 1987. Accounting literature. Accounting Horizons (September): 92-96.

Heath, L. C. 1988. Accounting literature. Accounting Horizons (March): 109-114.

Heath, L. C. 1988. Accounting literature. Accounting Horizons (June): 100-104.

Heath, L. C. 1988. Accounting literature. Accounting Horizons (September): 100-101.

Heath, L. C. 1988. Accounting literature. Accounting Horizons (December): 107-116.

Heaton, H. 1978. Organizing for people. Management Accounting (February): 55-58, 62.

Heaton, H., L. Herbert, W. G. Kell, G. S. Warner, C. T. Zlatkovich and A. R. Wyatt. 1959. Report of Committee on Professional Education in Accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 195-199. (JSTOR link).

Heaton, J. 2007. Introduction to Linden Scripting Language for Second Life. Heaton Research, Inc.

Heaton, J. 2007. Introduction to Textures, Animation Audio and Sculpting in Second Life. Heaton Research, Inc.

Heaton, J. 2007. Scripting Recipes for Second Life. Heaton Research, Inc.

Heaton, W. C. 1925. Development of modern practice. Journal of Accountancy (August): 108-109.

Hebert, F. 1925. Audits of accounts of fire-insurance companies. Journal of Accountancy (August): 81-99.

Hebert, M. G. and R. J. Freeman. 1992. Governmental fund operating statements: Should the format be standardized? Accounting Horizons (March): 17-35.

Hecht, G. 1969. The new management information systems: Should auld accounting be forgot? Management Accounting (May): 15-16.

Hecht, G., I. Tafkov and K. L. Towry. 2012. Performance spillover in a multitask environment. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(2): 563-589.

Hecht, J. 2000. Lessons learned from environmental accounting: Findings from nine case studies. Washington D.C.: IUCN.

Hecht, J. E. 2005. National Environmental Accounting: Bridging the Gap between Ecology and Economy. RFF Press.

Hecht, R. M. 1991. Matching individual and organization styles. Management Accounting (June): 43-44.

Hechter, M. 2008. The rise and fall of normative control. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(6): 663-676.

Heck, J. and R. E. Jensen. 2007. An analysis of the evolution of research contributions by The Accounting Review: 1926-2005. Accounting Historians Journal (December): 109-142.

Heck, J. L. and J. C. Huang. 1986. Contributions to accounting literature: A peer assessment of monographs. Journal of Accounting Education 4(2): 27-36.

Heck, J. L. and R. E. Jensen. 2007. An analysis of the evolution of research contributions by The Accounting Review, 1926-2005. The Accounting Historians Journal 34(2): 109-141. (JSTOR link).

Heck, J. L. and W. G. Bremser. 1986. Six decades of The Accounting Review: A summary of author and institutional contributors. The Accounting Review (October): 735-744. (JSTOR link).

Heck, J. L., R. P. Derstine and R. J. Huefner. 1990. Accounting Literature Index. McGraw Hill.

Heck, W. R. 1963. Accounting for warranty costs. The Accounting Review (July): 577-578. (JSTOR link).

Heck, W. R. 1965. A forward approach to dollar-value Lifo. The Accounting Review (October): 879-880. (JSTOR link).

Heckert, J. B. 1929. Methods and advantages of early closing. The Accounting Review (September): 181-191. (JSTOR link).

Heckert, J. B. 1933. The accountant's part in determining standards. The Accounting Review (December): 342-344. (JSTOR link).

Heckert, J. B. 1947. Budgetary control of manufacturing and commercial expense. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 869-880.

Heckert, J. B. 1949. A course in controllership. The Accounting Review (April): 208-209. (JSTOR link).

Heckert, J. B. 1949. Coverage and cost provisions of the Robinson-Patman Act. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 269-282.

Heckert, J. B. 1950. Accounting Hall of Fame. The Accounting Review (July): 260-261. (JSTOR link).

Heckert, J. B., H. F. Taggart, C. L. van Sickle, R. M. Mikesell, F. W. Woodbridge, L. O. Foster and T. W. Leland. 1937. Instruction in methods of accounting control: A symposium. The Accounting Review (June): 114-123. (JSTOR link).

Heckert, J. B., W. S. Krebs, R. E. Taylor, A. C. Littleton, W. A. Paton, G. H. Newlove, C. Rufus Rorem, D. J. Hornberger and E. A. Saliers. 1930. Comments on the definition of earned surplus. The Accounting Review (June): 168-174. (JSTOR link).

Heckman, H. M. 1933. Standards of accounting training. The Accounting Review (June): 110-112. (JSTOR link).

Heckman, W. 1905. University investments and accounting. Journal of Accountancy (December): 128-135.

Hedberg, B., and S. Jonsson. 1978. Designing semi-confusing information systems for organizations in changing environments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(1): 47-64.

Hedberg, B. L. T., P. C. Bystrom and W. H. Starbuck. 1976. Camping on seesaws: Prescriptions for a self-designing organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 41-65. (JSTOR link).

Hedges, E. 1933. Profits through controlled distribution. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 1159-1186.

Hedges, P. W. 1967. Use of a data processing service bureau - A case study. Management Accounting (August): 23-26.

Hedish, N. D. 1959. Account classification and principle codification. The Accounting Review (October): 660-662. (JSTOR link).

Hedrick, L. V. 1924. A practical method of cost accounting in a shipbuilding or ship repair plant. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (January 2): 3-20.

Hedstrom, P. and R. Swedberg. 1998. Social mechanisms: An introductory essay. In Social Mechanisms: An Analytical Approach to Social Theory. Edited by Peter Hedström, and Richard Swedberg: 1-31. Cambridge University Press.

Hee, K. and L. Chan. 2010. 'Stealth' restatements: An issue requiring attention. The CPA Journal (April): 26-29.

Heebink, D. V. 1964. The optimum capital budget. The Accounting Review (January): 90-93. (JSTOR link).

Heeley, M. B., S. F. Matusik and N. Jain. 2007. Innovation, appropriability, and the underpricing of initial public offerings. The Academy of Management Journal 50(1): 209-225. (JSTOR link).

Heenan, D. A. 1979. The regional headquarters decision: A comparative analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 410-415. (JSTOR link).

Heer, R. 2012. How agile is your planning? Find out by measuring the ROI of your planning software. Strategic Finance (April): 44-50.

Heerema, D. L. and R. L. Rogers. 1991. Is your cost accounting system benching your team players? Management Accounting (September): 35, 38-40.

Heermance, E. L. 1928. Some impressions of the British Trade Association. Harvard Business Review (April): 304-312.

Heese, H. S. 2012. Retail strategies for extended warranty sales and impact on manufacturer base warranties. Decision Sciences 43(2): 341-367.

Heesterman, A. R. G. and J. Sandee. 1965. Special simplex algorithm for linked problems. Management Science (January): 420-428. (JSTOR link).

Heffner, J. E. 1949. The dilemma about profits - Adjusting the statements to base year dollars. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 519-526.

Heflin, F. and C. Hsu. 2008. The impact of the SEC's regulation of non-GAAP disclosures. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 349-365.

Heflin, F., K. R. Subramanyam and Y. Zhang. 2003. Regulation FD and the financial information environment: Early evidence. The Accounting Review (January): 1-37. (JSTOR link).

Hegarty, J. 1997. Accounting for the global economy: Is national regulation doomed to disappear? Accounting Horizons (December): 75-90.

Hegemann, W. 1906. The German corporation: Its organization and powers. Journal of Accountancy (April): 453-464.

Hegstad, L. P. 1988. Matchware. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 94-96.

Heide, J. B. and A. S. Miner. 1992. The shadow of the future: Effects of anticipated interaction and frequency of contact on buyer-seller cooperation. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 265-291. (JSTOR link).

Heidkamp, M. M. 1991. Reaping the benefits of financial EDI. Management Accounting (May): 39-43.

Heier, J. R. 1988. A content comparison of antebellum plantation records and Thomas Affleck's Accounting Principles. The Accounting Historians Journal 15(2): 131-150. (JSTOR link).

Heier, J. R. 1999. The development of American ship-accounting practices to 1900: A comparative study of three vessels. The Accounting Historians Journal 26(1): 27-52. (JSTOR link).

Heier, J. R. 2006. America's railroad depreciation debate, 1907 to 1913: A study of divergence in early 20th century accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 33(1): 89-124. (JSTOR link).

Heier, J. R. 2010. Accounting for the business of suffering: A study of the antebellum Richmond, Virginia, slave trade. Abacus 46(1): 60-83.

Heifetz, R., A. Grashow and M. Linsky. 2009. Leadership in a (permanent) crisis. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 62-69.

Heifetz, R. A. and M. Linsky. 2002. A survival guide for leaders. Harvard Business Review (June): 65-72.

Heifetz, R. A. and M. Linsky. 2002. Leadership on the Line: Staying Alive through the Dangers of Leading. Harvard Business School Press.

Heiland, R. E. and W. J. Richardson. 1955. Work-sampling for a small office staff. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1157-1167.

Heilbroner, R. L. 1999. The Worldly Philosophers: The Lives, Times and Ideas of the Great Economic Thinkers, 7th edition. Touchstone.

Heilman, E. A. 1925. University courses in accountancy VII University of Minnesota. Journal of Accountancy (May): 380-384.

Heilman, E. A. 1929. Realized income. The Accounting Review (June): 80-87. (JSTOR link).

Heilman, E. A. 1930. Co-ordination between high-school bookkeeping and college accounting courses. The Accounting Review (December): 317-320. (JSTOR link).

Heilman, E. A. 1933. Comments and questions on the use of ratios. The Accounting Review (September): 246-247. (JSTOR link).

Heilman, E. A. 1942. Opening remarks. The Accounting Review (April): 100-101. (JSTOR link). (Roundtable on examinations in accounting).

Heilman, E. A. and C. W. Collins. 1935. Accounting and economics. The Accounting Review (June): 149-155. (JSTOR link).

Heilman, M. E., C. J. Block and P. Stathatos. 1997. The affirmative action stigma of incompetence: Effects of performance information ambiguity. The Academy of Management Journal 40(3): 603-625. (JSTOR link).

Heilman, R. E. 1925. Profit sharing as a method of compensation. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (February 2): 3-16.

Heilman, R. E. 1925. University courses in accounting: IV. Training for accounting at Northwestern University. Journal of Accountancy (February): 111-113.

Heiman, S. E., et al. 1998. The New Strategic Selling: The Unique Sales System Proven Successful by the World's Best Companies. Warner Books.

Heiman, V. 1990. Discussion of pressure and performance in accounting decision settings: Paradoxical effects of incentives, feedback, and justification. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 181-186. (JSTOR link).

Heiman, V. B. 1990. Auditors' assessments of the likelihood of error explanations in analytical review. The Accounting Review (October): 875-890. (JSTOR link).

Heiman-Hoffman, V. B. and J. M. Patton. 1994. An experimental investigation of deferred tax asset judgments under SFAS 109. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-7.

Heimann, L. and R. S. Rosenbloom. 1958. Obtaining benefits of both direct and standard costing in a furniture factory. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 45-56.

Heimann, S. R. and E. J. Lusk. 1976. Decision flexibility: An alternative evaluation criterion. The Accounting Review (January): 51-64. (JSTOR link).

Heimann, S. R. and G. R. Chesley. 1977. Audit sample sizes for aggregated statement accounts. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 193-206. (JSTOR link).

Heimer, C. A. 1985. Allocating information costs in a negotiated information order: Interorganizational constraints on decision making in Norwegian oil insurance. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(3): 395-417. (JSTOR link).

Hein, L. W. 1959. J. Lee Nicholson: Pioneer cost accountant. The Accounting Review (January): 106-111. (JSTOR link).

Hein, L. W. 1959. The course in computers - Is it accounting? Mathematics? Engineering? The Accounting Review (January): 132-134. (JSTOR link).

Hein, L. W. 1963. New British accounting recommendations. The Accounting Review (April): 252-261. (JSTOR link).

Hein, L W. 1963. The auditor and the British Companies Acts. The Accounting Review (July): 508-520. (JSTOR link).

Hein, L. W. 1968. The management accountant and the integrated information system. Management Accounting (June): 34-38.

Heinaman, S. T. 1955. Return on investment approach to inventory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1452-1462.

Heinaman, S. T. 1957. Basing capital outlays on return on investment. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 992-1002.

Heineman, B. W. Jr. 2007. Avoiding integrity land mines. Harvard Business Review (April): 100-108.

Heinen, C. and A. Hoffjan. 2005. The strategic relevance of competitor cost assessment - An empirical study of competitor accounting. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 17-34.

Heinen, F. I. 1935. Standard costs: Current vs. basic. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 359-364.

Heinrichs, N., D. Hess, C. Homburg, M. Lorenz and S. Sievers. 2013. Extended dividend, cash flow, and residual income valuation models: Accounting for deviations from ideal conditions. Contemporary Accounting Research 30(1): 42-79.

Heinritz, F. J. 1931. The need of adjustable budgets for control of business operations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin Section II (September 1).

Heins, E. B. 1966. A survey of accounting in junior colleges. The Accounting Review (April): 323-326. (JSTOR link).

Heins, J. 1978. The president's report (1889). The Accounting Historians Journal 5(1): 69-71. (JSTOR link).

Heins, R. H. 1972. Steam power as a production cost. Management Accounting (April): 25-26.

Heintz, J. A. 1973. Price-level restated financial statements and investment decision making. The Accounting Review (October): 679-689. (JSTOR link).

Heintz, J. A. 1975. The effects of restating financial statements for price-level changes: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 809-814. (JSTOR link).

Heise, D. R. 1972. How do I know my data? Let me count the ways. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(1): 58-61. (JSTOR link).

Heiser, H. C. 1942. The application of standard costs to an operating budget. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 121-136.

Heiser, H. C. 1944. Cost problems in contract termination. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 462-476.

Heiser, H. C. 1951. Budgets are for planning, coordination and control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 146-155.

Heiser, H. C. 1956. Elements of office automation and preparing for it. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1199-1207.

Heisler, W. J. and G. R. Gemmill. 1978. Executive and MBA student views of corporate promotion practices: A structural comparison. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 731-737. (JSTOR link).

Heisman, E. R. 2012. Helping clients give with their heads, not just their hearts. The CPA Journal (September): 11.

Heitger, D. L. 2007. Estimating activity costs: How the provision of accurate historical activity data from a biased cost system can improve individuals' cost estimation accuracy. Behavioral Research In Accounting (19): 133-159.

Heitger, D. L. 2008. Integrating governance, risk, and reporting to create long-term value. Strategic Finance (May): 36-41.

Heitger, D. L. and T. D. Schultz. 2011. Incentives for businesses to go green: Understanding the tax consequences of environmental capital expenditures. The CPA Journal (November): 44-49.

Heitger, L. and J. W. Hill. 1990. Management accountants in court. Management Accounting (December): 41-44.

Heitger, L. E. 1976. Data base considerations for electric utilities. Management Accounting (March): 31-33.

Heitger, L. E. and D. L. Heitger. 2008. Incorporating forensic accounting and litigation advisory services into the classroom. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 561-572.

Heitzman, S., C. Wasley and J. Zimmerman. 2010. The joint effects of materiality thresholds and voluntary disclosure incentives on firms’ disclosure decisions. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 109-132.

Heizer, J. H. 1976. Transfer and terminations as staffing options. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 115-120. (JSTOR link).

Hekimian, J. S. and C. H. Jones. 1967. Put people on your balance sheet. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 106-113.

Helan, J. B. and J. B. Thies. 1989. Consolidation of finance subsidiaries: $230 billion in off-balance sheet financing comes home to roost. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-9.

Helbig, R. C. 1933. Brewery accounting. N.A.C.A Bulletin (August 1): 1674-1700.

Helfat, C. 2003. The SMS Blackwell Handbook of Organizational Capabilities: Emergence, Development, and Change (Strategic Management Society). Blackwell Publishers.

Helin, W. F. 1994. Deferring tax is good financial planning. Management Accounting (December): 52-55.

Hellauer, J. 1924. German prices and German competition in international markets. Harvard Business Review (October): 35-53.

Helleloid, R. T. 1989. Providing answers to self-study questions: An experimental investigation of possible effects. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 94-108.

Heller, J. and G. Logemann. 1962. An algorithm for the construction and evaluation of feasible schedules. Management Science (January): 168-183. (JSTOR link).

Heller, K. H. 1981. Committee report, American Taxation Association, 1977-1978 Committee on Undergraduate Tax Education. The Accounting Review (July): 626-633. (JSTOR link).

Heller, K. H. and J. H. Boyd. 1976. Professors' home office expenses: A recent development. The Accounting Review (April): 376-382. (JSTOR link).

Heller, W. W. 1958. Up-dating of material standards on punched cards. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 89-93.

Hellman, K. and A. Burst. 2003. The Customer Learning Curve: Creating Profits from Marketing Chaos. South-Western.

Hellman, N. 2011. Soft adoption and reporting incentives: A study of the impact of IFRS on financial statements in Sweden. Journal of International Accounting Research 10(1): 61-83.

Hellmann, A., H. Perera and C. Patel. 2010. Contextual issues of the convergence of International Financial Reporting Standards: The case of Germany. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(1): 108-116.

Hellmann, T. and E. Perotti. 2011. The circulation of ideas in firms and markets. Management Science (October): 1813-1826.

Hellriegel, D. 1971. The moral nature of man in organizations: A comparative analysis: Comment. The Academy of Management Journal 14(4): 533-537. (JSTOR link).

Hellriegel, D. and J. W. Slocum, Jr. 1974. Organizational climate: Measures, research and contingencies. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 255-280. (JSTOR link).

Hellwich, M. A. 2004. Strategic decision making across professional disciplines. Cost Management (March/April): 39-42.

Helmer, O. 1958. The prospects of a unified theory of organizations. Management Science (January): 172-176. (JSTOR link).

Helmer, O. and N. Rescher. 1959. On the epistemology of the inexact sciences. Management Science (October): 25-52. (JSTOR link).

Helmi, M. A. 1986. Integrating the microcomputer into accounting education - approaches and pitfalls. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 102-111.

Helmi, M. A. and M. N. Tanju. 1980. Budget after the fact: An auditing tool for management evaluation. Abacus 16(2): 124-132.

Helmich, D. L. 1974. Organizational growth and succession patterns. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 771-775. (JSTOR link).

Helmich, D. L. 1975. Corporate succession: An examination. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 429-441, 578. (JSTOR link).

Helmich, D. L. 1978. Leader flows and organizational process. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 463-478. (JSTOR link).

Helmich, D. L. and P. E. Erzen. 1975. Leadership style and leader needs. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 397-402. (JSTOR link).

Helmich, D. L. and W. B. Brown. 1972. Successor type and organizational change in the corporate enterprise. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(3): 371-381. (JSTOR link).

Helmkamp, J. G. 1969. Technical information center management: An accounting deficiency. The Accounting Review (July): 605-610. (JSTOR link).

Helms, G. 2012. Common Fraud: A Guide to Thwarting the Top Ten Schemes. AICPA.

Heltzer, W. 2010. The impact of SFAS No. 123(R) on financial statement conservatism. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(2): 227-235.

Heltzer, W and M. Mindak. 2010. Environmental disasters. The CPA Journal (December): 16-20.

Hemmer, T. 1993. Risk-free incentive contracts: Eliminating agency cost using option-based compensation schemes. Journal of Accounting and Economics (October): 447-473.

Hemmer, T. 1995. Discussion of moral hazard and management control in just-in-time settings. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Managerial Accounting): 205-213. (JSTOR link).

Hemmer, T. 1995. On the interrelation between production technology, job design, and incentives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 209-245.

Hemmer, T. 1996. Allocations of sunk capacity costs and joint costs in a linear principal-agent model. The Accounting Review (July): 419-432. (JSTOR link).

Hemmer, T. 1996. On the design and choice of "modern" management accounting measures. Journal of Management Accounting Research (8): 87-116.

Hemmer, T. 1998. Performance measurement systems, incentives, and the optimal allocation of responsibilities. Journal of Accounting and Economics (30 June): 321-347.

Hemmer, T. 2004. Lessons lost in linearity: A critical assessment of the general usefulness of LEN models in compensation research. Journal of Management Accounting Research (16): 149-162.

Hemmer, T. 2010. LEN CONgruity. Journal of Management Accounting Research (22): 175-185.

Hemmer, T., O. Kim and R. E. Verrecchia. 1999. Introducing convexity into optimal compensation contracts. Journal of Accounting and Economics 28(3)(December): 307-327.

Hemmer, T., S. Matsunaga and T. Shevin. 1994. Estimating the "fair value" of employee stock options with expected early exercise. Accounting Horizons (December): 23-42.

Hemmer, T., S. Matsunaga and T. Shevlin. 1996. The influence of risk diversification on the early exercise of employee stock options by executive officers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 45-68.

Hemmer, T., S. Matsunaga and T. Shevlin. 1998. Optimal exercise and the cost of granting employee stock options with a reload provision. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 231-255. (JSTOR link).

Hemp, P. 2002. My week at the Ritz as a room-service waiter. Harvard Business Review (June): 50-59.

Hemp, P. 2003. The DHL EuroCup: Shots on goal. Harvard Business Review (November): 43-52. (Figuring out how to foster corporate team building through intense competition).

Hemp, P. 2004. A time for growth: Interview with Amgen CEO Kevin Sharer. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 66-74.

Hemp, P. 2004. Presenteeism: At work - But out of it. Harvard Business Review (October): 49-58. ("Companies struggle to rein in health care costs, most overlook what may be a $150 billion problem: the nearly invisible drain on worker productivity caused by such common ailments as hay fever, headaches, and even heartburn.").

Hemp, P. 2006. Avatar-based marketing. Harvard Business Review (June): 48-57. (Marketing in Second Life).

Hemp, P. 2009. Death by information overload. Harvard Business Review (September): 82-89.

Hemp, P. and T. A. Stewart. 2004. Leading change when business is good. Harvard Business Review (December): 60-70.

Hemp, P., R. Araskog, K. Favaro, B. W. Arthur and J. Gellert. 2002. Growing for broke. Harvard Business Review (September): 27-37. (Case study).

Henderson, A. D. 1927. Accounting as taught at Antioch. The Accounting Review (March): 55-58. (JSTOR link).

Henderson, A. D. 1999. Firm strategy and age dependence: A contingent view of the liabilities of newness, adolescence, and obsolescence. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(2): 281-314. (JSTOR link).

Henderson, A. D. and I. Stern. 2004. Selection-based learning: The coevolution of internal and external selection in high-velocity environments. Administrative Science Quarterly 49(1): 39-75. (JSTOR link).

Henderson, A. D. and J. W. Fredrickson. 1996. Information-processing demands as a determinant of CEO compensation. The Academy of Management Journal 39(3): 575-606. (JSTOR link).

Henderson, A. D. and J. W. Fredrickson. 2001. Top management team coordination needs and the CEO pay gap: A competitive test of economic and behavioral views. The Academy of Management Journal 44(1): 96-117. (JSTOR link).

Henderson, B. 1974. The experience curve reviewed: V. price stability. #149. Perspectives.

Henderson, B. A., J. L. Larco and S. H. Martin. 1999. Lean Transformation: How to Change Your Business into a Lean Enterprise. Oaklea Publishing.

Henderson, B. C. and K. E. Hughes II. 2010. Valuation implications of regulatory climate for utilities facing future environmental costs. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 26(1): 13-24.

Henserson, B. C., K. Kobelsky, V. J. Richardson and R. E. Smith. 2010. The relevance of information technology expenditures. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 39-77.

Henderson, B. D. 1979. Henderson on Corporate Strategy. Abt books.

Henderson, B. D. and J. Dearden. 1966. New system for divisional control. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 144.

Henderson, D., S. D. Sheetz and B. S. Trinkle. 2011. Understanding the intention to adopt XBRL: An environmental perspective. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (8): 7-30.

Henderson, D., S. D. Sheetz and B. S. Trinkle. 2012. The determinants of inter-organizational and internal in-house adoption of XBRL: A structural equation model. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 13(2): 109-140.

Henderson, D. E. 1956. Writing the letter-type report. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1357-1363.

Henderson, D. E. 1958. Planning the production of accounting work. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 57-64.

Henderson, D. E. 1961. Centralized control of multiplant operation - Some benefits. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 92-93.

Henderson, D. E. 1961. The small order in large and small business. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 69-74.

Henderson, G. V. Jr. and A. H. Barnett. 1978. Breakeven present value: A pragmatic approach to capital budgeting under risk and uncertainty. Management Accounting (January): 49-52.

Henderson, H. 1968. Should business tackle society's problems. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 80.

Henderson, J. 1961. The negative approach to office cost reduction - Elimination. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 38.

Henderson, L. J. 1927. Business education as envisaged by the scientist. Harvard Business Review (July): 420-423.

Henderson, L. M. 1948. Piece count control under wage incentive plans. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 77-80.

Henderson, P. W. and H. R. Brock. 1963. What the investment credit means to the management accountant. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 31-40.

Henderson, R. H. 1975. Day care: A business operated for profit. Management Accounting (April): 39-42.

Henderson, R. M. and K. B. Clark. 1990. Architectural innovation: The reconfiguration of existing product technologies and the failure of established firms. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(1): 9-30. (JSTOR link).

Henderson, S. and G. Peirson. 1980. A note on the current cash equivalent of liabilities. Abacus 16(1): 61-66.

Henderson, S. and G. Peirson. 1984. A note on accounting and executory contracts. Abacus 20(1): 96-98.

Henderson, S. and J. Goodwin. 1992. The case against asset revaluations. Abacus 28(1): 75-87.

Henderson, V. 2012. Prospect theory, liquidation, and the disposition effect. Management Science (February): 445-460.

Hendricks, J. A. 1976. The impact of human resource accounting information on stock investment decisions: An empirical study. The Accounting Review (April): 292-305. (JSTOR link).

Hendricks, J. A. 1977. Analysis of risk in capital budgeting. Management Accounting (April): 41-44.

Hendricks, J. A. 1979. Human resource accounting information: A reply concerning demand characteristics. The Accounting Review (January): 205-208. (JSTOR link).

Hendricks, J. A. 1988. Applying cost accounting to factory automation. Management Accounting (December): 24-30.

Hendricks, J. A. and K. J. Rose. 1998. Accounting on the line. Management Accounting (June): 45-48. (Putting accountants on the production line).

Hendricks, J. A., D. G. Defreitas and D. K. Walker. 1996. Changing performance measures at Caterpillar. Management Accounting (December): 18-22, 24. (Summary).

Hendricks, J. A., R. C. Bastian and T. L. Sexton. 1992. Bundle monitoring of strategic projects. Management Accounting (February): 31-35.

Hendricks, J. H. 1993. The company & the professor. Management Accounting (April): 47-50.

Hendricks, K. B. and V. R. Singhal. 2005. Association between supply chain glitches and operating performance. Management Science (May): 695-711. (JSTOR link).

Hendricks, M. 1997. On the spot: A new twist on just-in-time management pays off for entrepreneurs and their customers. Entrepreneur (May): 80-81.

Hendrickson, H. and P. Williams, editors. 2004. Accounting Theory: Essays by Carl Thomas Divine. Routledge.

Hendrikse, G. 2011. Pooling, access, and countervailing power in channel governance. Management Science (September): 1692-1702.

Hendriksen, E. S. 1951. The influence of depreciation accounting on national income. The Accounting Review (October): 507-515. (JSTOR link).

Hendriksen, E. S. 1958. The treatment of income taxes by the 1957 AAA statement. The Accounting Review (April): 216-221. (JSTOR link).

Hendriksen, E. S. 1963. Purchasing power and replacement cost concepts - Are they related? The Accounting Review (July): 483-491. (JSTOR link).

Hendriksen, E. S. 1977. Accounting Theory. 3rd. ed. Richard D. Irwin, Inc.

Hendrickson, C. T., L. B. Lave and H. S. Matthews. 2006. Environmental Life Cycle Assessment of Goods and Services: An Input-Output Approach. PFF Press.

Hendrickson, H. S. 1968. Some comments on "Dirty Pooling". The Accounting Review (April): 363-366. (JSTOR link).

Hendrickson, J. and P. E. Juras. 2000. Silver Lining Portrait Studios, Inc.: An exploration of environmental accounting. Strategic Finance (October): 77-81.

Hendrix, G. 1961. Learning by discovery. Mathematics Teacher (54): 290-299.

Heneman, R. L. and K. N. Wexley. 1983. The effects of time delay in rating and amount of information observed on performance rating accuracy. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 677-686. (JSTOR link).

Heneman, R. L., D. B. Greenberger and C. Anonyuo. 1989. Attributions and exchanges: The effects of interpersonal factors on the diagnosis of employee performance. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 466-476. (JSTOR link).

Heng, L. C. C. and C. Noronha. 2011. The impact of the new Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises (ASBE) on financial results of mainland Chinese listed companies. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(1): 156-165.

Heninger, W. G. 2001. The association between auditor litigation and abnormal accruals. The Accounting Review (January): 111-126. (JSTOR link).

Heninger, W. G., Y. Kim and S. Nabar. 2009. Earnings misstatements, restatements, and corporate governance. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 1(2): 1-35.

Henion, D. D. 1958. Planned management control - An application. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 59-69.

Henisz, W. J. and A. Delios. 2001. Uncertainty, imitation, and plant location: Japanese multinational corporations, 1990-1996. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(3): 443-475. (JSTOR link).

Henisz, W. J. and B. A. Zelner. 2010. The hidden risks in emerging markets. Harvard Business Review (April): 88-95.

Henke, E. 1958. Teaching accounting by principle and convention. The Accounting Review (April): 302-305. (JSTOR link).

Henke, E. O. and L. G. Conway Jr. 1989. A recommended reporting format for college and university financial statements. Accounting Horizons (June): 49-65.

Henkel, J. and M. Reitzig. 2008. Patent sharks. Harvard Business Review (June): 129-133. (Firms that threaten to sue when their rights are inadvertently infringed).

Henke, J. W. Jr. and C. Zhang. 2010. Increasing supplier-driven innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 41-46.

Hennessee, P. A. and J. W. Giese. 1978. Accounting for leveraged ESOPS: Employee benefit or financing tool? Management Accounting (June): 44-49.

Hennessy, J. H. Jr. 1969. Ad hoc research in small companies. Management Accounting (July): 27-30.

Hennessy, J. R. and E. I. Roberson. 1956. Budget preparation from the bottom up. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 508-519.

Henning, D. A. and R. L. Moseley. 1970. Authority role of a functional manager: The controller. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(4): 482-489. (JSTOR link).

Henning, K. L. and F. W. Lindahl. 1995. Implementing activity costing: The link between individual motivation and system design. Advances in Management Accounting (4): 45-62.

Henning, S. L., B. L. Lewis and W. H. Shaw. 2000. Valuation of the components of purchased goodwill. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 375-386. (JSTOR link).

Henri, J. 2006. Management control systems and strategy: A resource-based perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(6): 529-558.

Henri, J. 2008. Taxonomy of performance measurement systems. Advances in Management Accounting (17): 247-288.

Henri, J. and M. Journeault. 2010. Eco-control: The influence of management control systems on environmental and economic performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(1): 63-80.

Henri, J. F. 2006. Organizational culture and performance measurement systems. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 31(1): 77-103.

Henrici, S. B. 1963. Some notes on investment evaluation. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 33-36.

Henrici, S. B. 1965. New views on standards. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 3-8. (Readily attainable, ideal, engineered, and super standards).

Henriques, D. A. 1971. Accounting for the acquisition of farm produce. Management Accounting (April): 27-30.

Henriques, I. and P. Sadorsky. 1999. The relationship between environmental commitment and managerial perceptions of stakeholder importance. The Academy of Management Journal 42(1): 87-99. (JSTOR link).

Henry, E. 2006. Market reaction to verbal components of earnings press releases: Event study using predictive algorithm. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (3): 1-19.

Henry, E. 2009. Early adoption of SFAS No. 159: Lessons from games (almost) played. Accounting Horizons (June): 181-199.

Henry, E. 2009. The European-U.S. "GAAP Gap": IFRS to U.S. GAAP form 20-F reconciliations. Accounting Horizons (June): 121-150.

Henry, E. and Y. Yang. 2007. Making the right comparisons: Novartis AG. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 721-733.

Henry, E., E. Gordon, B. Reed and T. Louwers. 2012. The role of related party transactions in fraudulent financial reporting. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 4(1): 186-213.

Henry, E., S. W. Lin and Y. Yang. 2007. Weak signal: Evidence of IFRS and U.S. GAAP convergence from Nokia's 20-F reconciliations. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 709-720.

Henry, E. G. and J. P. Jennings. 1997. Central Power and Light Company: A management ethics case. Journal of Accounting Education 15(3): 411-423.

Henry, J. B. 1974. Leasing: Cost measurement and disclosure. Management Accounting (May): 42-47.

Henry, J. B., P. Woodside and J. B. Edwards. 1979. Public sector leasing in South Carolina. Management Accounting (October): 43-48.

Henry, K. R. and R. M. Lee. 2010. Are you really someone else? Determining the credibility of identity documents. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(3): 164-190.

Henry, K. V. 2011. Grooming the next generation. Strategic Finance (January): 37-43.

Henry, K. V. 2012. The FP&A squad: Financial agents for change. Strategic Finance (April): 36-43.

Henry, L. J., M. E. Bitter ad T. Kubichan. 2010. The Violet Bay School District Deficit of 2005: Evaluating internal control and identifying risks. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 119-153.

Henry, T. F. 2009. Beware of equity compensation. The CPA Journal (December): 68-70.

Henry, T. F. and M. P. Holtzman. 2007. Extraordinary items share exclusive company. Journal of Accountancy (May): 80-83.

Henry, W. R. 1939. Cost accounting in the baking industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1299-1308.

Hensel, W. A. 1949. Net profit analyses for profit betterment. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 5-12.

Henshall, K. G. 2001. A History of Japan: From Stone Age to Superpower. Palgrave MacMillan.

Henshaw, F. O. 1939. Labor control in the sign shop. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 981-991.

Hensher, D. A. and S. Jones. 2007. Forecasting corporate bankruptcy: Optimizing the performance of the mixed Logit model. Abacus 43(3): 241-264.

Hensler, E. J. Jr. 1973. Accounting for small nonprofit organizations. Management Accounting (January): 41-44.

Hensley, R. D. 1974. Border zone limits for materiality. Management Accounting (June): 15-17.

Hensley, R. M. 2011. LinkedIn tips for CPAs. Journal of Accountancy (March): 44-47.

Henson, H. E. 1997. Backoffice solutions for management accounting. Management Accounting (April): 47-49. (Software).

Hepp, G. W. 2006. So you want to be an arbitrator. Journal of Accountancy (November): 63-66.

Hepple, M. F. 1953. The brewing process is ready-made for standard costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1458-1470.

Hepworth, S. P. 1953. Smoothing periodic income. The Accounting Review (January): 32-39. (JSTOR link).

Hepworth, S. R. 1954. Direct costing - The case against. The Accounting Review (January): 94-99. (JSTOR link). (Summary).

Heracleous, L. and C. Jacobs. 2005. The serious business of play. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 19-20.

Heracleous, L. and J. Wirtz. 2010. Singapore Airlines' balancing act. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 145-149.

Heracleous, L. and M. Barrett. 2001. Organizational change as discourse: Communicative actions and deep structures in the context of information technology implementation. The Academy of Management Journal 44(4): 755-778. (JSTOR link).

Herath, H. S. B. 2011. Cybersecurity: An emerging area for collaborative post-modern management accounting. Cost Management (January/February): 14-26.

Herath, H. S. B. and J. S. Jahera Jr. 2004. Measuring and accounting for market price risk tradeoffs as real options in stock for stock exchanges. Advances in Management Accounting (12): 191-218.

Herath, H. S. B., W. G. Bremser and J. G. Birnberg. 2010. Facilitating a team culture: A collaborative balanced scorecard as an open reporting system. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 149-173.

Herbert, E. R. 1939. Cake bakery cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1309-1314.

Herbert, L. 1946. Practical sampling for auditors. The Accounting Review (October): 386-390. (JSTOR link).

Herbert, L. 1948. Comparison between governmental and general accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 397-400. (JSTOR link).

Herbert, L. 1956. Modern accounting methods for governmental units. The Accounting Review (October): 628-631. (JSTOR link).

Herbert, L. 1971. A perspective of accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 433-440. (JSTOR link).

Herbes, S. F. 2008. Performance-based compensation exemption in severance protection cases. The CPA Journal (July): 46-47.

Herbohn, K. 2005. A full cost environmental accounting experiment. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(6): 519-536.

Herbold, R. J. 2002. Inside Microsoft: Balancing creativity and discipline. Harvard Business Review (January): 73-79.

Herda, D. N. and J. J. Lavelle. 2011. The effects of organizational fairness and commitment on the extent of benefits big four alumni provide their former firm. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(3): 156-166.

Herda, D. N. and J. J. Lavelle. 2012. The auditor-audit firm relationship and its effect on burnout and turnover intention. Accounting Horizons (December): 707-723.

Herda, D. N. and J. J. Lavelle. 2013. Auditor commitment to privately held clients and its effect on value-added audit service. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 32(1): 113-137.

Herman, M. M. 1925. Resources and their applications. Journal of Accountancy (June): 512.

Herman, M. P. 1972. Uniform cost accounting standards: Are they necessary? Management Accounting (April): 15-19.

Hermann, C. F. 1963. Some consequences of crisis which limit the viability of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(1): 61-82. (JSTOR link).

Hermans, F. P. 1963. Depreciation and the new guidelines. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 49-54.

Hermanson, D. R. 1994. The effect of self-generated elaboration on students' recall of tax and accounting material: Further evidence. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 301-318.

Hermanson, D. R. 1997. Commentary on The effects of interference and availability from hypotheses generated by a decision aid upon analytical procedures judgments. Behavioral Research In Accounting (9 Supplement): 21-25.

Hermanson, D. R. 2008. What I have learned so far: Observations on managing an academic accounting career. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 53-66.

Hermanson, D. R. 2009. How consulting services could kill private-sector auditing. The CPA Journal (January): 6-9.

Hermanson, D. R. 2012. Notice of editorial transition. Accounting Horizons (September): iv.

Hermanson, D. R. and R. W. Houston. 2008. Quality control defects revealed in smaller firms' PCAOB inspection reports. The CPA Journal (December): 36-39.

Hermanson, D. R. and Z. Ye. 2009. Why do some accelerated filers with SOX section 404 material weaknesses provide early warning under Section 302? Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 28(2): 247-271.

Hermanson, D. R. and R. W. Houston. 2009. Evidence from PCAOB's second inspections of small firms. The CPA Journal (February): 58-60.

Hermanson, D. R. and T. Shevlin. 2012. Notice of editorial transition. Accounting Horizons (December): iv.

Hermanson, D. R., B. Moran, C. S. Rossie and D. T. Wolf. 2006. Continuous monitoring of transactions to reduce fraud, misuse, and errors. Journal of Forensic Accounting 7(1): 17-30.

Hermanson, D. R., D. M. Ivancevich and S. H. Ivancevich. 2008. SOX section 404 material weaknesses related to revenue recognition. The CPA Journal (October): 40-45.

Hermanson, D. R., D. M. Ivancevich and S. H. Ivancevich. 2008. Tone at the top: Insights from section 404. Strategic Finance (November): 38-45. (Section 404 is the Sarbanes-Oxley requirement for an auditor to express an opinion on its client's internal control over financial reporting).

Hermanson, D. R., D. M. Ivancevich and S. H. Ivancevich. 2009. Remediation of material weaknesses related to employee compensation. The CPA Journal (April): 28-33.

Hermanson, D. R., H. M. Hermanson and R. G. Alsup. 1998. The accounting component of executive M.B.A. programs. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 801-814. (Survey).

Hermanson, D. R., J. G. Tompkins, R. Veliyath and Z. Ye. 2012. The compensation committee process. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(3): 666-709.

Hermanson, D. R., J. Krishnan and Z. Ye. 2009. Adverse section 404 opinions and shareholder dissatisfaction toward auditors. Accounting Horizons (December): 391-409.

Hermanson, D. R., L. Azzano, D. Merkel, D. Gardner, D. E. Offermann and L. Matthews. 2010. Support for health reform: Concept versus realities. CFO (January/February): 8-10 .

Hermanson, D. R., M. C. Hill and D. M. Ivancevich. 2000. Information technology-related activities of internal auditors. Journal of Information Systems (Supplement): 39-53.

Hermanson, D. R., R. W. Houston and J. C. Rice. 2007. PCAOB inspections of smaller CPA firms: Initial evidence from inspection reports. Accounting Horizons (June): 137-152.

Hermanson, D. R., R. W. Houston and Z. Ye. 2010. Accounting restatements arising from PCAOB inspections of small audit firms. The CPA Journal (September): 68-70.

Hermanson, H. M. 1997. The effects of audit structure and experience on auditors' decisions to isolate errors. Behavioral Research In Accounting (9 Supplement): 76-93.

Hermanson, H. M. 2000. An analysis of the demand for reporting on internal control. Accounting Horizons (September): 325-341.

Hermanson, H. M., K. S. Schulzke and G. R. Shell. 2003. The role of bargaining style in public company audits. Journal of Forensic Accounting (4): 233-248.

Hermanson, R. H. 1974. A senior level accounting seminar for honors students. The Accounting Review (July): 595-597. (JSTOR link).

Hermanson, R. H. and C. E. Miles. 1976. Fine-tuning the predictive model of the American Accounting Association 1971-72 and 1972-73 committees on future professorial supply and demand. The Accounting Review (October): 875-885. (JSTOR link).

Hermanson, R. H. and J. V. Carcello. 1989. An analysis of current accounting programs in the context of the Anderson, Treadway, and Bedford reports. Journal of Accounting Education 7(1): 93-105.

Hermanson, R. H., D. S. Deines, C. Eldridge, D. R. Hermanson, S. H. Ivancevich and D. Z. Williams. 1996. Strategies for recruiting the best and brightest students into accounting: American accounting association teaching and curriculum section. Journal of Accounting Education 14(3): 347-365.

Hermanson, R. H., L. M. Dykes and D. H. Turner. 1987. Enforced competition in the accounting profession - Does it make sense? Accounting Horizons (December): 3-19.

Hernandez, W. H. 1978. Is the controller an endangered species? Management Accounting (August): 48-52.

Hernandez, W. H. 1982. Pricing policies under inflation. Management Accounting (January): 51-55.

Hernandez-Esteve, E. 1981. Contribucion a1 Estudio de la Historiografia Contable en Espaiia, Banco de Espaiia.

Hernández-Esteve, E. 1994. Comments on some obscure or ambiguous points of the treatise De Computis Et Scripturis by Luca Pacioli. The Accounting Historians Journal 21(1): 17-80. (JSTOR link).

Herold, D. M. 1972. Long-range planning and organizational performance: A cross-valuation study. The Academy of Management Journal 15(1): 91-102. (JSTOR link).

Herold, D. M. 1977. Two-way influence processes in leader-follower dyads. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 224-237. (JSTOR link).

Herold, D. M. and M. M. Greller. 1977. Feedback: The definition of a construct. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 142-147. (JSTOR link).

Herold, D. M., R. C. Liden and M. L. Leatherwood. 1987. Using multiple attributes to assess sources of performance feedback. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 826-835. (JSTOR link).

Herold, D. K. 2010. Mediating Media Studies - Stimulating critical awareness in a virtual environment. Computers & Education 54(3): 791-798.

Héroux, S. and J. Henri. 2010. Management control and Web-based corporate reporting: An empirical exploratory study. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 203-246.

Herr, J. D. 1988. Managing logistics costs as a business investment. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 44-49.

Herr, J. P. 1906. The appreciation of assets - When is it legitimate? Journal of Accountancy (November): 1-13.

Herr, R. W. and R. G. Le Tourneau. 1943. Establishing control of factory overhead. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1399-1415.

Herremans, I. M., P. Akathaporn and M. McInnes. 1993. An investigation of corporate social responsibility reputation and economic performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(7-8): 587-604.

Herrenkohl, R. C. 2004. Becoming a Team: Achieving A Goal. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Herrick, A. 1911. The importance of the municipal budget as a means for the control of expenditures. Journal of Accountancy (April): 414-418.

Herrick, A. 1950. A review of recent developments in accounting theory and practice. The Accounting Review (October): 360-370. (JSTOR link).

Herrick, J. K. 1962. The use of economic indicators - A "must" for better management. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 47-58. (Comparing your company to the industry and economy).

Herring, D. R. 1969. Statistical estimations of historical distribution cost. Management Accounting (October): 42-46.

Herring, H. C. III. and C. D. Izard. 1992. Outcomes assessment of accounting majors. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 1-17.

Herring, H. C. III, and J. R. Williams. 2000. The role of objectives in curriculum development. Journal of Accounting Education 18(1): 1-14.

Herring, H. C. III., J. H. Scheiner and J. R. Williams. 1989. The development of education research in accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 48-57.

Herrmann, D. and I. P. N. Hague. 2006. Convergence: In search of the best. Journal of Accountancy (January): 69-73.

Herrmann, D. and W. B. Thomas. 1997. Reporting disaggregated information: A critique based on Concepts Statement No. 2. Accounting Horizons (September): 35-44.

Herrmann, D. and W. B. Thomas. 2000. An analysis of segment disclosures under SFAS No. 131 and SFAS No. 14. Accounting Horizons (September): 287-302.

Herrmann, D. and W. B. Thomas. 2005. Rounding of analyst forecasts. The Accounting Review (July): 805-823. (JSTOR Link).

Herrmann, D., T. Inoue and W. B. Thomas. 2002. The effects of investor informativeness and earnings persistence on the Japanese subsidiary earnings anomaly. Journal of International Accounting Research (1): 45-59.

Herrmann, D., T. Inoue and W. B. Thomas. 2003. The sale of assets to manage earnings in Japan. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 89-108. (JSTOR link).

Herrmann, D., T. Kang and J. Kim. 2010. International diversification and management earnings guidance: The effects of Reg FD. Journal of International Accounting Research 9(1): 1-22.

Herrmann, D. R., O. Hope and W. B. Thomas. 2008. International diversification and forecast optimism: The effects of Reg FD. Accounting Horizons (June): 179-197.

Herrmann, D. R., S. Pornupatham and T. Vichitsarawong. 2008. The impact of the Asian financial crisis on auditors' conservatism. Journal of International Accounting Research 7(2): 43-63.

Herrmann, K. 1994. An accounting checklist for plant closings. Management Accounting (July): 30-31, 34.

Herrmann, K. 1995. The one-page CFO. Management Accounting (February): 55-59. (Use of graphics).

Herrmann, K. 1999. A better mousetrap. Strategic Finance (May): 58-62. (Some lessons on product development).

Herrmann, K. R. 2001. Visualizing Your Business: Let Graphics Tell the Story. John Wiley & Sons.

Herrmann, P. N. 1959. A case in measurement of productivity changes. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 51-61. (Description of productivity accounting).

Herrmann, W. E. 1954. Sales manager's reliance on the sales budget. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1586-1595.

Herrnstein, R. J. and C. Murray. 1994. The Bell Curve: Intelligence and Class Structure in American Life. The Free Press.

Herron, D. P. 1967. Inventory management for minimum cost. Management Science (December): B219-B235. (JSTOR link).

Herron, D. W. 1957. Insurance in long term planning - The case of the covered corporation. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 31-38.

Herron, T. L. and T. W. Hall. 2004. Faculty perceptions of journals: Quality and publishing feasibility. Journal of Accounting Education 22(3): 175-210.

Hershey, J. C., W. J. Abernathy and N. Baloff. 1974. Comparison of nurse allocation policies - A Monte Carlo model. Decision Sciences 5(1): 58-72.

Hertenstein, J. H. 1987. Management control system change: The adoption of inflation accounting. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 17-48.

Hertenstein, J. H. 2000. Component Technologies, Inc.: Adding FlexConnex capacity. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 257-282.

Hertenstein, J. H. and M. B. Platt. 1998. Why product development teams need management accountants. Management Accounting (April): 50-55. (Summary).

Hertenstein, J. H. and M. B. Platt. 2000. Performance measures and management control in new product development. Accounting Horizons (September): 303-323.

Hertenstein, J. H. and M. B. Platt. 2001. Creative accounting? Wanted for new product development! Advances in Management Accounting (10): 29-75.

Hertz, D. B. 1958. Discussion: A note on the political economy of organization. Management Science (October): 136-138. (JSTOR link).

Hertz, D. B. 1958. The international conference on operations research: A report. Management Science (April): 344-347. (JSTOR link).

Hertz, D. B. 1964. Risk analysis in capital investment. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 95-106.

Hertz, D. B. 1965. Electronics in management. Management Science (February): B59-B68. (JSTOR link).

Hertz, D. B. 1965. Mobilizing management science resources. Management Science (January): 361-367. (JSTOR link).

Hertz, D. B. 1965. The unity of science and management. Management Science (April): B89-B97. (JSTOR link).

Hertz, D. B. 1968. Investment policies that pay off. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 96-108.

Hertz, D. B., G. Lieberman, L. Harris, J. R. Culleton, Jr. 1967. Free for all. Management Science (February): B378-B382. (JSTOR link).

Hertzel, M. and P. C. Jain. 1991. Earnings and risk changes around stock repurchase tender offers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 253-274.

Herz, P. J. and J. J. Schultz Jr. 1999. The role of procedural and declarative knowledge in performing accounting tasks. Behavioral Research In Accounting (11): 1-26.

Herz, R. H. 2003. A year of challenge and change for the FASB. Accounting Horizons (September): 247-255.

Herz, R. H, G. J. Batavick, G. M. Croach, G. S. Schieneman, K. Schipper, L. F. Seidman and E. W. Trott. 2005. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 152 - Accounting for Real Estate Time-Sharing Transactions (An amendment of FASB Statements No. 66 and 67). Journal of Accountancy (March): 103-104.

Herz, R. H, G. J. Batavick, G. M. Croach, G. S. Schieneman, K. Schipper, L. F. Seidman and E. W. Trott. 2005. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 153 - Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets (An amendment of APB Opinion No. 29). Journal of Accountancy (March): 104-106.

Herz, R. H., G. J. Batavick, G. M. Crooch, K. Schipper, et al. 2005. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154 - Accounting for Changes and Error Corrections. Journal of Accountancy (August): 98-101.

Herz, R. H., T. E. Iannaconi, L. A. Maines, K. Palepu, S. G. Ryan, K. Schipper, C. M. Schrand, D. J. Skinner and L. Vincent. 2001. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee. Equity valuation models and measuring goodwill impairment. Accounting Horizons (June): 161-170.

Herzberg, F., B. Mausner and B. B. Snyderman. 1959. The Motivation to Work. John Wiley & Sons.

Herzberg, F., B. Mausner and B. B. Snyderman. 1993. The Motivation to Work, Reprint edition. Transaction Publishers.

Herzberg, F. 2003. One more time: How do you motivate employees? Harvard Business Review (January): 87-96. (Summary).

Herzlinger, R. E. 2002. Let's put consumers in charge of health care. Harvard Business Review (July): 44-55.

Herzlinger, R. E. 2006. Why innovation is health care is so hard. Harvard Business Review (May): 58-66.

Herzlinger, R. E. and D. Nitterhouse. 1994. Financial Accounting and Managerial Control for Nonprofit Organizations. South-Western Publications.

Herzog, D. R. 1970. Pricing engineering work for defense contracts. Management Accounting (September): 32-35.

Herzog, R. H. 1977. The numbers game: What industry accountants can do for society. Management Accounting (May): 17-19.

Heskett, J. L., T. O. Jones, G. W. Loveman, W. E. Sasser Jr. and L. A. Schlesinger. 2008. Putting the service-profit chain to work. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 118, 120-129. (Reprint from 1994).

Heslop, G. and L. A. Kapp. 2011. Protecting small businesses from fraud: Simple controls can reduce opportunities. The CPA Journal (October): 62-67.

Hespos, R. F. and P. A. Strassmann. 1965. Stochastic decision trees for the analysis of investment decisions. Management Science (August): B244-B259. (JSTOR link).

Hess, R. E. 1967. Labor unions look at accountants. Management Accounting (February): 41-42.

Hess, R. H. 1910. Irrigation bonds. Journal of Accountancy (October): 426-434.

Hesse, R. 1972. Solution of the shortest route problem using the assignment technique. Decision Sciences 3(1): 1-13.

Hesse, R. 1974. Sesame Street for decision sciences. Decision Sciences 5(4): 654-663.

Hesse-Biber, S., R. Lydenberg and C. Gilmartin, Editors. 1999. Feminist Approaches to Theory and Methodology: An Interdisciplinary Reader. Oxford University Press.

Hesse-Biber, S. H. and P. Leavy. 2003. Approaches to Qualitative Research: A Reader on Theory and Practice. Oxford University Press.

Heung, J. 2005. Profit and readiness: Motivation and its meaning for cost management in the armed services. Cost Management (May/June): 16-23.

Heuser, F. L. 1956. Organizing for intra-company pricing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1100-1105.

Heuser, F. L. 1956. Unit cost data for management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 13-17.

Heuser, F. L. 1957. You can control starting costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 1047-1052.

Heuser, F. L. 1964. Direct-labor control in research and development. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 7-14.

Heuser, F. L. 1969. Financial statement analysis for management. Management Accounting (February): 23-28.

Heuser, F. L. 1969. The question of uniform accounting standards. Management Accounting (July): 20-23.

Heuser, F. L. 1970. Control vs. cost of control. Management Accounting (February): 17-19.

Hewings, G. J. D. and M. Madden, Editors. 2009. Social and Demographic Accounting. Cambridge University Press.

Hewitt Associates, LLC. 1995. Salary Increase Report. Hewitt Associates LLC.

Hewitt, L. A. 1958. Aiding church administration by fund accounting and budgeting. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 43-56.

Hewitt, L. A. 1966. Appraising the firm's collection policy. Management Accounting (March): 34-39.

Hewitt, R. C. 1950. Some practical aspects of management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 62-66.

Hewlett, S. A. 2002. Executive women and the myth of having it all. Harvard Business Review (April): 66-73.

Hewlett, S. A. and C. B. Luce. 2005. Off-ramps and on-ramps: Keeping talented women on the road to success. Harvard Business Review (March): 43-54.

Hewlett, S. A. and C. B. Luce. 2006. Extreme jobs: The dangerous allure of the 70-hour week. Harvard Business Review (December): 49-59.

Hewlett, S. A. and R. Rashid. 2010. The battle for female talent in emerging markets. Harvard Business Review (May): 101-106.

Hewlett, S. A., C. G. Luce and C. West. 2005. Leadership in your midst: Tapping the hidden strengths of minority executives. Harvard Business Review (November): 74-82.

Hewlett, S. A., L. Sherbin and K. Sumberg. 2009. How Gen Y and boomers will reshape your agenda. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 71-76.

Hewlett, S. A., M. Marshall and L. Sherbin. 2011. The relationship you need to get right. Harvard Business Review (October): 131-134.

Hey, T. 2010. The next scientific revolution. Harvard Business Review (November): 56-63. (The four paradigms of science: 1) Theory, 2) Experimentation, 3) Computation and simulation, and 4) Data mining. The next scientific revolution involves using the fourth paradigm, deep-data-mining tools to solve the worlds problems in astronomy, oceanography, healthcare, water management, and climate change).

Heydebrand, W. 1974. Reply to Alford. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(4): 490-492. (JSTOR link).

Heyer, R. W. 1959. Basics of effective reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 60.

Heyman, J. K. 1930. The importance of private business histories. Harvard Business Review (April): 354-358.

Hibbs, W. J. 1924. Construction cost accounting (From the viewpoint of both the contractor and the customer). National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (April 15): 3-15.

Hibbs, W. J. 1928. Method of accounting for contractors' equipment. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 723-758.

Hickey, J. 1975. Employee Productivity: How to Improve and Measure Your Company's Performance. The Institute for the Advancement of Scientific Management and Control. Stratford, Conn.

Hickman, T. 2002. How to stay connected. Strategic Finance (September): 32-35. (Grant Thornton's backup plan).

Hickman-Riggs, L. and W. A. Riggs, Jr. 2001. Accounting for the Euro. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 35-40.

Hicks, C. F. Jr. and L. L. Schmidt Jr. 1971. Post-auditing the capital investment decision. Management Accounting (August): 24-28, 32.

Hicks, C. J. 1924. What can the employer do to encourage saving and wise investment by industrial employees? Harvard Business Review (January): 194-200.

Hicks, D. T. 1987. Cost accounting in a world of technology change: The role of the CPA. Michigan CPA (Winter): 11-14.

Hicks, D. T. 1992. A modest proposal for pricing decisions. Management Accounting (November): 50-53. (Proposal to include capital expenditure requirements in product cost for product pricing purposes).

Hicks, D. T. 1998. Activity-Based Costing: Making it Work for Small and Mid-Sized Corporations. John Wiley & Sons.

Hicks, D. T. 2005. Good decisions require good models: Developing activity-based solutions that work for decision makers. Cost Management (May/June): 32-40.

Hicks, D. W. and F. M. Richardson. 1984. Predicting early success in intermediate accounting: The influence of entry examination and GPA. Issues In Accounting Education: 61-67.

Hicks, E. L. 1964. Materiality. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 158-171. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, E. M. 1947. Costs for management decisions. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1471-1483.

Hicks, H. G. 1960. An approach to quantitative analysis for organization. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 155-160. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, H. G. and B. B. Graves. 1963. Is there an organizational multiplier? The Academy of Management Journal 6(1): 70-78. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, H. G. and F. Goronzy. 1966. Notes on the nature of standards. The Academy of Management Journal 9(4): 281-293. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, H. G. and F. Goronzy. 1967. On methodology in the study of management and organization. The Academy of Management Journal 10(4): 371-384. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, J. O. Jr. 1978. An examination of accounting interest groups' differential perceptions of innovations. The Accounting Review (April): 371-388. (JSTOR link). (Survey related to change theories: diffusion of innovation theory, linkage theory, and conflict theory).

Hicks, J. O. Jr. 1978. The application of exponential smoothing to standard cost systems. Management Accounting (September): 28-32, 53.

Hicks, J. R. 1967. The costs of employee benefits. Management Accounting (March): 38-40.

Hicks, S. A. 1978. Choosing the form for business tax incentives. The Accounting Review (July): 708-716. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, W. D. and R. J. Klimoski. 1981. The impact of flexitime on employee attitudes. The Academy of Management Journal 24(2): 333-341. (JSTOR link).

Hicks, W. D. and R. J. Klimoski. 1987. Entry into training programs and its effects on training outcomes: A field experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 30(3): 542-552. (JSTOR link).

Hickson, D. J. 1966. A convergence in organization theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(2): 224-237. (JSTOR link).

Hickson, D. J. 1996. The ASQ years then and now through the eyes of a Euro-Brit. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(2): 217-228. (JSTOR link).

Hickson, D. J., C. R. Hinings, C. A. Lee, R. E. Schneck and J. M. Pennings. 1971. A strategic contingencies' theory of intraorganizational power. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 216-229. (JSTOR link).

Hickson, D. J., D. S. Pugh and D. C. Pheysey. 1969. Operations technology and organization structure: An empirical reappraisal. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 378-397. (JSTOR link).

Hieftje, A. 1947. Determination of scrap allowance - Stage of completion method. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 335-341.

Higginbotham, W. H. and A. Stewart. 1925. Administration and selling costs, their nature and distribution. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (January 2): 3-21.

Higgins, A. 1906. The advantage of bank combination. Journal of Accountancy (January): 194-204.

Higgins, H. N. and B. Nandram. 2009. Monetary unit sampling: Improving estimation of the total audit error. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 174-182.

Higgins, J. A. 1952. Responsibility accounting. Arthur Andersen Chronicle.

Higgins, J. H. and B. L. Smith. 2012. 10 Steps to a Digital Practice in the Cloud: New Levels of CPA Firm Work Flow Efficiency. AICPA.

Higgins, J. W. 1969. The tax game. The Accounting Review (July): 615-618. (JSTOR link).

Higgins, T. G. 1964. The need to narrow areas of inconsistency. New York Certified Public Accountant (February): 94-98. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).

Higgins, T. G. 1965. CPA: An Autobiography. Privately Published. (Higgins was Arthur Young's managing partner).

Higgs, J. L. and J. T. Reisch. 2002. Testing NCAA compliance at Southeastern State University: A case study. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 95-100.

Higgs, P. C. 1960. Productivity portrayal at the bargaining table. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 89-93.

Highleyman, W. H. 1971. The economics of business mini's. Management Accounting (October): 12-14.

Hightower, J. 2003. Thieves in High Places: They've Stolen Our Country--And Its Time to Take It Back. Viking Press.

Hightower, R. 2008. Internal Controls Policies and Procedures. Wiley.

Higley, W. M. and R. E. Baker. 1987. A comparative analysis of professional education and licensure preparation. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 220-236. (Survey).

Higson, A. 2004. Why is management reticent to report fraud? An exploratory study in the UK. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 365-392.

Hihn, J. 1956. Accounting aids for the factory supervisor. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 982-989.

Hihn, J. Jr. 1959. The accountant-manager - What he is and does. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 61-68. (Related to budgeting).

Hilary, G. 2006. Organized labor and information asymmetry in the financial markets. Review of Accounting Studies 11(4): 525-548.

Hilary, G. and C. Hsu. 2011. Endogenous overconfidence in managerial forecasts. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 300-313.

Hilary, G. and C. Lennox. 2005. The credibility of self-regulation: Evidence from the accounting profession's peer review program. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 211-229.

Hilary, G. and L. Menzly. 2006. Does past success lead analysts to become overconfident? Management Science (April): 489-500. (JSTOR link).

Hilbert, J. 1937. A reclamation form. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 984-986.

Hildebrand, G. R. 1982. Let's look at financial reporting by smaller businesses. Management Accounting (April): 42-47.

Hildebrand, M. and M. Savare. 2008. Privacy principles for accountants. The CPA Journal (May): 54-59.

Hildebrand, W. S. 1951. Standard costs in wire cloth manufacture. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1327-1334.

Hildebrandt, H. T. 1935. A method of sales analysis. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 1001-1009.

Hilditch, F. W. 1920. Cost accounting in the chain industry. Journal of Accountancy (January): 10-18.

Hildreth, J. 1953. Control of inventory through quantity standards. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 755-765.

Hildreth, W. B. 2003. Case Studies in Public Budgeting and Financial Management (Public Administration and Public Policy). CRC.

Hilgert, J. R. 1927. Methods of controlling distribution costs. The Accounting Review (September): 254-262. (JSTOR link).

Hilker, C. 2011. Effective cost management for the lean enterprise. Cost Management (July/August): 17-22.

Hilker, C. and F. Laluyaux. 2011. High performance profitability. Cost Management (November/December): 17-23.

Hill, A. 1982. Facts and theory in measuring divisional performance. Accountancy (April): 135-137.

Hill, C. L. 1933. Accounting for maintenance. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 705-712.

Hill, C. L. and Q. Booker. 2007. State accountancy regulators' perceptions of independence of external auditors when performing internal audit activities for nonpublic clients. Accounting Horizons (March): 43-57.

Hill, C. W. L. and G. R. Jones. 2006. Strategic Management Theory: An Integrated Approach. Houghton Mifflin.

Hill, C. W. L. and P. Phan. 1991. CEO tenure as a determinant of CEO pay. The Academy of Management Journal 34(3): 707-717. (JSTOR link).

Hill, C. W. L. and S. A. Snell. 1989. Effects of ownership structure and control on corporate productivity. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 25-46. (JSTOR link).

Hill, D. 2000. Cooperation or competition? Strategic Finance (February): 52-57. (Counterproductive performance measures at branch banks and what to do about them. Recommendation: Base employee rewards on overall company results, ensure that all employees participate in the reward system, and provide feedback that reaches all employees. Result: cooperation and teamwork).

Hill, D. J. and G. L. Rutherford. 1976. Computerized financial data reporting system. Management Accounting (July): 57-60.

Hill, G. W. 1982. Group versus individual performance: Are n + 1 heads better than one? Psychological Bulletin 91(3): 517-539.

Hill, H. B. 1975. At Western Electric the accent is on professional. Management Accounting (September): 15-17.

Hill, H. H. and J. L. Pittsley. 1965. A significant cash dividend from scientific inventory management. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 47-51.

Hill, H. P. 1971. Discussion of An empirical study of the cost of convertible securities. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 113-115. (JSTOR link).

Hill, J. 1975. Livestock accounting. Management Accounting (October): 43-46.

Hill, J. A. 1940. Basic standard cost accounting employing the use of cost ratios. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 693-704.

Hill, J. H. 1920. Information desired by the banker. Journal of Accountancy (November): 338-343.

Hill, J. W. and L. V. Ruchala. 1993. A transaction cost explanation of the use of subunit budgeting by S&Ls. Advances in Management Accounting (2): 135-153.

Hill, J. W. and R. W. Ingram. 1989. Selection of GAAP or RAP in the savings and loan industry. The Accounting Review (October): 667-679. (JSTOR link).

Hill, J. W., M. B. Metzger and D. R. Dalton. 1992. How ethical is your company? Management Accounting (July): 59-61.

Hill, J. W., M. B. Metzger and J. W. Schatzberg. 1993. Auditing's emerging legal peril under the National Surety Doctrine: A program for research. Accounting Horizons (March): 12-28.

Hill, L. A. 2007. Becoming the boss. Harvard Business Review (January): 48-56.

Hill, L. A. 2008. Where will we find tomorrow's leaders? Harvard Business Review (January): 123-129.

Hill, L. A. and K. Lineback. 2011. Are you a good boss - or a great one? Harvard Business Review (January/February): 124-131.

Hill, L. S. 1963. The application of queuing theory to the span of control. The Academy of Management Journal 6(1): 58-69. (JSTOR link).

Hill, L. S. 1963. Some Comments on "Queuing theory revisited". The Academy of Management Journal 6(3): 245-246. (JSTOR link).

Hill, L. S. 1964. Queuing theory revisited once again. The Academy of Management Journal 7(4): 317. (JSTOR link).

Hill, L. S. 1965. Perspective: Some possible pitfalls in the design and use of PERT networking. The Academy of Management Journal 8(2): 139-145. (JSTOR link).

Hill, M. C. 1998. Class size and student performance in introductory accounting courses: Further evidence. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 47-64.

Hill, M. F. 1945. Some essentials of control accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1105-1119.

Hill, N. T. and K. Stevens. 1997. Instructional case: Choices and dilemmas in accounting for stock-based compensation. Journal of Accounting Education 15(3): 389-410.

Hill, N. T. and K. T. Stevens. 2001. Structuring compensation to achieve better financial results. Strategic Finance (March): 48-51. (Related to CEO incentive pay).

Hill, N. T. and K. T. Stevens. 2002. Showing employees the value of their stock options. Strategic Finance (March): 44-47.

Hill, N. T., J. E. McEnroe and K. T. Stevens. 2009. A comparison of CFOs' and CPAs' perceptions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the PCAOB. The CPA Journal (August): 30-33.

Hill, N. T., S. E. Perry and D. M. Stein. 1998. Using accounting student surveys in an outcomes assessment program. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 65-78.

Hill, N. T., S. W. Shelton and K. T. Stevens. 2002. Corporate lobbying behaviour on accounting for stock-based compensation: Venue and format choices. Abacus 38(1): 78-90.

Hill, O. B. 1959. What a "value analysis" group can do to achieve cost reduction. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 69-76.

Hill, O. B. 1962. Stimulating management with competitive product analysis. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 29-37.

Hill, R. E. 1974. An empirical comparison of two models for predicting preferences for standard employment offers. Decision Sciences 5(2): 243-254.

Hill, R. E. and E. L. Miller. 1981. Job change and the middle seasons of a man's life. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 114-127. (JSTOR link).

Hillier, J. and M. McCrae. 1998. The earnings smoothing potential of systematic depreciation. Abacus 34(1): 75-91.

Hill, R. K. 1959. Explaining depreciation - A conference drama. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 59-70.

Hill, R. K. 1962. Dollars off your audit bill - A conversation. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 51-54.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1987. Commentary: Current developments. Accounting Horizons (March): 83-86.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1987. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (December): 100-104.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1987. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (June): 75-78.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1987. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (September): 97-103.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1988. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (March): 115-119.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1988. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (June): 105-109.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1988. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (September): 102-107.

Hill, R. S. and J. V. Weber. 1988. Current developments. Accounting Horizons (December): 117-120.

Hill, S. and C. Lederer. 2001. The Infinite Asset: Managing Brands to Build New Value. Harvard Business School Press.

Hill, S., R. Ettenson and D. Tyson. 2005. Achieving the ideal brand portfolio. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 85-90.

Hill, T. M. 1948. Accounting progress - The next step. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 15): 1119-1134.

Hill, T. M. 1952. An analysis of supplementary statement No. 2. The Accounting Review (January): 16-24. (JSTOR link).

Hill, T. M. 1956. A criticism of "Joint cost analysis as an aid to management". The Accounting Review (April): 204-205. (JSTOR link).

Hill, T. M. 1957. Some arguments against the inter-period allocation of income taxes. The Accounting Review (July): 357-361. (JSTOR link).

Hill, T. M. and W. T. Jerome, III. 1956. Accounting in the executive program. The Accounting Review (July): 411-417. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. 1969. The validation and extension of Fiedler's theory of leadership effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 12(1): 33-47. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. A. 1966. The impact of EDP systems on office employees: Some empirical conclusions. The Academy of Management Journal 9(1): 9-19. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. A. and J. A. Ruhe. 1974. Attitudes and behaviors of black and white supervisors in problem solving groups. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 563-569. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. H. and W. M. Fox. 1973. Black and white Marine squad leaders' perceptions of racially mixed squads. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 680-686. (JSTOR link).

Hill, W. W. and W. L. French. 1967. Perceptions of the power of department chairmen by professors. Administrative Science Quarterly 11(4): 548-574. (JSTOR link).

Hillegeist, S. A. 1999. Financial reporting and auditing under alternative damage apportionment rules. The Accounting Review (July): 347-369. (JSTOR link).

Hillegeist, S. A., E. K. Keating, D. P. Cram and K. G. Lundstedt. 2004. Assessing the probability of bankruptcy. Review of Accounting Studies 9(1): 5-34.

Hiller, A. 1913. Cost systematizing. Journal of Accountancy (December): 435-439.

Hiller, A. 1915. School accounting and costs. Journal of Accountancy (June): 437-455.

Hiller, W. 2010. The Chinese Language and How to Learn it. Forgotten Books. (Classic reprint).

Hillhouse, A. M. and K. B. Lang. 1952. The German Federal Audit Court. The Accounting Review (October): 530-543. (JSTOR link).

Hilliard, J. E. and R. A. Leitch. 1975. Cost-volume-profit analysis under uncertainty: A log normal approach. The Accounting Review (January): 69-80. (JSTOR link).

Hilliard, J. E. and R. A. Leitch. 1977. Breakeven analysis of alternatives under uncertainty. Management Accounting (March): 53-57.

Hillier, F. S. 1963. Economic models for industrial waiting line problems. Management Science (October): 119-130. (JSTOR link).

Hillier, F. S. 1963. The derivation of probabilistic information for the evaluation of risky investments. Management Science (April): 443-457. (JSTOR link).

Hillier, F. S. 1965. Supplement to "The derivation of probabilistic information for the evaluation of risky investments". Management Science (January): 485-487. (JSTOR link).

Hillier, F. S. 1967. Chance-constrained programming with 0-1 or bounded continuous decision variables. Management Science (September): 34-57. (JSTOR link).

Hillier, F. S. and M. M. Connors. 1966. Quadratic assignment problem algorithms and the location of indivisible facilities. Management Science (September): 42-57. (JSTOR link).

Hillison, W. and M. Kennelley. 1988. The economics of nonaudit services. Accounting Horizons (September): 32-40.

Hillison, W., C. Pacini and P. F. Williams. 2000. Confidentiality of student records in the electronic frontier: Professors' and administrators' obligations. Journal of Accounting Education 18(4): 301-313.

Hillison, W. A. 1979. Empirical investigation of general purchasing power adjustments on earnings per share and the movement of security prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 60-73. (JSTOR link).

Hillison, W. A. and P. F. Williams. 1983. Confidentiality of student records: The professor's obligation. Journal of Accounting Education 1(1): 55-62.

Hillman, A. J. 2005. From the editors: Reflections on service orientations, community, and professions. The Academy of Management Journal 48(2): 185-188. (JSTOR link).

Hillman, A. J., C. Shropshire and A. A. Cannella Jr. 2007. Organizational predictors of women on corporate boards. The Academy of Management Journal 50(4): 941-952. (JSTOR link).

Hillman, H. A. 1950. Angles in administering pension plans. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 158-166.

Hillmann, M. R., P. Dongier, R. P. Murgallis, M. Khosh, E. K. Allen and R. Evernham. 2005. When failure isn't an option. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 41-50. (How teams consistently achieve the highest standards).

Hills, F. S. and T. A. Mahoney. 1978. University budgets and organizational decision making. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 454-465. (JSTOR link).

Hills, R. J. 1963. The representative function: Neglected dimension of leadership behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 8(1): 83-101. (JSTOR link).

Hilmy, J. 1999. Communists among us in a market economy: Accountancy in the People’s Republic of China. The International Journal of Accounting 34(4): 491-515.

Hiltebeitel, K. M. and S. K. Jones. 1991. Initial evidence on the impact of integrating ethics into accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 262-275.

Hiltner, A. A. 1983. Statistical sampling in auditing: A simulation. Issues In Accounting Education: 115-122.

Hilton, E. D. 1918. Determination of selling price. Journal of Accountancy (January): 27-33.

Hilton, G. 1972. Causal inference analysis: A seductive process. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(1): 44-55. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, J. L. 1962. Standard costing in Great Britain. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 21-28.

Hilton, R. W. 1979. The determinants of cost information value: An illustrative analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 411-435. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, R. W. 1980. Integrating normative and descriptive theories of information processing. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 477-505. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, R. W. 1985. Probabilistic Choice Models and Information. Studies in Accounting Research (24). American Accounting Association.

Hilton, R. W. 1996. Managerial Accounting. McGraw Hill.

Hilton, R. W. 2001. Managerial Accounting with Powerweb and Net Tutor: Creating Value in a Dynamic Business Environment, 5^th ed. McGraw Hill Companies.

Hilton, R. W. 2004. Managerial Accounting: Creating Value in a Dynamic Business Environment w/PowerWeb/OLC, and Net Tutor card. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Hilton, R. W. and R. J. Swieringa. 1981. Perception of initial uncertainty as a determinant of information value. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 109-119. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, R. W., M. W. Maher and F. H. Selto. 2008. Cost Management: Strategies for Business Decisions, 4th edition. McGraw-Hill Irwin.

Hilton, R. W., R. J. Swieringa and M. J. Turner. 1988. Product pricing, accounting costs and use of product-costing systems. The Accounting Review (April): 195-218. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, R. W., R. J. Swieringa and R. E. Hoskin. 1981. Perception of accuracy as a determinant of information value. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 86-108. (JSTOR link).

Hilton, S. and F. Phillips. 2010. Instructor-assigned and student-selected groups: A view from inside. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 15-33.

Hilton W. M. 1966. Analyzing reporting systems. Management Accounting (January): 59-61.

Hilton, W. P. 1915. Bonus capital stock and bonds. Journal of Accountancy (June): 425-436.

Himme, A. 2010. Cost management projects in Germany. Cost Management (January/February): 24-32. (Survey).

Himmelblau, D. 1927. Some corporate problems created by income tax laws. The Accounting Review (September): 263-277. (JSTOR link).

Himmelblau, D. 1927. The refinancing balance sheet. The Accounting Review (December): 339-347. (JSTOR link).

Himmelblau, D. 1928. Some problems in property accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 149-160. (JSTOR link).

Himmelblau, D. 1931. Effect of the adoption of the classification of accounting service on accounting instruction. The Accounting Review (December): 298-304. (JSTOR link).

Himmelblau, D. 1933. Auditors' responsibilities to third parties. The Accounting Review (June): 99-104. (JSTOR link).

Hindi, N. M. and J. Rich. 2010. Financial reporting on the internet: Evidence from the Fortune 100. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 11-21.

Hindman, W. R. and F. F. Kettering Jr. 1973. Integrated MIS: A case study. Management Accounting (August): 20-27.

Hindo, B. and B. Grow. 2007. Six Sigma: So yesterday?: In an innovation economy, it's no longer a cure-all. Business Week (June 11): 11.

Hiner, R. R. and D. P. Smith. 2002. Financial status audits. Journal of Forensic Accounting (3): 139-148.

Hiner, R. R. and D. Pulliam. 2005. Tax shelter can have business purpose. Journal of Accountancy (March): 88-89.

Hines, C., J. Kreuze and S. Langsam. 2011. The new healthcare tax credit for small employers: Considerations for tax-exempt organizations and businesses. The CPA Journal (March): 46-49.

Hines, D. L., D. A. Johnson and W. V. Lennox. The semiconductor industry controller: A profile. Management Accounting (June): 30-35.

Hines, G. H. 1974. Sociocultural influences on employee expectancy and participative management. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 334-339. (JSTOR link).

Hines, P. 2000. Value Stream Management: Strategy and Excellence in the Supply Chain. Financial Times Prentice-Hall.

Hines, R. D. 1988. Financial accounting: In communicating reality, we construct reality. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(3): 251-261.

Hines, R. D. 1988. Popper's methodology of falsificationism and accounting research. The Accounting Review (October): 657-662. (JSTOR link).

Hines, R. D. 1991. The FASB's conceptual framework, financial accounting and the maintenance of the social world. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(4): 313-331.

Hines, R. D. 1992. Accounting: Filling the negative space. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(3-4): 313-341.

Hines, W. D. 1923. The relationship of the Burlington-Great Northern-Northern Pacific Group to the federal railroad consolidation law. Harvard Business Review (July): 398-413.

Hinich, M. and J. U. Farley. 1966. Theory and application of an estimation model for time series with nonstationary means. Management Science (May): 648-658. (JSTOR link).

Hinings, C. R. and R. Greenwood. 2002. Disconnects and consequences in organization theory? Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 411-421. (JSTOR link).

Hinings, C. R., D. J. Hickson, J. M. Pennings and R. E. Schneck. 1974. Structural conditions of intraorganizational power. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(1): 22-44. (JSTOR link).

Hinomoto, H. 1965. Capacity expansion with facilities under technological improvement. Management Science (March): 581-592. (JSTOR link).

Hinomoto, H. 1971. Optimum strategies for management information processing and control. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 253-267. (JSTOR link).

Hinomoto, H. 1975. Education in information systems: What does industry expect from the university? The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 402-407. (JSTOR link).

Hinomoto, H. 1975. Rationalization of multination, multiplant operations. Decision Sciences 6(4): 707-720.

Hinson, D. R. 1975. Time-adjusted capital budgeting models. Management Accounting (July): 55-58.

Hinterhuber, A. and S. Liozu. 2012. Is it time to rethink your pricing strategy? MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 69-77.

Hinton, T. L. 1983. Capital investment: International Paper fights back. Management Accounting (July): 41-44.

Hippel, J. H. 1967. An economic cost curve analysis. Management Accounting (September): 21-28.

Hirabayashi, Y. 1989. Memorial: The late emeritus professor Kojima (1912-1989). The Accounting Historians Journal 16(2): 215-218. (JSTOR link).

Hirano, H. 1989. JIT Factory Revolution: A Pictorial Guide to Factory Design of the Future. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Productivity Press.

Hiraoka, L. S. 2000. Global Alliances in the Motor Vehicle Industry. Quorum Books.

Hird, F. M. W. 1975. A speculation on the origins of accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 2(1-4): 17-21. (JSTOR link).

Hiromoto, T. 1988. Another hidden edge: Japanese management accounting. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 22-25. (Summary).

Hiromoto, T. 1991. Restoring the relevance of management accounting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (3): 1-15. (Summary).

Hirsch, A. J. 1964. Accounting for fixed assets: A new perspective. The Accounting Review (October): 972-978. (JSTOR link).

Hirsch, A. J. 1969. Dollar-value and retail LIFO: A diagrammatic approach. The Accounting Review (October): 840-842. (JSTOR link).

Hirsch, J. S. 2004. Two Souls Indivisible: The Friendship That Saved Two POWs in Vietnam. Houghton Mifflin.

Hirsch, M. L. Jr. 1978. Disaggregated probabilistic accounting information: The effect of sequential events on expected value maximization decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 254-269. (JSTOR link).

Hirsch, M. L. Jr. 1997. Note from the associate editor. Journal of Accounting Education 15(3): 305-306.

Hirsch, M. L. Jr. and J. D. Collins. 1988. An integrated approach to communication skills in an accounting curriculum. Journal of Accounting Education 6(1): 15-31.

Hirsch, M. L. Jr. and M. Bernstein. 1990. The Repertory Theatre of St. Louis. Journal of Accounting Education 8(1): 153-182.

Hirsch, M. L. Jr. and M. C. Nibbelin. 1992. Incremental, separable, sunk and common costs in activity-based costing. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 39-47.

Hirsch, M. L. Jr. and S. L. Gabriel. 1995. Feedback strategies: Critique and evaluation of oral and written assignments. Journal of Accounting Education 13(3): 259-279.

Hirsch, P. M. 1975. Organizational effectiveness and the institutional environment. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(3): 327-344. (JSTOR link).

Hirsch, S. A. 1990. Disaster! Could your company recover? Management Accounting (March): 50-53.

Hirsch, W. Z. 1955. A sampling technique for prorating delivery costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 805-812.

Hirschey, M. and J. J. Weygandt. 1985. Amortization policy for advertising and research and development expenditures. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 326-335. (JSTOR link).

Hirschhorn, L. 2002. Campaigning for change. Harvard Business Review (July): 98-104. (Organize large-scale change initiatives into three coordinated campaigns: political, marketing, and military).

Hirschhorn, L. and T. Gilmore. 1980. The application of family therapy concepts to influencing organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(1): 18-37. (JSTOR link).

Hirschleifer, J. 1956. On the economics of transfer pricing. Journal of Business (July): 172-184.

Hirschleifer, J. 1957. Economics of the divisionalized firm. Journal of Business (April): 96-108.

Hirschman, F. D. 1955. Automatic processing of orders and invoices. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 1077-1083.

Hirschman, R. W. 1965. Direct costing and the law. The Accounting Review (January): 176-183. (JSTOR link).

Hirschmann, W. B. 1964. Profit from the learning curve. The Harvard Business Review (January-February): 125-139.

Hirsh, E. and K. Rangan. 2013. The grass isn't greener: Shifting into a hot new industry probably won't review growth. Focus instead on winning in your own. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 21-23.

Hirshleifer, D. and S. H. Teoh. 2003. Limited attention, information disclosure, and financial reporting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 337-386.

Hirshleifer, D., K. Hou and S. H. Teoh. 2012. The accrual anomaly: Risk or mispricing? Management Science (February): 320-335.

Hirshleifer, D., K. Hou, S. H. Teoh and Y. Zhang. 2004. Do investors overvalue firms with bloated balance sheets? Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 297-331.

Hirst, D. E. 1994. Auditors' sensitivity to source reliability. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 113-126. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, D. E. 1997. Commentary on Some determinants of analysts' forecast accuracy. Behavioral Research In Accounting (9 Supplement): 69-75.

Hirst, D. E. and P. E. Hopkins. 1998. Comprehensive income reporting and analysts' valuation judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Enhancing the Financial Reporting Model): 47-75. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, D. E., H. Ashbaugh, E. Bartov, A. L. Beatty, C. A. Botosan, P. Davis-Friday, P. M. Fairfield, P. E. Hopkins, R. Mallett, R. Uhl and M. Venkatachalam. 2004. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Response to FASB exposure draft: Accounting changes and error corrections. Accounting Horizons (December): 255-261.

Hirst, D. E., H. Ashbaugh, E. Bartov, A. L. Beatty, C. A. Botosan, P. Davis-Friday, P. M. Fairfield, P. E. Hopkins, R. Mallett, R. Uhl and M. Venkatachalam. 2005. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Response to the FASB's exposure draft on share-based payment: An amendment of FASB statements No. 123 and No. 95. Accounting Horizons (June): 101-114.

Hirst, D. E., L. Koonce and J. Miller. 1999. The joint effect of management's prior forecast accuracy and the form of its financial forecasts on investor judgment. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Credible Financial Reporting): 101-124. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, D. E., L. Koonce and P. J. Simko. 1995. Investor reactions to financial analysts' research reports. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 335-351. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, D. E., L. Koonce and S. Venkataraman. 2007. How disaggregation enhances the credibility of management earnings forecasts. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 811-837. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, D. E., L. Koonce and S. Venkataraman. 2008. Management earnings forecasts: A review and framework. Accounting Horizons (September): 315-338.

Hirst, D. E., P. E. Hopkins and J. M. Wahlen. 2004. Fair values, income measurement, and bank analysts' risk and valuations judgments. The Accounting Review (April): 453-472. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M. 1983. The controllability of financial outcomes. Abacus 19(1): 29-38.

Hirst, M. and R. Ma. 1983. Duration and Fisher's rate of return over cost. Abacus 19(2): 162-170.

Hirst, M., P. F. Luckett and K. T. Trotman. 1999. Effects of feedback and task predictability on task learning and judgment accuracy. Abacus 35(3): 286-301.

Hirst, M. K. 1981. Accounting information and the evaluation of subordinate performance: A situational approach. The Accounting Review (October): 771-784. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M. K. 1983. Reliance on accounting performance measures, task uncertainty, and dysfunctional behavior: Some extensions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 596-605. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M. K. 1987. The effects of setting budget goals and task uncertainty on performance: A theoretical analysis. The Accounting Review (October): 774-784. (JSTOR link).

Hirst, M. K. and J. A. Baxter. 1993. A capital budgeting case study: An analysis of a choice process and roles of information. Behavioral Research In Accounting (5): 187-210.

Hirst, M. K. and P. F. Luckett. 1992. The relative effectiveness of different types of feedback in performance evaluation. Behavioral Research In Accounting (4): 1-22.

Hirst, M. K. and P. W. Yetton. 1999. The effects of budget goals and task interdependence on the level of and variance in performance: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(3): 205-216.

Hirst, M. K. and S. M. Lowy. 1990. The linear additive and interactive effects of budgetary goal difficulty and feedback on performance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(5): 425-436.

Hise, R. T., S. H. Kratchman and T. H. Mattheiss. 1974. Involvement of the undergraduate accounting curriculum with distribution cost analysis. The Accounting Review (January): 153-157. (JSTOR link).

Hislop, D. 2009. Knowledge Management in Organizations. Oxford University Press, USA.

Hitch, C. J. 1962. The new approach to management in the U.S. Defense Department. Management Science (October): 1-8. (JSTOR link).

Hitchens, C. 2009. God Is Not Great: How Religion Poisons Everything. Twelve. (The following is from a review by Stephen Prothero that appeared in The Washington Post: "Religion, Hitchens writes, is 'violent, irrational, intolerant, allied to racism and tribalism and bigotry, invested in ignorance and hostile to free inquiry, contemptuous of women and coercive toward children... Hitchens argues that religion is "man-made" and murderous, originating in fear and sustained by brute force. Like Richard Dawkins, he denounces the religious education of young people as child abuse.").

Hitchner, J. R. 2003. Financial Valuation: Applications and Models. John Wiley & Sons.

Hitchner, J. R. 2011. Financial Valuation: Applications and Models, 3rd Edition. Wiley.

Hitchner, J. R. 2003. Financial Valuation, Textbook and Workbook: Applications and Models (Wiley Finance). John Wiley & Sons.

Hite, G. L. and M. S. Long. 1982. Taxes and executive stock options. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 3-14.

Hite, P. A. 1996. An experimental study of the effectiveness of group exams in an individual income tax class. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 61-75.

Hite, P. A. 1996. Commentary on an analysis of moral and social influences on taxpayer behavior. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 76-79.

Hite, P. A. 1998. An examination of factors influencing financial reporting decisions of small business owner-managers. Behavioral Research In Accounting (10): 159-178.

Hite, P. A. and J. Hasseldine. 2003. Tax practitioner credentials and the incidence of IRS audit adjustments. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-14.

Hite, P. A. and R. W. Parry Jr. 1993. An investigation of how incorrect examples can enhance tax rule comprehension. Journal of Accounting Education 11(2): 227-241.

Hitt, L. M. and P. Chen. 2005. Bundling with customer self-selection: A simple approach to bundling low-marginal-cost goods. Management Science (October): 1481-1493. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M., R. D. Ireland, B. Keats, and A. Vianna. 1983. Measuring sub-unit effectiveness. Decision Sciences (January): 87-102.

Hitt, M. A. 1991. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 34(1): 5-7. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1991. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 34(3): 485. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1991. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 745-747. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1992. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 35(4): 697. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1992. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 917-919. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1993. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 36(5): 917-919. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1993. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1171-1173. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 1997. The maturation of the Academy of Management Journal. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1450-1455. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. 2005. Management theory and research: Potential contribution to public policy and public organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 48(6): 963-966. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A. and R. D. Middlemist. 1979. A methodology to develop the criteria and criteria weightings for assessing subunit effectiveness in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 356-374. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., E. Freeman and J. Harrison. 2001. The Blackwell Handbook of Strategic Management (Blackwell Handbooks in Management). Blackwell Publishing.

Hitt, M. A., L. Bierman, K. Shimizu and R. Kochhar. 2001. Direct and moderating effects of human capital on strategy and performance in professional service firms: A resource-based perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 44(1): 13-28. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., L. Bierman, K. Uhlenbruck and K. Shimizu. 2006. The importance of resources in the internationalization of professional service firms: The good, the bad, and the ugly. The Academy of Management Journal 49(6): 1137-1157. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., M. T. Dacin, E. Levitas, J. Arregle and A. Borza. 2000. Partner selection in emerging and developed market contexts: Resource-based and organizational learning perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 43(3): 449-467. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., P. W. Beamish, S. E. Jackson and J. E. Mathieu. 2007. Building theoretical and empirical bridges across levels: Multilevel research in management. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1385-1399. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., R. Anit and R. D. Dixon. Editors. 2002. Creating Value: Winners in the New Business Environment. Blackwell Publishing.

Hitt, M. A., R. D. Ireland and K. A. Palia. 1982. Industrial firms' grand strategy and functional importance: Moderating effects of technology and uncertainty. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 265-298. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., R. D. Ireland and R. E. Hoskisson. 2011. Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases: Competitiveness and Globalization, 9th edition. South-Western College Pub.

Hitt, M. A., R. D. Ireland, M. Camp and D. Sexton. Editors. 2002. Strategic Entrepreneurship: Creating a New Mindset (Strategic Management Society). Blackwell Publishers.

Hitt, M. A., R. E. Hoskisson and H. Kim. 1997. International diversification: Effects on innovation and firm performance in product-diversified firms. The Academy of Management Journal 40(4): 767-798. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., R. E. Hoskisson, R. A. Johnson and D. D. Moesel. 1996. The market for corporate control and firm innovation. The Academy of Management Journal 39(5): 1084-1119. (JSTOR link).

Hitt, M. A., R. E. Hoskisson, R. D. Ireland and J. S. Harrison. 1991. Effects of acquisitions on R&D inputs and outputs. The Academy of Management Journal 34(3): 693-706. (JSTOR link).

Hitzig, N. B. 2010. Analyzing a Roth conversion. The CPA Journal (August): 56-57.

Hitzig, N. B. and J. E. Jacoby. 2011. Auditing internal controls in small populations. The CPA Journal (December): 34-36.

Hixon, M. 1995. Activity-based management: Its purpose and benefits. Management Accounting UK (June): 30-31.

Hlavacek, J. D. and V. A. Thompson. 1973. Bureaucracy and new product innovation. The Academy of Management Journal 16(3): 361-372. (JSTOR link).

Hnatt, K. M. 2008. Deepening insolvency: An emerging threat? Legal theory's development raises liability risks for auditors. Journal of Accountancy (February): 40-44.

Ho, B. 2012. Apologies as signals: With evidence from a trust game. Management Science (January): 141-158.

Ho, J. L. 1994. The effect of experience on consensus of going-concern judgments. Behavioral Research In Accounting (6): 160-177.

Ho, J. L. and R. G. May. 1993. Auditors' causal probability judgments in analytical procedures for auditing. Behavioral Research In Accounting (5): 78-100.

Ho, J. L. Y., X. Yang and X. Li. 2011. Control privatization, corporate governance, and firm performance: Evidence from China. Journal of International Accounting Research 10(2): 23-56.

Ho, L. J. 1993. Option trading and the relation between price and earnings: A cross-sectional analysis. The Accounting Review (April): 368-384. (JSTOR link).

Ho, L. J., C. Liu and R. Ramanan. 1997. Open-market stock repurchase announcements and revaluation of prior accounting information. The Accounting Review (July): 475-487. (JSTOR link).

Ho, P., N. Aripin and G. Tower. 2012. Corporate governance failure to influence the communication of key financial data over turbulent times. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 35-52.

Ho, S. M. and L. Yang. 2001. Risk perception and handling in capital investment: An empirical study of senior executives in Hong Kong. Advances in Management Accounting (10): 251-271.

Ho, T. and K. Weigelt. 2005. Trust building among strangers. Management Science (April): 519-530. (JSTOR link).

Ho, T., S. Savin and C. Terwiesch. 2011. Note: A reply to "New product diffusion decisions under supply constraints". Management Science (October): 1811-1812.

Hoag, M. L. and C. W. Hollingsworth. 2011. An intertemporal analysis of audit fees and Section 404 material weaknesses. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(2): 173-200.

Hoag, W. O. and S. Walton. 1919. A good suggestion. Journal of Accountancy (October): 310.

Hoang, H. and F. T. Rothaermel. 2005. The effect of general and partner-specific alliance experience on joint R&D project performance. The Academy of Management Journal 48(2): 332-345. (JSTOR link).

Hobart, B. A. 1991. Improve your bottom line: Fixed asset management. Management Accounting (September): 54-58.

Hobart, B. A. 1993. Computerized fixed asset management: A guide to implementation. Management Accounting (October): 20, 22, 24-25.

Hobbs, D. P. 2003. Lean Manufacturing Implementation: A Complete Execution Manual for Any Size Manufacturer. J. Ross Publishing Inc.

Hobbs, J. B. 1964. Volume-mix-price/cost budget variance analysis: A proper approach. The Accounting Review (October): 905-913. (JSTOR link).

Hobbs, J. B. 1966. Double-entry and working capital analysis. The Accounting Review (October): 763-767. (JSTOR link).

Hobbs, J. B. and D. R. Bainbridge. 1982. Nonmonetary exchange transactions: Clarification of APB Opinion No. 29. The Accounting Review (January): 171-175. (JSTOR link).

Hobbs, J. M. and D. F. Heany. 1977. Coupling Strategy to business plans. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 119-126.

Hobbs, W. III. 1970. Contribution reporting for consumer products. Management Accounting (November): 22-24.

Hobdy, T., J. Thomson and P. Sharman. 1994. Activity-based management at AT&T. Management Accounting (April): 35-39.

Hobert, L. C. 1946. Merchandise planning and control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 15): 1109-1119.

Hobson, J. L. 2011. Do the benefits of reducing accounting complexity persist in markets prone to bubble? Contemporary Accounting Research 28(3): 957-989.

Hobson, J. L. and S. J. Kachelmeier. 2005. Strategic disclosure of risky prospects: A laboratory experiment. The Accounting Review (July): 825-846. (JSTOR Link).

Hobson, J. L., M. J. Mellon and D. E. Stevens. 2011. Determinants of moral judgments regarding budgetary slack: An experimental examination of pay scheme and personal values. Behavioral Research In Accounting 23(1): 87-107.

Hochbaum, D. S. and A. Levin. 2006. Methodologies and algorithms for group-rankings decision. Management Science (September): 1394-1408. (JSTOR link).

Hochner, A. and C. S. Granrose. 1985. Sources of motivation to choose employee ownership as an alternative to job loss. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 860-875. (JSTOR link).

Hockstad, E. J. 1948. Dynamic budgeting for cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 115-130.

Hockstad, E. J. 1956. Case history in development of cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 596-605.

Hodder, L., L. Koonce and M. L. McAnally. 2001. SEC market risk disclosures: Implications for judgment and decision making. Accounting Horizons (March): 49-70.

Hodder, L., M. L. McAnally, C. D. Weaver. 2003. The influence of tax and nontax factors on banks' choice of organizational form. The Accounting Review (January): 297-325. (JSTOR link).

Hodder, L. D., P. E. Hopkins and J. M. Wahlen. 2006. Risk-relevance of fair-value income measures for commercial banks. The Accounting Review (March): 337-375. (JSTOR link).

Hodge, A. C. 1924. Use of accounting information and statistical data in a department store. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (July 1): 3-15.

Hodge, E. 2009. The Virtual Worlds Handbook: How to Use Second Life and Other 3D Virtual Environments. Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc.

Hodge, F., P. E. Hopkins and J. Pratt. 2006. Management reporting incentives and classification credibility: The effects of reporting discretion and reputation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(7): 623-634.

Hodge, F. D. 2001. Hyperlinking unaudited information to audited financial statements: Effects on investor judgments. The Accounting Review (October): 675-691. (JSTOR link).

Hodge, F. D. 2003. Investors' perceptions of earnings quality, auditor independence, and the usefulness of audited financial information. Accounting Horizons (Supplement): 37-48. (Based on 414 responses to a three page, 102 question survey).

Hodge, F. D., J. J. Kennedy and L. A. Maines. 2004. Does search-facilitating technology improve the transparency of financial reporting? The Accounting Review (July): 687-703. (JSTOR link).

Hodge, F. D., P. E. Hopkins and D. A. Wood. 2010. The effects of financial statement information proximity and feedback on cash flow forecasts. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(1): 101-133.

Hodges, B. W. 1922. Trial-balance information. Journal of Accountancy (July): 34-36.

Hodges, R. and H. Mellett. 2005. Accounting for the U.K.'s private finance initiative: An interview-based investigation. Abacus 41(2): 159-180.

Hodgetts, R. M. 1968. Leadership techniques in the project organization. The Academy of Management Journal 11(2): 211-219. (JSTOR link).

Hodgkinson, G. P. 2003. Review: The Blackwell Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management by Mark Easterby-Smith; Marjorie A. Lyles. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(4): 699-703. (JSTOR link).

Hodgkinson, W. Jr. 1928. Preferred stock issues and redemptions, 1919-1927. Harvard Business Review (October): 49-58.

Hodowanitz, J. and S. A. Solieri. 2005. Guarding the guardians. Strategic Finance (August): 46-53. (Controversy related to the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board created by Sarbanes-Oxley).

Hoetker, G. and R. Agarwal. 2007. Death hurts, but it isn't fatal: The postexit diffusion of knowledge created by innovative companies. The Academy of Management Journal 50(2): 446-467. (JSTOR link).

Hoecker, O. J. and D. M. Watson. 1984. Risk management: More than insurance. Management Accounting (August): 22-29.

Hoeflick, C. J. 1966. Auditing of construction contracts. Management Accounting (September): 51-56.

Hof, R. D. and J. B. Treece. 1989. The team-up has it all -- Except sales. Business Week (August 14): 79.

Hofer, C. R. 1970. Analysis of fixed costs in inventory. Management Accounting (September): 15-17. (Fixed costs in direct costing).

Hofer, C. W. 1975. Toward a contingency theory of business strategy. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 784-810. (JSTOR link).

Hofer, C. W. and D. E. Schendel. 1978. Strategy Formulation: Analytical Concepts. West Publishing.

Hofer, C. W. and M. J. Davoust. 1977. Successful Strategic Management. A. T. Kearney, Inc.

Hofert, J. 1962. State income taxation - A suggested solution to the present confusion. The Accounting Review (April): 231-233. (JSTOR link).

Hoffbauer, I. S. 1961. Capital gain for forfeited deposits on containers. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 40.

Hoffecker, J. and C. Goldenberg. 1994. Using the balanced scorecard to develop company-wide performance measures. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 5-17.

Hoffelder, K. 2012. "Flush with Cash" has new meaning. CFO (June): 18-19.

Hoffelder, K. 2012. Mind the GAAP alternatives: More accounting options for small and midsize companies are on the way. CFO (September): 16-18. (Three GAAP alternatives: 1. AICPA financial reporting framework for SMEs, 2. Private company GAAP, and 3. IFRS for SMEs or IFRS light).

Hoffelder, K. 2012. Renewed concerns about renewables: Key tax credits for investments in renewable-energy projects could soon begin to expire. CFO (July/August): 15-17.

Hoffjan, A. 2004. The image of the accountant in a German context. Accounting and the Public Interest (4): 62-89.

Hoffjan, A. 2005. Calvados - A business game for your cost accounting course. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 63-80.

Hoffjan, A. and H. Kruse. 2006. Open book accounting in supply chains - When and how is it used in practice? Cost Management (November/December): 40-47.

Hoffman, A. J. 1999. Institutional evolution and change: Environmentalism and the U.S. chemical industry. The Academy of Management Journal 42(4): 351-371. (JSTOR link).

Hoffman, A. J. and R. M. Karp. 1966. On nonterminating stochastic games. Management Science (January): 359-370. (JSTOR link).

Hoffman, A. J. and W. Jacobs. 1954. Smooth patterns of production. Management Science (October): 86-91. (JSTOR link).

Hoffman, D. 1957. But no tears for John Small. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 744-750.

Hoffman, D. L. and M. Fodor. 2010. Can you measure the ROI of your social media marketing? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 41-49.

Hoffman, D. L. and T. P. Novak. 2000. How to acquire customers on the web. Harvard Business Review (May-June): 179-180, 183-188.

Hoffman, E. R. 1953. Looking forward to a faster annual closing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 236-245.

Hoffman, M. F. 1935. The modernization of municipal accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 851-863.

Hoffman, M. J. R. and K. McKenzie. 2010. Shining light on a solar investment. The CPA Journal (September): 50-57.

Hoffman, M. J. R. and K. S. McKenzie. 2009. Speed bump or barricade? LIFO conformity and the road to IFRS. Strategic Finance (July): 34-39.

Hoffman, M. J. R. and K. McKenzie. 2012. Is the sun still shining on investments in solar electric property? The CPA Journal (September): 36-41.

Hoffman, M. J. R., K. S. McKenzie and S. Paris. 2008. Paper or plastic? CPAs can educate college students on responsible credit card use. The CPA Journal (September): 16-20.

Hoffman, R. B. 1971. Production factors in policing services. Decision Sciences 2(4): 432-447.

Hoffman, T. 1998. How profitable is the bank customer? Computerworld 32(33): 31-32.

Hoffman, T. R. 1963. Assembly line balancing with a precedence matrix. Management Science (July): 551-562. (JSTOR link).

Hoffman, V. B. 1997. Discussion of the effects of SAS No. 82 on auditors' attention to fraud risk factors and audit planning decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Experts and the Application of Expertise in Accounting, Auditing, and Tax): 99-104. (JSTOR link).

Hoffman, V. B. and J. M. Patton. 1997. Accountability, the dilution effect, and conservatism in auditors' fraud judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 227-237. (JSTOR link).

Hoffman, V. B., J. R. Joe and D. V. Moser. 2003. The effect of constrained processing on auditors' judgments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(7-8): 699-714.

Hoffman, W., J. E. Smith and E. Willis. 2010. South-Western Taxation 2011: Individual Income Taxes, 34th edition. South-Western College/West.

Hoffman, W. H., W. A. Raabe, J. E. Smith, D. M. Maloney and E. Willis. 2004. West Federal Taxation: Corporations, Partnerships, Estates & Trusts 2004 (West Federal Taxation. Corporations, Partnerships, Estates and Trusts). South-Western Educational Publishing.

Hoffman, W. H. Jr. 1961. Executive compensation - Are you keeping in style or counting the costs? N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 15-23.

Hoffman, W. H. Jr. 1961. The theory of tax planning. The Accounting Review (April): 274-281. (JSTOR link).

Hofford, G. M. 1920. Accounting for railroad construction. Journal of Accountancy (March): 191-197.

Hofmann, D. A. and A. Stetzer. 1998. The role of safety climate and communication in accident interpretation: Implications for learning from negative events. The Academy of Management Journal 41(6): 644-657. (JSTOR link).

Hofstadter, D. R. 1979. Godel, Escher, Bach: An Eternal Golden Braid. Random House.

Hofstede, G. 1980. Cultures Consequences: International Differences in Work-Related Values. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Hofstede, G. 1980. Motivation, leadership, and organizations: Do American theories apply abroad? Organizational Dynamics (Summer): 42-63.

Hofstede, G. 1981. Management control of public and not-for-profit activities. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(3): 193-211.

Hofstede, G. 1987. The cultural context of accounting. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 1-11. (Summary).

Hofstede, G. 2003. What is culture? A reply to Baskerville. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(7-8): 811-813.

Hofstede, G. and H. Schreuder. 1987. A joint reply to Montagna. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 29-30. (Summary).

Hofstede, G. and M. H. Bond. 1988. The Confucius connection: From cultural roots to economic growth. Organizational Dynamics (Spring): 5-21.

Hofstede, G., B. Neuijen, D. D. Ohayv and G. Sanders. 1990. Measuring organizational cultures: A qualitative and quantitative study across twenty cases. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(2): 286-316. (JSTOR link).

Hofstede, G. H. 1967. The Game of Budget Control. Royal VanGorcum Ltd. Review by D. Green Jr. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. 1972. Some behavioral parameters of financial analysis. The Accounting Review (October): 679-692. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. 1973. Discussion of appropriate reinforcement contingencies in the budgeting process. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 257-266. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. 1976. Behavioral accounting research: Pathologies, paradigms and prescriptions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(1): 43-58.

Hofstedt, T. R. and G. D. Hughes. 1977. An experimental study of the judgment element in disclosure decisions. The Accounting Review (April): 379-395. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. and J. C. Kinard. 1970. A strategy for behavioral accounting research. The Accounting Review (January): 38-54. (JSTOR link).

Hofstedt, T. R. and R. R. West. 1971. The APB, yield indices, and predictive ability. The Accounting Review (April): 329-337. (JSTOR link).

Hogan, C. E. 1997. Costs and benefits of audit quality in the IPO market: A self-selection analysis. The Accounting Review (January): 67-86. (JSTOR link).

Hogan, C. E. and R. D. Martin. 2009. Risk shifts in the market for audits: An examination of changes in risk for "second tier" audit firms. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 28(2): 93-118.

Hogan, E. A. 1987. Effects of prior expectations on performance ratings: A longitudinal study. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 354-368. (JSTOR link).

Hogan, T. J. 1939. Use of uniform system in hotel accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 15): 1411-1424.

Hogan, T. J., J. L. Bierstaker and W. E. Seltz. 2001. Laborers Local 829 health and welfare plan: Testing investments and receivables. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 637-662.

Hogan, W. P. 1989. Insider trading: Implications and responses. Abacus 25(2): 85-96.

Hogan, W. P. 1995. Market value accounting in the financial services sector. Abacus 31(1): 31-44.

Hogan, W. P. 1997. Corporate governance: Lessons from Barings. Abacus 33(1): 26-48.

Hogarth, R. 1991. A perspective on cognitive research in auditing. The Accounting Review (66): 277-290.

Hogarth, R. M. 1982. Discussion of an assessment of laboratory experiments in accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement: Studies on Current Research Methodologies in Accounting: A Critical Evaluation): 108-116. (JSTOR link).

Hogarth, R. M. 1991. A perspective on cognitive research in accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 277-290. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on cognitive research in auditing).

Hogarth, R. M. 1993. Accounting for decisions and decisions for accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(5): 407-424.

Hogarth, R. M. and N. Karelaia. 2005. Simple models for multiattribute choice with many alternatives: When it does and does not pay to face trade-offs with binary attributes. Management Science (December): 1860-1872. (JSTOR link).

Hogarth, W. 1970. [Illustration]: Scholars at a lecture. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(4): 427. (JSTOR link).

Hogeweg, G. P. J. 1908. Accountancy in Holland. Journal of Accountancy (February): 308-311.

Hoggatt, A. C., J. Esherick and J. T. Wheeler. 1969. A laboratory to facilitate computer-controlled behavioral experiments. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(2): 202-207. (JSTOR link).

Hogler, R. L., H. G. Hunt III and P. A. Wilson. 1996. Accounting standards, health care, and retired American workers: An institutional critique. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(5): 423-439.

Hogue, Z. 2001. Strategic management accounting in the value-chain framework: A case study. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 21-27.

Höhn, W., F. G. König, R. H. Möhring and M. E. Lübbecke. 2011. Integrated sequencing and scheduling in coil coating. Management Science (April): 647-666.

Hohner, G. 1989. Managing the flow of quality information in manufacturing: Distributed processing and manufacturing cells. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 50-54.

Hoitash, R., U. Hoitash and K. M. Johnstone. 2012. Internal control material weaknesses and CFO compensation. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(3): 768-803.

Holbrook, K. 2004. Adding value with analytics. Strategic Finance (November): 40-43. (Analytics software for financial managers).

Holbrook, M. 1995. Marketing miseducation and the MBA mind: Bullshit happens. Marketing Education Review 15 (3): 1-5.

Holbrook, M. B. and M. J. Ryan. 1982. Modeling decision-specific stress: Some methodological considerations. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(2): 243-258. (JSTOR link).

Holck, M. Jr. and M. Holck. 1978. Complete Handbook of Church Accounting. Prentice-Hall.

Holcomb, C. P. and G. W. Marshall. 1913. C.P.A. laws. Journal of Accountancy (July): 65-77.

Holcomb, T. and R. Michaelsen. 1996. A strategic plan for educational technology in accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 14(3): 277-292.

Holdaway, E. A., J. F. Newberry, D. J. Hickson and R. P. Heron. 1975. Dimensions of organizations in complex societies: The educational sector. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(1): 37-58. (JSTOR link).

Holden, P. E. and W. S. Ford. 1928. The consumers' bill for waste. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 803-819.

Holder, A. D. and K. E. Karim. 2012. Loss contingencies face controversy in convergence: Amendments to SFAS 5 and IAS 37 are rethought amid criticism. The CPA Journal (January): 34-39.

Holder, W. W. 1978. Graduate-level public sector accounting: Status and forecast. The Accounting Review (July): 746-751. (JSTOR link).

Holder, W. W. 1992. A report on the AAA Financial reporting research conference. Accounting Horizons (June): 59-60.

Holder, W. W. and P. B. Thomas. 2005. A vision fulfilled. Journal of Accountancy (July): 35-39. (Computer-based Uniform CPA examination).

Holder-Webb, L. 1995. Substance and abuse: Accounting firms and fraud suits. Journal of Accounting Education 13(4): 509-518.

Holder-Webb, L. and D. S. Sharma. 2010. The effect of governance on credit decisions and perceptions of reporting reliability. Behavioral Research In Accounting 22(1): 1-20.

Holder-Webb, L. and M. Kohlbeck. 2006. The hole in the doughnut: Accounting for acquired intangibles at Krispy Kreme. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 297-312.

Holder-Webb, L. M. and M. S. Wilkins. 2000. The incremental information content of SAS No. 59 going-concern opinions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 209-219. (JSTOR link).

Holdren, G. C. 1964. LIFO and ratio analysis. The Accounting Review (January): 70-85. (JSTOR link).

Holdsworth, W. D. 1952. Bringing delivery route costs under standards. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 254-262.

Hole, R. C. and M. A. Alkier. 1974. German financial statements. Management Accounting (July): 28-34.

Holgate, H. C. F. 1941. Auditing the contingent liabilities of British banks. The Accounting Review (June): 207-209. (JSTOR link).

Holland, C. W. 2005. Breakthrough Business Results With MVT: A Fast, Cost-Free, "Secret Weapon" for Boosting Sales, Cutting Expenses, and Improving Any Business Process. John Wiley & Sons.

Holland, D. and G. Sparke. 2008. Business & IT alignment: Then & now, a striking improvement. Strategic Finance (April): 42-49.

Holland, K. and Steinbart, P. J. 1993. Journal of Information Systems: An examination of the first five years. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 35-47.

Holland, M. L. and L. G. Weld. 2009. Cancellation of debt income can be a surprise for the borrower. The CPA Journal (August): 52-55.

Holland, R. G. and C. E. Arrington. 1987. Issues influencing the decisions of accounting faculty to relocate. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 57-71.

Holland, W. and G. Skarke. 2001. Is your IT system VESTed? Strategic Finance (December): 34-37.

Hollander, A., E. Denna and J. Cherrington. 1996. Accounting, Information Technology, and Business Solutions (Irwin).

Hollander, E. P. 1971. Style, structure, and setting in organizational leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 1-9. (JSTOR link).

Hollander, S. C. 1953. Malachy Postlethwayt's British Mercantile College, 1755. The Accounting Review (July): 434-438. (JSTOR link).

Hollen, T. W. 1984. Investment credit: Are you getting your share? Management Accounting (October): 64-68,91.

Hollenbeck, J. R., D. R. Ilgen, J. A. LePine, J. A. Colquitt and J. Hedlund. 1998. Extending the multilevel theory of team decision making: Effects of feedback and experience in hierarchical teams. The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 269-282. (JSTOR link).

Hollenbreck, H. R. 2000. Achieving excellence. Strategic Finance (August): 40-44, 46. (How a controller's team reengineered themselves).

Hollender, J. and B. Breen. 2010. Giving up the CEO seat. Harvard Business Review (March): 105-109.

Holley, C. L., E. C. Spede and M. C. Chester, Jr. 1987. The push-down accounting controversy. Management Accounting (January): 39-42.

Hollie, D., C. Nicholls and S. C. Yu. 2011. A forensic accounting examination of financial reporting fraud at the segment level. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 245-276.

Hollis, A. and P. Olsson. 2002. An exploratory study of the valuation properties of cross-listed firms' IAS and U.S. GAAP earnings and book values. The Accounting Review (January): 107-126. (JSTOR link).

Hollis, C. R. 1960. Programming for control of contract performance. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 19-30.

Hollmann, R. W. 1976. Supportive organizational climate and managerial assessment of MBO effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 560-576. (JSTOR link).

Holloman, C. R. 1973. Characteristics of interpersonal relations in municipal government. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 691-695. (JSTOR link).

Holloman, C. R. and H. W. Hendrick. 1972. Adequacy of group decisions as a function of the decision-making process. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 175-184. (JSTOR link).

Holloman, C. R. and H. W. Hendrick. 1972. Effects of status and individual ability on group problem solving. Decision Sciences 3(4): 55-63.

Hollon, C. J. and R. J. Chesser. 1976. The relationship of personal influence dissonance to job tension, satisfaction and involvement. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 308-314. (JSTOR link).

Holloway, C. B. 1917. Tanning industry accounting. Journal of Accountancy (January): 27-32.

Holloway, C. B. 1918. Carrying on with the accountants in the American expeditionary forces. Journal of Accountancy (December): 412-416.

Holloway, C. B. 1918. The accountants' bit in the American expeditionary forces. Journal of Accountancy (October): 244-246.

Holloway, F. B. 1968. The non-profits can benefit from cost accounting. Management Accounting (November): 13-14.

Holloway, H. 2010. The Thin Ideal: A Study in Expectancy Theory. VDM Verlag.

Hollowbush, F. F. 1935. The costing of rubber. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1204-1213.

Holm, P. 1995. The dynamics of institutionalization: Transformation processes in Norwegian fisheries. Administrative Science Quarterly 40(3): 398-422. (JSTOR link).

Holman, W. G. 1959. Author, author. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 60.

Holman, W. S. 1920. Cost accounting for the motion-picture industry. Journal of Accountancy (December): 420-432.

Holmen, J. 2005. Intellectual capital reporting. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-9.

Holmen, J., D. Knutson and D. Shanholtzer. 1990. A cash flow cost-volume-profit model. Journal of Accounting Education 8(2): 263-269.

Holmen, J. S. 1995. ABC vs. TOC: Its a matter of time. Management Accounting (January): 37-40. (Summary).

Holmes, D. S. and R. E. Hurley. 2003. How SPC enhances budgeting and standard costing - Another look. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 57-62. (Summary).

Holmes, E. J. 1918. Accounting systems in the army camps. Journal of Accountancy (December): 429-435.

Holmes, J. D. J. 1959. An introductory course in the field of electronic data processing. The Accounting Review (July): 463-464. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, J. R. 1993. File recovery techniques. Management Accounting (January): 60-61.

Holmes, L. E. and A. B. Hendricks. 2005. Is TOC for you? Strategic Finance (April): 50-53.

Holmes, M. E. 1993. Research RX. Management Accounting (November): 40-42.

Holmes, R. A. 1994. At SC Johnson Wax philanthropy is an investment. Management Accounting (August): 42-45.

Holmes, R. W. 1957. Managing management accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 657-662.

Holmes, R. W. 1970. Update your cost accounting system. Management Accounting (February): 14-16.

Holmes, S. and S. Marsden. 1996. An exploration of the espoused organizational cultures of public accounting firms. Accounting Horizons (September): 26-53.

Holmes, S. A., S. T. Welch and L. R. Knudson. 2005. The role of accounting practices in the disempowerment of the Coahuiltecan Indians. The Accounting Historians Journal 32(2): 105-143. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, S. L. 1977. Corporate social performance: Past and present areas of commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 20(3): 433-438. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, W. 1976. Digging in Boston's accounting dumps. The Accounting Historians Journal 3(1-4): 32-39. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, W. 1977. A 13th century audit case. The Accounting Historians Journal 4(2): 107-111. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, W. 1978. An 18th century accounting projection from Plymouth, Massachusetts. The Accounting Historians Journal 5(2): 67-70. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, W. 1978. Benjamin Gilliam's book - 1700. The Accounting Historians Journal 5(1): 73-76. (JSTOR link).

Holmes, W. 1979. Governmental accounting in colonial Massachusetts. The Accounting Review (January): 47-57. (JSTOR link).

Holmquist, G. W. 1965. Automation streamlines sales order writing and invoicing. Management Accounting (December): 58-60.

Holmstrom, B. R. 1980. Discussion of economically optimal performance evaluation and control systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 221-226. (JSTOR link).

Holmstrom, J. 1998. Implementing vendor-managed inventory the efficient way: A case study of partnership in the supply chain. Production and Inventory Management Journal (3rd Quarter): 1-5.

Holstrum, G. L. 1971. The effect of budget adaptiveness and tightness on managerial decision behavior. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 268-277. (JSTOR link).

Holstrum, G. L. and E. H. Sauls. 1973. The opportunity cost transfer price. Management Accounting (May): 29-33.

Holt, C. C., F. Modigliani and H. A. Simon. 1955. A linear decision rule for production and employment scheduling. Management Science (October): 1-30. (JSTOR link).

Holt, C. C., F. Modigliani and J. F. Muth. 1956. Derivation of a linear decision rule for production and employment. Management Science (January): 159-177. (JSTOR link).

Holt, D. B. 2003. What becomes an icon most? Harvard Business Review (March): 43-49.

Holt, D. L. 1987. Auditors and base rates revisited. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(6): 571-578.

Holt, D. L. and P. C. Morrow. 1992. Risk assessment judgments of auditors and bank lenders: A comparative analysis of conformance to Bayes' theorem. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(6): 549-559.

Holt, D. L., S. C. Michael and J. T. Godfrey. 1997. The case against cooperative learning. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 191-193.

Holt, D. L., S. C. Michael, P. J. Crawford and J. T. Godfrey. 1997. Rebuttal. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 197-198.

Holt, H. and R. C. Ferber. 1964. The psychological transition from management scientist to manager. Management Science (April): 409-420. (JSTOR link).

Holt, R. N. and R. J. Carroll. 1980. Classification of commercial bank loans through policy capturing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(3): 285-296.

Holt, T. and P. Poznanski. 2005. No privacy in bankruptcy. Journal of Accountancy (November): 61-63.

Holt, W. A. 1947. Costs for planning purposes. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1532-1536.

Holt, W. L. 1971. A short analysis of depreciation. Management Accounting (February): 21-22.

Holthausen, R. W. 1981. Evidence on the effect of bond covenants and management compensation contracts on the choice of accounting techniques: The case of the depreciation switch-back. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 73-109.

Holthausen, R. W. 1990. Accounting method choice : Opportunistic behavior, efficient contracting, and information perspectives. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 207-218.

Holthausen, R. W. 1994. Discussion of estimation and market valuation of environmental liabilities relating to superfund sites. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting, Financial Disclosures, and the Law): 211-219. (JSTOR link).

Holthausen, R. W. 2003. Testing the relative power of accounting standards versus incentives and other institutional features to influence the outcome of financial reporting in an international setting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 271-283.

Holthausen, R. W. and D. F. Larcker. 1992. The prediction of stock returns using financial statement information. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June-September): 373-411.

Holthausen, R. W. and R. E. Verrecchia. 1988. The effect of sequential information releases on the variance of price changes in an intertemporal multi-asset market. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 82-106. (JSTOR link).

Holthausen, R. W. and R. E. Verrecchia. 1990. The effect of informedness and consensus on price and volume behavior. The Accounting Review (January): 191-208. (JSTOR link).

Holthausen, R. W. and R. L. Watts. 2001. The relevance of the value-relevance literature for financial accounting standard setting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 3-75.

Holthausen, R. W. and R. W. Leftwich. 1983. The economic consequences of accounting choice implications of costly contracting and monitoring. Journal of Accounting and Economics (5): 77-117.

Holthausen, R. W., D. F. Larcker and R. G. Sloan. 1995. Annual bonus schemes and the manipulation of earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 29-74.

Holthausen, R. W., D. F. Larcker and R. G. Sloan. 1995. Business unit innovation and the structure of executive compensation. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 279-313.

Holton, L. and J. Bates. 2009. Business Valuation For Dummies. For Dummies.

Holton, T. L. 1966. Discussion of the predictive power of first-quarter earnings reports: A replication. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 37-39. (JSTOR link).

Holtz, H. R. 1980. The Hundred Billion Dollar Market: How to do Business with the U.S. Government. John Wiley & Sons.

Holtzblatt, M. and N. Tschakert. 2011. Expanding your accounting classroom with digital video technology. Journal of Accounting Education 29(2-3): 100-121.

Holub, S. F. 2012. Year-end tax planning: Preparing for the tax cliff. Journal of Accountancy (December): 48-52.

Holweg, M. and F. Pil. 2001. Successful build-to-order strategies start with the customer. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 74-83.

Holwerda, A. O. 1924. Management problems of European insurance companies since the armistice. Harvard Business Review (July): 398-408.

Holyer, R. 1998. The road not taken. CHANGE (September/October). (Interesting paper about assessment, or our lack of assessment. For example, Holyer indicates that "...American education is based on a simple structural flaw: the teacher and the examiner are the same person". (Link).

Holyoak, K. J. and R. G. Morrison, editors. 2005. The Cambridge Handbook of Thinking and Reasoning. Cambridge University Press. (Link).

Holzer, H. P. 1959. Corporate financial reporting in West-Germany. The Accounting Review (July): 399-402. (JSTOR link).

Holzer, H. P. and H. Norreklit. 1991. Some thoughts on cost accounting developments in the United States. Management Accounting Research (March): 3-13.

Holzer, H. P. and H. Schonfeld. 1963. The French approach to the post-war price level problem. The Accounting Review (April): 382-388. (JSTOR link).

Holzer, H. P. and H. Schonfeld. 1963. The German solution of the post-war price level problem. The Accounting Review (April): 377-381. (JSTOR link).

Holzer, H, P. and H. Schonfeld. 1964. The "funktionale kontorechnung" of Walter Thoms. The Accounting Review (April): 405-413. (JSTOR link). (A German accounting theory).

Holzer, H. P. and W. Rogers. 1990. The origins and development of French costing systems (as reflected in published literature). The Accounting Historians Journal 17(2): 57-71. (JSTOR link).

Holzer, M. and M. Zhang. 2004. China’s fiscal reform: The issue of extra budgeting. Journal of Public Budgeting, Accounting & Financial Management 16(1): 19-39.

Holtzman, M. P., R. Fonfeder and J. K. Yun. 2003. Goodbye "pro forma earnings. Strategic Finance (November): 33-35. (SEC rules).

Holzmann, O. J. and N. Gressis. 1974. Covariability of segment earnings and multisegment company returns: A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 132-139. (JSTOR link).

Holzwarth, M., C. Janiszewski and M. M. Neumann. 2006. The influence of avatars on online consumer shopping behavior. Journal of Marketing 70(4): 19-36.

Hom, P. W. 1979. Effects of job peripherality and personal characteristics on the job satisfaction of part time workers. The Academy of Management Journal 22(3): 551-565. (JSTOR link).

Hom, P. W. and A. J. Kinicki. 2001. Toward a greater understanding of how dissatisfaction drives employee turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 975-987. (JSTOR link).

Homburg, C. 2001. A note on optimal cost driver selection in ABC. Management Accounting Research (June): 197-205.

Homburg, C. and P. Stebel. 2009. Determinants of contract terms for professional services. Management Accounting Research (June): 129-145.

Homburger, R. H. 1949. Forfeited capital stock subscriptions. The Accounting Review (April): 199-202. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. 1957. The graduate course in accounting theory - Seminar style. The Accounting Review (July): 485-487. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. 1958. Study of history - Gateway to perspective. The Accounting Review (July): 501-503. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. 1960. Tax basis of partner's interest explained by double entry. The Accounting Review (January): 132-134. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. 1961. Measurement in accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 94-99. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. 1973. The use of medieval statements for teaching accounting: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 785-788. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. 1974. International papers: Summaries of papers presented at the First International Accounting History Symposium. The Accounting Historians Journal 1(1-4): 13-15. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. and G. J. Previts. 1977. The relevance of "Zwei Pfadfinder." The Accounting Historians Journal 4(1): 9-13. (JSTOR link).

Homburger, R. H. and W. C. Dent. 1969. Management accounting concepts and the principles dilemma. Management Accounting (April): 14-15.

Homer, E. D. 1962. A generalized model for analyzing management information systems. Management Science (July): 500-515. (JSTOR link).

Homer, J. 2010. More trouble ahead? CFO optimism falls as many question their companies' growth prospects and nearly all put hiring on hold. CFO (October): 27-29 .

Homuth, H. G. 1963. Stock control at warehouse and store. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 49-53.

Hong, H., R. S. Kaplan and G. Mandelker. 1978. Pooling vs. purchase: The effects of accounting for mergers on stock prices. The Accounting Review (January): 31-47. (JSTOR link).

Hong, J. 2000. Improving production decisions: A case for activity-based costing. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 31-35.

Hongwei, Z. and S. E. Madnick. 2009. Finding new uses for information. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 18-21.

Hood, C. 1995. The "new public management" in the 1980s: Variations on a theme. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(2-3): 93-109.

Hood, J. N. and C. S. Koberg. 1991. Accounting firm cultures and creativity among accountants. Accounting Horizons (September): 12-19.

Hoogduin, L. A., T. W. Hall and J. J. Tsay. 2010. Modified Sieve sampling: A method for single- and multi-stage probability-proportional-to-size sampling. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(1): 125-148.

Hoogervost, H. 2012. The IASB's convergence program, the prospects for global standards, and the challenges for emerging economies. The CPA Journal (March): 6-9.

Hoogervorst, H. 2012. The imprecise nature of accounting: Questions on measurement, standards setting and the IASB's course for the future. The CPA Journal (August): 11-13.

Hooke, J. C. 2010. Security Analysis and Business Valuation on Wall Street + Companion Web Site: A Comprehensive Guide to Today's Valuation Methods, 2nd edition. Wiley.

Hooker, J. C. 1920. Auditing features of the mining industry. Journal of Accountancy (April): 241-259.

Hooker, J. C. 1924. A "cost-of-living" index for steam railroads. Journal of Accountancy (July): 22-30.

Hooks, B. and M. Marable, Editor. 2000. Feminist Theory: From Margin to Center. South End Press.

Hooks, J. and C. Van Staden. 2007. The corporatization and commercialization of local body entities: A study of reported financial performance. Abacus 43(2): 217-240.

Hooks, J. J. and R. E. Stewart. 2007. The geography and ideology of accounting: A case study of domination and accounting in a sugar refinery in Australasia, 1900-1920. The Accounting Historians Journal 34(2): 143-168. (JSTOR link).

Hooks, K. L. 1992. Gender effects and labor supply in public accounting: An agenda of research issues. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(3-4): 343-366.

Hooks, K. L. 2010. Auditing and Assurance Services: Understanding the Integrated Audit. Wiley.

Hooks, K. L. and J. E. Moon. 1993. A classification scheme to examine management discussion and analysis compliance. Accounting Horizons (June): 41-59.

Hooks, K. L. and J. J. Schultz Jr. 1996. Ethics and accounting research: The issue of deception. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 25-47.

Hooks, K. L. and J. J. Schultz Jr. 1996. Response. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 53-56. (Response to Krogstad's comments in the same issue).

Hooks, K. L. and J. L. Higgs. 2002. Workplace environment in a professional services firm. Behavioral Research In Accounting (14): 105-128.

Hooper, F. 1917. Foreign real estate holdings of a missionary society. Journal of Accountancy (February): 114-118.

Hooper, J. W. 1943. Impact of federal taxes on the earnings of business corporations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 877-891.

Hooper, K. 1995. The Cely Shipping accounts: Accountability and the transition from oral to written records. The Accounting Historians Journal 22(2): 85-115. (JSTOR link).

Hooper, K. and K. Kearins. 1997. "The excited and dangerous state of the natives of Hawkes bay": A particular study of nineteenth century financial management. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(3-4): 269-292.

Hooper, P. and J. Page. 1986. Measuring teaching effectiveness by student evaluation. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 56-64.

Hooper, P. and J. Page. 1996. Relational databases: An accountant's primer. Management Accounting (October): 48-50, 52-53.

Hoopingarner, D. L. 1926. Some practical aspects of the voluntary arbitration of labor disputes. Harvard Business Review (April): 297-302.

Hoops, J. R. and N. weisel. 2008. Interstate mobility and the CPA tax practitioner: It does apply to you. Journal of Accountancy (June): 82-87.

Hoover, J. E. 1961. FBI accounting investigations. The Accounting Review (April): 197-203. (JSTOR link).

Hoover, S. R. 1920. Bookkeeping and accounting practice: The Hoover system of modern bookkeeping - easy to learn and practical to use. A. W. Shaw Company. Google eBook.

Hoozée, S. and W. Bruggeman. 2010. Identifying operational improvements during the design process of a time-driven ABC system: The role of collective worker participation and leadership style. Management Accounting Research (September): 185-198.

Hoozée, S., L. Vermeire and W. Bruggeman. 2012. The impact of refinement on the accuracy of time-driven ABC. Abacus 48(4): 439-472.

Hope, A. E. M. and H. C. Magee. 1914. Correspondence: Department store accounting. Journal of Accountancy (March): 234-236.

Hope, J. and R. Frazer. 1997. Beyond budgeting ... Breaking through the barrier to "the third wave". Management Accounting. UK. (December).

Hope, J. and R. Frazer. 2000. Beyond budgeting. Strategic Finance (October): 30-35.

Hope, J. and R. Frazer. 2003. Who needs budgets? Harvard Business Review (February): 108-115. (Summary).

Hope, J., R. Frazer and J. T. Trent. 2003. Beyond Budgeting: How Managers Can Break Free from the Annual Performance Trap. Harvard Business School Press.

Hope, J. W. 1945. Restriction would strengthen the profession. The Accounting Review (April): 194-198. (JSTOR link).

Hope, J. W. 1949. The uniform CPA examination. The Accounting Review (April): 123-127. (JSTOR link).

Hope, J. W. 1953. New markets for ideas. The Accounting Review (January): 3-7. (JSTOR link).

Hope, O. 2003. Disclosure practices, enforcement of accounting standards, and analysts' forecast accuracy: An international study. Journal of Accounting Research (May-The Effects of Regulation (Including Taxation) on Financial Reporting and Disclosure): 235-272. (JSTOR link).

Hope, O. 2003. Provocative pension accounting. Strategic Finance (August): 41-43.

Hope, O. and T. Kang. 2005. The association between macroeconomic uncertainty and analysts' forecast accuracy. Journal of International Accounting Research 4(1): 23-38.

Hope, O., J. C. Langli and W. B. Thomas. 2012. Agency conflicts and auditing in private firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 37(7): 500-517.

Hope, O., J. Jin and T. Kang. 2006. Empirical evidence on jurisdictions that adopt IFRS. Journal of International Accounting Research 5(2): 1-20.

Hopewell, R. J. and H. N. Myklebust. 1984. Stimulating faculty to use computers. Journal of Accounting Education 2(1): 161-162.

Hopewell, R. J., E. S. Klink and R. W. Coleman. 1984. Facing the ethics involved in technical obsolescence. Management Accounting (December): 26-29.

Hopfe, M. W. 1970. Leadership style and effectiveness of department chairmen in business administration. The Academy of Management Journal 13(3): 301-310. (JSTOR link).

Hopkin, P. 2012. Understanding the causes of corporate failure. CGMA Magazine (Inaugural issue): 41-43.

Hopkins, F. L. Jr. 1956. Tax factors in multi-state inventory control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 559-565.

Hopkins, J. M. 2011. Clarifying head of household issues. The CPA Journal (October): 42-46.

Hopkins, L. and S. Moriarity. 2009. Luxor Cosmetics. IMA Educational Case Journal 2(2): 1-7.

Hopkins, M. 2009. What executives don't get about sustainability (and further notes on the profit motive). MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 35-40.

Hopkins, M. S. 2009. 8 reasons sustainability will change management (that you never though of). MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 27-30.

Hopkins, M. S. 2009. Problem solving by design. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 9-12.

Hopkins, M. S. 2009. Sustainability, but for managers. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 11-15.

Hopkins, M. S. 2009. What the 'green' consumer wants. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 87-89.

Hopkins, M. S. 2010. How SAP made the business case for sustainability? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 69-72.

Hopkins, M. S. 2010. How sustainability creates new opportunity. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 65-69.

Hopkins, M. S. 2010. How sustainability fuels design innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 75-81.

Hopkins, M. S. 2010. Putting the science in management science. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 77-82.

Hopkins, M. S. 2010. The four ways IT is revolutionizing innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 51-56.

Hopkins, M. S. 2010. Value creation, experiments and why IT does matter. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 57-61.

Hopkins, M. S. 2011. How to innovate when platforms won't stop moving. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 55-60.

Hopkins, M. S. 2011. Sustainability and brand - Three questions and answers. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 26-27.

Hopkins, M. S. 2011. Why companies have to trade 'perfect data' for 'fast info'. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 51-55.

Hopkins, M. S. and J. Guterman. 2009. From the editors. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 10.

Hopkins, M. S. and L. Brokaw. 2011. Matchmaking with math: How analytics beats intuition to win customers. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 35-41.

Hopkins, M. S., S. Lavalle and F. Balboni. 2010. 10 insights: A first look at the new intelligent enterprise survey. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 22-26.

Hopkins, P. E. 1996. The effect of financial statement classification of hybrid financial instruments on financial analysts' stock price judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Recognition, Measurement, and Disclosure Issues in Accounting, 1996): 33-50. (JSTOR link).

Hopkins, P. E., C. A Botosan, M. T Bradshaw, C. M Callahan, et al. 2008. Response to the SEC Release, "Acceptance from Foreign Private Issuers of Financial Statements Prepared in Accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards without Reconciliation to U.S. GAAP File No. S7-13-07". Accounting Horizons (June): 223-240.

Hopkins, P. E., C. A. Botosan, M. T. Bradshaw, C. M. Callahan, J. Ciesielski, D. B. Farber, M. Kohlbeck, L. Hodder, R. J. Laux, T. L. Stober, P. C. Stocken and T. L. Yohn. 2009. Response to the FASB's preliminary views on financial instruments with the characteristics of equity. Accounting Horizons (March): 85-100.

Hopkins, P. E., R. W. Houston and M. F. Peters. 2000. Purchase, pooling, and equity analysts' valuation judgments. The Accounting Review (July): 257-281. (JSTOR link).

Hopkins, R. P. 1974. Japanese business practices. Management Accounting (July): 52-53, 56.

Hopley, D. P. 1969. Accomplishing objectives in a training atmosphere. Management Accounting (June): 62-64.

Hopp, W. 2005. In memoriam: Perwez Shahabuddin, 1962-2005. Management Science (December): 1733. (JSTOR link).

Hopper, P. and J. Page. 1979. Better financial statements for corporate valuation. Management Accounting (September): 52-57.

Hopper, T. and N. Macintosh. 1993. Management accounting as disciplinary practice: The case of ITT under Harold Geneen. Management Accounting Research (September): 181-216.

Hopper, T. and P. Armstrong. 1991. Cost accounting, controlling labour and the rise of conglomerates. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(5-6): 405-438.

Hopper, T. and A. Powel. 1985. Making sense of research into the organizational and social aspects of management accounting: A review of its underlying assumptions. Journal of Management Studies (22): 429-465.

Hopper, T., L. Kirkham, R. W. Scapens and S. Turley. 1992. Does financial accounting dominate management accounting - A research note. Management Accounting Research (December): 307-311.

Hopper, T. M. 1980. Role conflicts of management accountants and their position with organizational structures. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(4): 401-411.

Hopper, T., J. Storey and H. Willmott. 1987. Accounting for accounting: Towards the development of a dialectical view. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(5): 437-456.

Hopson, H. C. 1915. Accountants and engineers. Journal of Accountancy (November): 397-399.

Hopson, J., P. D. Hopson and S. Del Vecchio. 2009. Reverse mortgages. The CPA Journal (September): 14-19.

Hopson, J. F. 1993. New rules for package design costs. Management Accounting (February): 46-48. (Tax related).

Hopson, J. F. 2008. Economic stimulus act of 2008. The CPA Journal (June): 9-10.

Hopson, J. F. 2012. 2012 year-end gift planning: Techniques available to taxpayers and potential IRS problems. The CPA Journal (December): 59-61.

Hopson, J. F. 2012. Before the sun sets: Examining the portability election and related temporary regulations. The CPA Journal (September): 42-45.

Hopson, J. F., D. R. Gibson, and S. M. Zimmerman. 1990. Simplifying the use of the economic order quantity formula to control inventory cost. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 8-12.

Hopton, E. V. 1946. Budgetary control of plant maintenance costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 426-437.

Hopton, E. V. 1948. Measurement and control of indirect labor. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 561-570.

Hopwood, A. 1984. Accounting and the pursuit of efficiency. In Hopwood, A. and C. Tomkins. Issues in Public Sector Accounting. Philip Allan Publishers.

Hopwood, A. 1987. Accounting and Organisational Action. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 50-63. (Summary).

Hopwood, A., J. Unerman and J. Fries. 2010. Accounting for Sustainability: Practical Insights. Earthscan Publications Ltd.

Hopwood, A. G. 1972. An empirical study of the role of accounting data in performance evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 156-182. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, A. G. 1972. [Discussion of an empirical study of the role of accounting data in performance evaluation]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 189-193. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, A. G. 1974. Accounting and Human Behavior. London, U.K.: Haymarket.

Hopwood, A. G. 1974. Leadership climate and the use of accounting data in performance evaluation. The Accounting Review (July): 485-495. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, A. G. 1976. Human resource accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(2 & 3): 131-132.

Hopwood, A. G. 1978. Towards an organizational perspective for the study of accounting and information systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(1): 3-13.

Hopwood, A. G. 1978. Accounting research and the world of action. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(2): 93-95.

Hopwood, A. G. 1983. On trying to study accounting in the contexts in which it operates. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 287-305.

Hopwood, A. G. 1985. The tale of a committee that never reported: Disagreements on intertwining accounting with the social. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(3): 361-377.

Hopwood, A. G. 1987. Accounting and gender: An introduction. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 65-69.

Hopwood, A . G. 1987. The archeology of accounting systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(3): 207-234.

Hopwood, A. G. 1988. On origins and development: Some reflections on the 40th anniversary of Pergamon press and the 65th birthday of its founder, Robert Maxwell. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(4): 329-331.

Hopwood, A. G. 1989. Behavioral accounting in retrospect and prospect. Behavioral Research In Accounting (1): 1-22.

Hopwood, A. G. 1991. Editorial comment on "accounting on trial: The critical legal studies movement and its lessons for radical accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(8): 793.

Hopwood, A. G. 1994. Accounting and everyday life: An introduction. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(3): 299-301.

Hopwood, A. G. Editor. 1994. Accounting as Social and Institutional Practice (Cambridge Studies in Management). Cambridge University Press.

Hopwood, A. G. 1996. Looking across rather than up and down: On the need to explore the lateral processing of information. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(6): 589-590.

Hopwood, A. G. 1998. Exploring the modern audit firm: An introduction. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(5-6): 515-516.

Hopwood, A. G. 2000. Understanding financial accounting practice. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(8): 763-766.

Hopwood, A. G. 2002. If only there were simple solutions, but there aren't: Some reflections on Zimmerman's critique of empirical management accounting research. The European Accounting Review 11(4): 777-785. (Summary).

Hopwood, A. G. 2005. After 30 years. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(7-8): 585-586.

Hopwood, A. G. 2007. Editorial. Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(3): 197-200.

Hopwood, A. G. 2008. Editorial. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 683.

Hopwood, A. G. 2008. Management accounting research in a changing world. Journal of Management Accounting Research. (20): 3-13.

Hopwood, A. G. 2009. Accounting and the environment. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(3-4): 433-439.

Hopwood, A. G. 2009. Exploring the interface between accounting and finance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(5): 549-550.

Hopwood, A. G. 2009. Reflections and projections – and many, many thanks. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(8): 887-894.

Hopwood, A. G. 2009. The economic crisis and accounting: Implications for the research community. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 797-802.

Hopwood, W. and T. Schaefer. 1989. Firm-specific responsiveness to input price changes and the incremental information in current cost income. The Accounting Review (April): 313-328. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W., J. McKeown and J. Mutchler. 1989. A test of the incremental explanatory power of opinions qualified for consistency and uncertainty. The Accounting Review (January): 28-48. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S. 1980. On the automation of the Box-Jenkins modeling procedures: An algorithm with an empirical test. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 289-296. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S. 1980. The transfer function relationship between earnings and market-industry indices: An empirical study. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 77-90. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S. and J. C. McKeown. 1981. An evaluation of univariate time-series earnings models and their generalization to a single input transfer function. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 313-322. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S. and J. C. McKeown. 1985. The incremental informational content of interim expenses over interim sales. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 161-174. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S. and J. C. McKeown. 1986. Univariate Time-Series Analysis of Quarterly Earnings: Some Unresolved Issues. Studies in Accounting Research (25). American Accounting Association.

Hopwood, W. S. and K. S. Hreha. 1984. The interprofessional tax altercation. The Accounting Historians Journal 11(1): 1-18. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S. and P. Newbold. 1985. Alternative interim reporting techniques within a dynamic framework: Comments and extensions. The Accounting Review (April): 289-294. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S., P. Newbold and P. A. Silhan. 1982. The potential for gains in predictive ability through disaggregation: Segmented annual earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Part II, Autumn): 724-732. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S., J. C. McKeown and P. Newbold. 1981. Power transformations in time-series models of quarterly earnings per share. The Accounting Review (October): 927-933. (JSTOR link).

Hopwood, W. S., J. C. Mckeown and P. Newbold. 1982. The additional information content of quarterly earnings reports: Intertemporal disaggregation. Journal of Accounting Research (Part I, Autumn): 343-349. (JSTOR link).

Hoque, Z. 2000. Matching productivity measures with business mission and uncertainty. Advances in Management Accounting (9): 109-125.

Hoque, Z. 2002. Using journal articles to teach public sector accounting in higher education. Journal of Accounting Education 20(3): 139-161.

Hoque, Z. 2011. The relations among competition, delegation, management accounting systems change and performance: A path model. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(2): 266-277.

Hoque, Z. and T. Hopper. 1994. Rationality, accounting and politics: A case study of management control in a Bangladeshi jute mill. Management Accounting Research (March): 5-30.

Hoque, Z. and W. James. 2000. Linking the balanced scorecard measures to size and market factors: Impact on organizational performance. Journal of Management Accounting Research (12): 1-17. (Summary).

Horan, R. D., J. Hrubovack, J. S. Shortle and E. H. Bulte. 2000. Accounting for the distributional impacts of policy in the green accounts. Environment and Development Economics Special Issue: Advances in Green Accounting. (February and May 2000): 95-108.

Hord, W. H. 1939. The flow of property as a basis of internal control. The Accounting Review (September): 272-285. (JSTOR link).

Hord, W. H. 1940. Bond discount and debt expense in terms of consistent accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 211-218. (JSTOR link).

Hord, W. H. 1942. A neglected area of accounting valuation. The Accounting Review (October): 335-347. (JSTOR link).

Hormats, R. D. 2003. Abraham Lincoln and the global economy. Harvard Business Review (August): 58-67. (A template for emerging nations).

Horn, F. E. 1951. Managerial emphasis in elementary accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 308-312. (JSTOR link).

Horn, J. E. 1928. Co-ordinating the factory and general accounting to insure prompt monthly closing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 593-616.

Horn, J. F. 1931. An application of equipment for accounts payable control and department distribution. N.A.C.A. Bulletin Section II (December 1).

Horn, T. W. 2008. Unlocking The Value Of Your Business: How to increase it, measure it, and negotiate an actual sale price - Valuation in easy, step-by-step terms, 3rd Edition. Charter Oak Press.

Hornberger, D. J. 1926. Accounting control in college fraternal organizations. The Accounting Review (September): 89-92. (JSTOR link).

Hornberger, D. J. 1929. Accounting for no-par stock issues. The Accounting Review (December): 213-217. (JSTOR link).

Hornberger, D. J. 1933. Accounting for no-par stocks during the depression. The Accounting Review (March): 58-61. (JSTOR link).

Horne, G. R. 1956. Professional training for accountancy in Canada. The Accounting Review (January): 43-49. (JSTOR link).

Horne, J. M. 1974. EDP controls to check fraud. Management Accounting (October): 43-46.

Horne, W. A. 1915. Receiver's accounts. Journal of Accountancy (October): 320-321.

Horner, L. D. 1990. KPMG Peat Marwick's "Code of conduct." Management Accounting (June): 16-17.

Horngren, C. T. 1955. Security analysts and the price level. The Accounting Review (October): 575-581. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1957. Disclosure: 1957. The Accounting Review (October): 598-604. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1957. Stock dividends and the entity theory. The Accounting Review (July): 379-385. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1958. Disclosure: What next?. The Accounting Review (January): 84-92. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1962. Choosing accounting practices for reporting to management. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 3-15.

Horngren, C. T. 1962. Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis. Prentice Hall. Review by E. Enke. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1963. Teaching methods and participation as a major law of learning. The Accounting Review (April): 409-411. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1965. How should we interpret the realization concept? The Accounting Review (April): 323-333. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1967. A contribution margin approach to the analysis of capacity utilization. The Accounting Review (April): 254-264. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1967. Motivation and coordination in management control systems. Management Accounting (May): 3-7.

Horngren, C. T. 1967. Process costing in perspective: Forget FIFO. The Accounting Review (July): 593-596. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1969. Capacity utilization and the efficiency variance. The Accounting Review (January): 86-89. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1971. The accounting discipline in 1999. The Accounting Review (January): 1-11. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. 1989. Cost and management accounting: Yesterday, and today. Journal of Management Accounting Research (1): 21-32. (Summary). This paper was originally published in Hopwood, A. and M. Bromwich, eds. 1986. Research and Current Issues in Management Accounting. London: Pitman Publishing Ltd.

Horngren, C. T. 1991. Willian J. Vatter: Notable contributor to management accounting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (3): 233-235.

Horngren, C. T. 1995. Management accounting: The century and beyond. Management Accounting Research (September): 281-286.

Horngren, C. T. 2004. Management accounting: Some comments. Journal of Management Accounting Research (16): 207-211.

Horngren, C. T. and G. Foster. 1988. Flexible manufacturing systems: Cost management and cost accounting implications. Journal of Cost Management (Fall):16-24.

Horngren, C. T. and G. H. Sorter. 1961. "Direct" costing for external reporting. The Accounting Review (January): 84-93. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T. and G. H. Sorter. 1964. An evaluation of some criticisms of relevant costing. The Accounting Review (April): 417-420. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T., D. L. Jensen and J. S. Demski. 2001. Accounting Hall of Fame 2000 induction: Remarks, citation, and response: Joel S. Demski. The Accounting Historians Journal 28(1): 131-136. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T., D. L. Jensen and W. H. Beaver. 1997. Accounting Hall of Fame induction: Citation and response: William Henry Beaver. The Accounting Historians Journal 24(1): 157-164. (JSTOR link).

Horngren, C. T., G. L. Sundem and W. O. Stratton. 2005. Introduction to Management Accounting, Chap. 1-14 (13th Edition). Prentice Hall.

Horngren, C. T., G. L. Sundem and W. O. Stratton. 2005. Introduction to Management Accounting, Chap. 1-17 (13th Edition) (Charles T Horngren Series in Accounting). Prentice Hall.

Horngren, C. T., S. M. Datar and G. Foster. 2002. Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, 11th edition. Prentice Hall.

Horngren, C. T., S. M. Datar and G. Foster. 2005. Cost Accounting (12th Edition) (Charles T Horngren Series in Accounting). Prentice Hall.

Horngren, C. T., S. M. Datar, G. Foster and C. Ittner. 2009. Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, 13th edition. Pearson Prentice Hall.

Horngren, C. T., S. M. Datar, and M. Rajan. 2011. Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, 14th edition. Prentice Hall.

Horngren, C. T., T. J. Burns and R. T. Sprouse. 1994. 1994 Accounting Hall of Fame induction: Robert Sprouse. The Accounting Historians Journal 21(2): 151-161. (JSTOR link).

Horniachek, D. 2008. Reflections on Amernic and Craig: A note. Abacus 44(3): 310-316.

Hornik, S. and B. M. Ruf. 1997. Expert systems usage and knowledge acquisition: An empirical assessment of analogical reasoning in the evaluation of internal controls. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 57-74.

Hornik, S. and S. Thronburg. 2010. Really engaging accounting: Second Life^{^TM} as a learning platform. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 361-378.

Hornsby, D. D. and S. Baxendale. 2001. Building a balanced scorecard for entrepreneurs. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 33-38.

Hornsby, J. S. and D. F. Kuratko. 2002. The Human Resource Function in Emerging Enterprises. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Hornstein, H. A., B. B. Bunker and W. W. Burke. 1971. Social Intervention. New York: The Free Press.

Hornyak, S. 1998. Budgeting made easy. Management Accounting (October): 18-23.

Hornyak, S. 1999. The big e-payback. Management Accounting (February): 22-26. (E-procurement).

Horodowich, P. 1979. Evaluating the write-off of slow-moving finished goods inventory. Management Accounting (March): 35-39.

Horowitz, I. 1966. Some aspects of the effects of the regional distribution of scientific talent on regional economic activity. Management Science (November): 217-232. (JSTOR link).

Horowitz, I. 1967. A note on semi-probabilistic grading. Management Science (April): B465-B472. (JSTOR link).

Horrell, J. F. and V. P. Lessig. 1975. A note on a multivariate generalization of the Kruskal-Wallis test. Decision Sciences 6(1): 135-141.

Horrigan, J. 1966. The determination of long-term credit standing with financial ratios. Journal of Accounting Research (Supplement): 44-62.

Horrigan, J. O. 1965. Some empirical bases of financial ratio analysis. The Accounting Review (July): 558-568. (JSTOR link).

Horrigan, J. O. 1966. The determination of long-term credit standing with financial ratios. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 44-62. (JSTOR link).

Horrigan, J. O. 1968. A short history of financial ratio analysis. The Accounting Review (April): 284-294. (JSTOR link).

Horrigan, J. O. 1970. An alternative approach to predicting corporate bond ratings: A comment. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 126-127. (JSTOR link).

Horsch, J. C. 1995. Redesigning the resource allocation process. Management Accounting (July): 55-59. (Advice from a seasoned budgeteer).

Horsch, J. C. 1997. The certified in financial management (CFM) program. Management Accounting (May): 50-55.

Horschler, P. J. 1960. Eliminate pennies - Save dollars. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 57-61.

Horsky, D. and P. Nelson. 2006. Testing the statistical significance of linear programming estimators. Management Science (January): 128-135. (JSTOR link).

Horsman, Q. L. 1944. A salary payment plan. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 751-763.

Horstmann, C. A. 2005. Playing a leadership role in international convergence. Journal of Accountancy (October): 98-100.

Horton, A. J. 1963. Accounting presentations with the overhead projector. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 47-48.

Horton, A. J. 1964. Need for distribution cost accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 41.

Horton, J. and G. Serafeim. 2010. Market reaction to and valuation of IFRS reconciliation adjustments: First evidence from the UK. Review of Accounting Studies 15(4): 725-751.

Horton, J., G. Serafeim and I. Serafeim. 2013. Does mandatory IFRS adoption improve the information environment? Contemporary Accounting Research 30(1): 388-423.

Horváth, P. 2009. What is "German controlling"? Cost Management (March/April): 16-19.

Horváth, P. and B. Sebastian. 2012. Green target costing: Getting ready for the green challenge! Cost Management (May/June): 25-32, 34-36.

Horvath, P., R. Gleich, and S. Schmidt. 1998. Linking target costing to ABC at a U.S. automotive supplier. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 16-24.

Horvath, W. J. 1966. Stochastic models of behavior. Management Science (August): B513-B518. (JSTOR link).

Horvath, W. J. 1966. The systems approach to the national health problem. Management Science (June): B391-B395. (JSTOR link).

Horvath, W. J. 1968. Guest editorial: Organizational and management problems in the delivery of medical care. Management Science (February): B275-B279. (JSTOR link).

Horvitz, J. S. and D. R. Finley. 1979. A macro-case analysis approach to tax research - A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 637-640. (JSTOR link).

Horvitz, J. S. and H. L. Jensen. 1979. Systematic evaluations of tax accounting textbooks. The Accounting Review (October): 800-806. (JSTOR link).

Horvitz, J. S. and M. J. Tucker. 1980. Clinical practice problems in tax education. The Accounting Review (October): 672-679. (JSTOR link).

Horvitz, P. M. and R. R. Pettit. 1984. Problems in Financing Small Business. JAI Press.

Horwath, E. B., L. Toth and J. D. Lesure. 1978. Hotel Accounting. John Wiley & Sons.

Horwitz, B. 1963. Depreciation and cost stability in Soviet accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 819-826. (JSTOR link).

Horwitz, B. 1967. Accounting and the new Soviet reforms. Management Accounting (July): 43-44.

Horwitz, B. 1970. Accounting Controls and the Soviet Economic Reforms of 1966. Studies in Accounting Research (4). American Accounting Association.

Horwitz, B. and A. Young. 1972. An empirical study of accounting policy and tender offers. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 96-107. (JSTOR link).

Horwitz, B. and D. Normolle. 1988. Federal agency R&D contract awards and the FASB rule for privately-funded R&D. The Accounting Review (July): 414-435. (JSTOR link).

Horwitz, B. and R. Shabahang. 1971. Published corporate accounting data and general wage increases of the firm. The Accounting Review (April): 243-252. (JSTOR link).

Horwitz, B. N. and R. Kolodny. 1980. [Discussion of the economic effects of involuntary uniformity in the financial reporting of R&D expenditures and accounting for research and development costs: The impact on research and development expenditures]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 96-107. (JSTOR link).

Horwitz, B. N. and R. Kolodny. 1980. The economic effects of involuntary uniformity in the financial reporting of R&D expenditures. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 38-74. (JSTOR link).

Horwitz, R. M. 1964. The investment credit, "deferred income taxes" and accounting measurement. The Accounting Review (July): 618-621. (JSTOR link).

Hosanagar, K., R. Krishnan, J. Chuang and V. Choudhary. 2005. Pricing and resource allocation in caching services with multiple levels of quality of service. Management Science (December): 1844-1859. (JSTOR link).

Hosasian, T., D. Minor and J. Morgan. 2011. Competing matchmakers: An experimental analysis. Management Science (November): 1913-1925.

Hosford, W. F. 1931. Wage incentive applications in the Western Clock Company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1759-1775.

Hoshower, L. B. 1989. A comparison of accounting faculty views on the five-year educational requirement for CPAs. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 293-308.

Hoshower, L. B. and A. A. Verstraete. 1989. Controlling the cost of decentralized information systems. Management Accounting (June): 51-55.

Hoshower, L. B. and R. P. Crum. 1986. Straightening the tortuous - and treacherous - ROI path. Management Accounting (December): 41-45.

Hoshower, L. B. and R. P. Crum. 1987. Controlling service center costs. Management Accounting (November): 44-48.

Hoshower, L. B. and W. L. Ferrara. 1985. Deferred taxes and consolidations - A case for change. Management Accounting (December): 57-60.

Hosick, T. R. 1950. The accountant - and profitable operations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 132-135.

Hoskin, K. W. and R. H. Macve. 1986. Accounting and examination: A genealogy of disciplinary power. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(2): 105-136.

Hoskin, K. W. and R. H. Macve. 1988. The genesis of accountability: The west point connections. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(1): 37-73.

Hoskin, K. W. and R. H. Macve. 2000. Knowing more as knowing less? Alternative histories of cost and management accounting in the U.S. and the U.K. The Accounting Historians Journal 27(1): 91-149. (JSTOR link).

Hoskin, R. E. 1983. Opportunity cost and behavior. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 78-95. (JSTOR link).

Hoskin, R. E., J. S. Hughes and W. E. Ricks. 1986. Evidence on the incremental information content of additional firm disclosures made concurrently with earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Alternative Measures of Accounting Income): 1-32. (JSTOR link).

Hosking, D. and C. Schriesheim. 1978. Reviewed works: Improving Leadership Effectiveness: The Leader Match Concept. by Fred E. Fiedler; Martin M. Chemers and Linda Mahar. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 496-505. (JSTOR link).

Hoskins, C. G. 1975. Theory versus practice in risk analysis: An empirical study: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 835-838. (JSTOR link).

Hoskisson, R. E. 1987. Multidivisional structure and performance: The contingency of diversification strategy. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 625-644. (JSTOR link).

Hoskisson, R. E., L. Eden, C. M. Lau and M. Wright. 2000. Strategy in emerging economies. The Academy of Management Journal 43(3): 249-267. (JSTOR link).

Hoskisson, R. E., M. A. Hitt, R. A. Johnson and W. Grossman. 2002. Conflicting voices: The effects of institutional ownership heterogeneity and internal governance on corporate innovation strategies. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 697-716. (JSTOR link).

Hoskisson, R. E., R. A. Johnson, D. D. Moesel. 1994. Corporate divestiture intensity in restructuring firms: Effects of governance, strategy, and performance. The Academy of Management Journal 37(5): 1207-1251. (JSTOR link).

Hoskisson, R. E., R. D. Ireland and M. A. Hitt. 2004. Competing for Advantage. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Hosmer, A. W. 1943. Problems in the funding of tax and other reserves. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1049-1065.

Hosmer, C. L. 1957. Shorthand for defense planning: A proposal for comparing risks of war and capabilities. Management Science (January): 167-172. (JSTOR link).

Hosmer, D. W. and S. Lemeshow. 2001. Applied Logistic Regression, Textbook and Solutions Manual (Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics). Wiley.

Hosmer, L. 2010. The Ethics of Management, 7th Edition. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Hosmer, W. A. 1938. The effect of direct charges to surplus on the measurement of income. The Accounting Review (March): 31-55. (JSTOR link).

Hossack, A. B. 1945. Postwar readjustments of property accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 947-957.

Hossain, M. and B. R. Marks. 2005. The value-relevance of voluntary disclosed quarterly foreign sales data of U.S. multinational corporations. Journal of International Accounting Research 4(2): 75-89.

Hossain, M. and H. Hammami. 2009. Voluntary disclosure in the annual reports of an emerging country: The case of Qatar. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 255-265.

Hossari, G. 2006. A dynamic ratio-based model for signaling corporate collapse. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 11-32.

Hossari, G. 2007. Modelling corporate collapse: Definitional issues of the collapse event. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 75-84.

Hostetler, D. 2010. Get results: Improve your accounting firm processes using lean six sigma. Journal of Accountancy (January): 38-43.

Hotchkiss, H. S. 1924. The evolution of the world rubber situation. Harvard Business Review (January): 129-138.

Hotchkiss, W. E. 1923. Industrial relations management. Harvard Business Review (July): 438-450.

Hou, K., M. A. van Dijk and Y. Zhang. 2012. The implied cost of capital: A new approach. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 504-526.

Hou, Y. 2006. Budgeting under central economic planning in China. Journal of Public Budgeting, Accounting & Financial Management 18(4): 430-452.

Houck, R. G. 1948. Budgetary review of plant additions in a public utility. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 251-256.

Hough, B. O. 1924. A contrast of American with European export policies. Harvard Business Review (April): 319-333.

Hough, E. L. 1962. Making management collection-conscious. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 52.

Houghton, I. 1954. A basis for truck-haul cost determination. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 1037-1038.

Houghton, J. W. Jr. 1974. Foreign long-term debt translation. Management Accounting (September): 17-18.

Houghton, K. A. 1981. Law and accounting: Confusion surrounding the 'Rule in Garner. Murray'. Abacus 17(1): 41-51.

Houghton, K. A. 1982. Partnership dissolution: Treatment of the overdrawn capital of an insolvent partner. Abacus 18(1): 91-96.

Houghton, K. A. 1984. Accounting data and the prediction of business failure: The setting of priors and the age of data. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 361-368. (JSTOR link).

Houghton, K. A. 1986. Re-appraisal of Garner v. Murray: A comment. Abacus 22(1): 47-50.

Houghton, K. A. 1987. True and fair view: An empirical study of connotative meaning. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(2): 143-152.

Houghton, K. A. 1988. The measurement of meaning in accounting: A critical analysis of the principal evidence. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(3): 263-280.

Houghton, K. A. and R. Sengupta. 1984. The effect of prior probability disclosure and information set construction on bankers' ability to predict failure. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 768-775. (JSTOR link).

Houk, L. E. 1965. The cost side of NASA PERT and companion cost. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 33-40.

Houk, L. E. 1969. Credit card/EDP control of engineering drawings. Management Accounting (August): 45-47.

Houlub, M. and J. Mitchell. 2012. On-market share buy-backs: ASX disclosure requirements and compliance. Abacus 48(1): 31-58.

Houmes, R., D. Dickins and R. O'Keefe. 2012. New evidence on the incremental information content of earnings reported using the LIFO inventory method. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(2): 235-242.

Houqe, M. N., R. M. Monem and T. van Zijl. 2012. Government quality, auditor choice and adoption of IFRS: A cross country analysis. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(2): 307-316.

House, R. J. 1962. An experiment in the use of management training standards. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(1): 76-81. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J. 1968. Leadership training: Some dysfunctional consequences. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(4): 556-571. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J. 1971. A path goal theory of leader effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 321-339. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J. 1975. The quest for relevance in management education: Some second thoughts and undesired consequences. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 323-333. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J. and H. Tosi. 1963. An experimental evaluation of a management training program. The Academy of Management Journal 6(4): 303-315. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J. and J. B. Miner. 1969. Merging management and behavioral theory: The interaction between span of control and group size. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 451-464. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J., A. C. Filley and S. Kerr. 1971. Relation of leader consideration and initiating structure to R and D subordinates' satisfaction. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 19-30. (JSTOR link).

House, R. J., H. J. Shapiro and M. A. Wahba. 1974. Expectancy theory as a predictor of work behavior and attitude: A re-evaluation of empirical evidence. Decision Sciences 5(3): 481-506.

House, R. J., W. D. Spangler and J. Woycke. 1991. Personality and charisma in the U.S. Presidency: A psychological theory of leader effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(3): 364-396. (JSTOR link).

House, W. C. Jr. 1966. The usefulness of sensitivity analysis in capital investment decisions. Management Accounting (February): 22-29.

Housley, C. 1989. Building a communication network. Management Accounting (May): 50-53.

Houston, A. L. Jr. and C. O. Houston. 1991. The changing use of preferred stock. Management Accounting (December): 47-49.

Houston, C. O. and G. G. Mueller. 1988. Foreign exchange rate hedging and SFAS No. 52 - Relatives or strangers? Accounting Horizons (December): 50-57.

Houston, F. S. and D. L. Weiss. 1975. Cumulative advertising effects: The role serial correlation. Decision Sciences 6(3): 471-481.

Houston, J. F., B. Lev and J. W. Tucker. 2010. To guide or not to guide? Causes and consequences of stopping quarterly earnings guidance. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(1): 143-185.

Houston, R. W. 1998. Commentary on Influencing decision aid reliance through involvement in information choice. Behavioral Research In Accounting (10 Supplement): 201-206.

Houston, R. W. and T. P. Howard. 2000. The UniCast Company: A case illustrating internal auditor involvement in consulting. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 635-655.

Houston, R. W., M. F. Peters and J. H. Pratt. 1999. The audit risk model, business risk and audit-planning decisions. The Accounting Review (July): 281-298. (JSTOR link).

Houston, S. 1936. The steamship business from the accountant's viewpoint. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 9-22.

Houston, W. S. Jr. 1974. Vocational rehabilitation workshop costs. Management Accounting (August): 15-21, 39.

Hout, T. M. and P. Ghemawat. 2010. China vs the world. Harvard Business Review (December): 94-103.

Hover, E. T. 1971. Practical details of acquisitions. Management Accounting (June): 33-36.

Hoverland, H. A. and W. D. Stricklin. 1967. Management and accounting concepts of control. Management Accounting (June): 33-37.

Hovey, D. E. 1974. The low-powered leader confronts a messy problem: A test of Fiedler's theory. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 358-362. (JSTOR link).

Hovey, D. F. 1986. Memo to FASB: A cash flow statement suggestion. Management Accounting (November): 63-64, 66-67.

Hovey, M., L. Li and T. Naughton. 2003. The relationship between valuation and ownership of listed firms in China. Corporate Governance: An International Review 11(2): 112-122.

Hoover, J. E. 1968. Accounting investigations of the FBI. Management Accounting (August): 11-14.

How, F. 1906. Maintenance of way and structures. Journal of Accountancy (March): 372-378.

Howard, A. 1974. An assessment of assessment centers. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 115-134. (JSTOR link).

Howard, C. T. and L. J. D'Antonio. 2005. Cost-effective hedges and accounting standards. Accounting Horizons (December): 205-222.

Howard, D. C. 1964. Contractor performance evaluation. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 45-51.

Howard, D. C. 1966. Equivalent unit costing (EUCO). Management Accounting (October): 59-63.

Howard, D. C. 1967. Overhead cost are controllable. Management Accounting (February): 33-35.

Howard, D. C. 1976. Cost/schedule control systems. Management Accounting (October): 21-25.

Howard, E. D. 1906. Profits on bank deposits. Journal of Accountancy (January): 205-214.

Howard, E. D. 1906. Types of street railway securities. Journal of Accountancy (May): 12-26.

Howard, J. A. and B. H. Lubich. 2003. Comment on "The five-year program debate continues: An updated analysis of the supply of and demand for master's degrees in accounting". Issues In Accounting Education (November): 409-415.

Howard, J. A. and W. M. Morgenroth. 1968. Information processing model of executive decision. Management Science (March): 416-428. (JSTOR link).

Howard, K. and P. B. Schary. 1972. Productive line and inventory strategy. Decision Sciences 3(3): 41-58.

Howard, L. W. and J. L. Miller. 1993. Fair pay for fair play: Estimating pay equity in professional baseball with data envelopment analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 36(4): 882-894. (JSTOR link).

Howard, M. and R. Newman. 1993. From job shop to just-in-time - A successful conversion. Production and Inventory Management Journal (Third Quarter): 70-74.

Howard, P. 1995. Architecture for an activity-based costing system. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 14-21.

Howard, R. A. 1966. Dynamic programming. Management Science (January): 317-348. (JSTOR link). 1966. Errata: Dynamic programming. Management Science (September): 154. (JSTOR link).

Howard, R. A. 1967. An open letter to the newer (and senior) members of TIMS. Management Science (August): C416. (JSTOR link).

Howard, R. A. 1968. The practicality Gap. Management Science (March): 503-507. (JSTOR link).

Howard, R. A. Jr. 1948. Yardsticks for motion picture theater revenue and costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 131-139.

Howard, R. H., J. Weiser, A. Shuchman and H. Tobey. 1967. Free for all. Management Science (June): B681-B692. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1926. Some cost problems in university accounting. The Accounting Review (December): 55-62. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1930. Accounting instruction in the liberal arts curriculum. The Accounting Review (June): 146-149. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1931. Charge and discharge. The Accounting Review (March): 51-56. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1932. Business partnerships in France before 1807. The Accounting Review (December): 242-257. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1932. Public rules for private accounting in France, 1673 and 1807. The Accounting Review (June): 91-102. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1933. The societe anonyme: From joint account to business corporation. The Accounting Review (March): 11-21. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1934. The private business corporation under modern French law. The Accounting Review (June): 105-113. (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. 1937. Concepts of capital and income. The Accounting Review (March): 1-2 . (JSTOR link).

Howard, S. E. and A. Barr. 1936. Accounting in a liberal arts curriculum. The Accounting Review (June): 149-157. (JSTOR link).

Howard, T. P. 1981. Attitude measurement: Some further considerations. The Accounting Review (July): 613-621. (JSTOR link).

Howard, T. P. 1985. Teaching ideas for the commencement of the governmental accounting source. Journal of Accounting Education 3(2): 179-185.

Howard, T. P. 2002. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 113.

Howard, T. P. 2002. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 223.

Howard, T. P. 2002. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 345.

Howard, T. P. 2002. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 465.

Howard, T. P. 2003. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 115.

Howard, T. P. 2003. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 231.

Howard, T. P. 2003. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 325.

Howard, T. P. 2003. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 471.

Howard, T. P. 2004. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 157.

Howard, T. P. 2004. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 267.

Howard, T. P. 2004. Editor's report. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 387.

Howard, T. P. and D. E. Stout. 2006. Reasons accounting case/instructional resource papers are rejected for publication. Journal of Accounting Education 24(1): 1-15.

Howard, T. P. and L. A. Nikolai. 1983. Attitude measurement and perceptions of accounting faculty publication outlets. The Accounting Review (October): 765-776. (JSTOR link).

Howard, T. W. 1930. The value to industry of association work in cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 381-388.

Howarth, J. H. Jr. 1962. We are keeping track of our computer's pay out. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 78-84.

Howe, A. S. Jr. 1929. The Lake Cargo Coal case. Harvard Business Review (July): 452-461.

Howe, H. W. 1950. A pension plan miniature. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 286-289.

Howe, J. T. 1983. Managing accounts receivable effectively. Management Accounting (August): 35-38.

Howe, K. R. and B. A. Baldwin. 1983. The effects of evaluative sequencing on performance, behavior, and attitudes. The Accounting Review (January): 135-142. (JSTOR link).

Howe, N. and W. Strauss. 2007. The next 20 years: How customer and workforce attitudes will evolve. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 41-52.

Howe, R. 1930. Industry and the aged. Harvard Business Review (July): 435-442. ("At the present time there are nearly two million people over sixty-five years of age in the United States who cannot support themselves at a subsistence level." p. 435...."The idea is not at all new in this country; since 1907, forty-seven bills providing for public pensions have been introduced by Congress, and though none has even been reported out of committee, agitation for national recognition is constantly increasing. President Hoover has publicly recognized the issue as one which may soon merit federal action." p. 438).

Howell, C. 1977. CASB: An assessment. Management Accounting (April): 23-26.

Howell, C. D. 1966. Hospital depreciation funding. Management Accounting (February): 48-50.

Howell, F. S. 1951. Price estimating - Survival factor in job shops. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1465-1471.

Howell, F. S. 1954. A "contribution" approach to distribution costing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 214-224.

Howell, F. S. 1956. Using a computer to reconcile inventory counts to books. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1223-1233.

Howell, F. S. 1957. The electronic computer threat and opportunity. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1150-1153.

Howell, F. S. 1959. A case in accounting for sick leave pay. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 24-28.

Howell, H. E. 1940. Effect of the new excess profits tax on preparation of 1940 corporate income tax returns. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 415-440.

Howell, H. E. 1941. Cost reports for management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 611-622.

Howell, H. E. 1943. Accountant's responsibilities to management in planning for reconversion and post-war progress. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 355-372.

Howell, H. E. 1944. Accountant's responsibility to management in planning for reconversion and postwar progress (Part Two). N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 1): 99-112.

Howell, H. E. 1945. Postwar pricing and cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 215-232.

Howell, H. E. 1948. Pricing of exports under the foreign assistance act of 1948. The Accounting Review (July): 235-243. (JSTOR link).

Howell, J. E. and D. Teichroew. 1963. Mathematical Analysis for Business Decisions. Irwin: 159-163.

Howell, J. M. and C. A. Higgins. 1990. Champions of technological innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(2): 317-341. (JSTOR link).

Howell, J. P. and P. W. Dorfman. 1981. Substitutes for leadership: Test of a construct. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 714-728. (JSTOR link).

Howell, R. A., J.D. Brown, S.R. Soucy and A.H. Seed III. 1987. Management Accounting In The New Manufacturing Environment. Montvale, NJ: National Association of Accountants.

Howell, R. A. and M. Sakurai. 1992. Management accounting (and other) lessons from the Japanese. Management Accounting (December): 28-34. (Summary).

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1987. The new manufacturing environment: Major trends for management accounting. Management Accounting (July): 21-27.

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1987. Cost accounting in the new manufacturing environment. Management Accounting (August): 42-48.

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1987. Operating controls in the new manufacturing environment. Management Accounting (October): 25-31.

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1987. Capital investment in the new manufacturing environment. Management Accounting (November): 26-32. (Summary).

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1988. Management reporting in the new manufacturing environment. Management Accounting (February): 22-29.

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1990. Customer profitability: As critical as product profitability. Management Accounting (October): 43-47. (Summary).

Howell, R. A. and S. R. Soucy. 1991. Determining the real cost of doing business in a global market. National Productivity Review (Spring): 157-165.

Howell, R. A. and W. A. Schwartz. 1996. Asset deployment and investment justification. Chapter D4. Handbook of Cost Management. Warren, Gorham & Lamont: D4-1-D4-32.

Hower, V. A. 1930. Department-store importing. Harvard Business Review (October): 101-110.

Howery, C. K., E. D. Bennett and S. Reed. 1991. How Lockheed implemented CIM. Management Accounting (December): 22-28.

Howes, R. 2003. Environmental cost Accounting: An Introduction and Practical Guide. CIMA Publishing.

Howkins, G. H. Jr. 1959. Manpower planning - A case study. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 65-72.

Howorth, C. and P. Westhead. 2003. The focus of working capital management in UK small firms. Management Accounting Research (June): 94-111.

Howson, C. 2007. Successful Business Intelligence: Secrets to Making BI a Killer App. McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.

Howton, F. W. 1963. Work assignment and interpersonal relations in a research organization: Some participant observations. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(4): 502-520. (JSTOR link).

Hoy, F. and D. Hellriegel. 1982. The Kilmann and Herden model of organizational effectiveness criteria for small business managers. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 308-322. (JSTOR link).

Hoy, R. J. 1955. Absorption costing - A practical application. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 527-535.

Hoyle, D. 2009. ISO 9000 Quality Systems Handbook, 6th edition. Butteworth-Heinemann.

Hoyle, J. B., T. Schaefer and T. Doupnik. 2010. Advanced Accounting (10th Edition). McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Hoyle, J. B., T. Schaefer and T. Doupnik. 2010. Fundamentals of Advanced Accounting, 4th Edition. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Hoyle, J. L. and S. Walton. 1919. Calculating commission on net profits. Journal of Accountancy (May): 390-393.

Hoyt, E. R. and L. D. Maples. 1980. Accounting for joint ventures with the Soviet block and China. The International Journal of Accounting 16(1): 105-124.

Hrebiniak, L. G. 1974. Effects of job level and participation on employee attitudes and perceptions of influence. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 649-662. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. 1974. Job technology, supervision, and work-group structure. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(3): 395-410. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. 1976. Size and staff professionalization. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 662-669. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. and C. C. Snow. 1980. Industry differences in environmental uncertainty and organizational characteristics related to uncertainty. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 750-759. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. and J. A. Alutto. 1972. Personal and role-related factors in the development of organizational commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(4): 555-573. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. and J. A. Alutto. 1973. A comparative organizational study of performance and size correlates in impatient psychiatric departments. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(3): 365-382. (JSTOR link).

Hrebiniak, L. G. and W. F. Joyce. 1985. Organizational adaptation: Strategic choice and environmental determinism. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(3): 336-349. (JSTOR link).

Hribar, P. 2002. Discussion of “Inventory changes and future returns”. Review of Accounting Studies 7(2-3): 189-193.

Hribar, P. 2004. Discussion of competitive costs of disclosure by Biotech IPOs. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 357-364. (JSTOR link).

Hribar, P. and D. C. Nichols. 2007. The use of unsigned earnings quality measures in tests of earnings management. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 1017-1053. (JSTOR link).

Hribar, P. and D. W. Collins. 2002. Errors in estimating accruals: Implications for empirical research. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 105-134. (JSTOR link).

Hribar, P. and J. McInnis. 2012. Investor sentiment and analysts' earnings forecast errors. Management Science (February): 293-307.

Hribar, P. and N. T. Jenkins. 2004. The effect of accounting restatements on earnings revisions and the estimated cost of capital. Review of Accounting Studies 9(2-3): 337-356.

Hribar, P., N. T. Jenkins and W. B. Johnson. 2006. Stock repurchases as an earnings management device. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 3-27.

Hribar, P., R. M. Lindsay, and A. R. Loustel. 1997. Weyerhaeuser’s integrated performance measurement system. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 36-40.

Hrisak, D. M. 1992. Interviews with original CMAs: Six leaders reflect on program's impact on their careers. Management Accounting (April): 34-37.

Hrisak, D. M. 1996. The controller as business strategist. Management Accounting (December): 48-49.

Hrisak, D. M. 1999. Millions move to the home office. Strategic Finance (December): 54-57.

Hrisak, D. M. 2001. Global challenges call for more CMAs and CFMs. Strategic Finance (June): 44-49.

Hromish, M. 1967. Maintenance cost data for analysis and control. Management Accounting (October): 40-46.

Hronec, S. M. 1993. Vital Signs: Using Quality, Time, and Cost Performance Measurements to Chart Your Company's Future. New York: AMACOM, American Management Association.

Hronsky, J. J. and K. A. Houghton. 2001. The meaning of a defined accounting concept: Regulatory changes and the effect on auditor decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(2): 123-139.

Hsieh, J. J. P., A. Rai and S. X. Xu. 2011. Extracting business value from IT: A sensemaking perspective of post-adoptive use. Management Science (November): 2018-2039.

Hsieh, S., K. R. Ferris and A. H. Chen. 1990. Securities market response to pension fund termination. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 550-572.

Hsieh, T. 2010. Delivering Happiness: A Path to Profits, Passion, and Purpose. Business Plus.

Hsieh, T. 2010. Zappos's CEO on going to extremes for customers. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 41-45.

Hsu, A. W., J. O'Hanlon and K. Peasnell. 2011. Financial distress and the earnings-sensitivity-difference measure of conservatism. Abacus 47(3): 284-314.

Hsu, C. and W. Kross. 2011. The market pricing of special items that are included in versus excluded from street earnings. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(3): 990-1017.

Hsu, D. H. 2006. Venture capitalists and cooperative start-up commercialization strategy. Management Science (February): 204-219. (JSTOR link).

Hsu, G. 2006. Jacks of all trades and masters of none: Audiences' reactions to spanning genres in feature film production. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(3): 420-450. (JSTOR link).

Hsu, I. and R. Sabherwal. 2012. Relationship between intellectual capital and knowledge management: An empirical investigation. Decision Sciences 43(3): 489-524.

Hsu, J. I. S. 1968. An empirical study of computer maintenance policies. Management Science (December): B180-B195. (JSTOR link).

Hsu, J. S., T. Lin, K. Cheng and L. P. Linden. 2012. Reducing requirement incorrectness and coping with its negative impact in information system development projects. Decision Sciences 43(5): 929-955.

Hsu, S. H. 2011. Cost information and pricing: Empirical evidence. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(2): 554-579.

Hsu, V. N., C. Y. Lee and K. C. So. 2006. Optimal component stocking policy for assemble-to-order systems with lead-time-dependent component and product pricing. Management Science (March): 337-351. (JSTOR link).

Hu, P., J. R. Kale, M. Pagani and A. Subramanian. 2011. Fund flows, performance, managerial career concerns, and risk taking. Management Science (April): 628-646.

Hu, Q., T. Dinev, P. Hart and D. Cooke. 2012. Managing employee compliance with information security policies: The critical role of top management and organizational culture. Decision Sciences 43(4): 615-660.

Hu, Y., T. W. Lin and S. Li. 2007. An examination of factors affecting Chinese financial analysts’ information comprehension, analyzing ability, and job quality. Review of Quantitative Finance & Accounting 30(4): 1-21.

Huang, A. and R. Ma. 2001. Accounting in China in Transition: 1949-2000 (Accounting and Business in Asia). World Scientific Publishing Company Inc.

Huang, H., C. Lee and E. Rose-Green. 2010. The association between audit fees and subsequent client litigation. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(2): 105-126.

Huang, H., E. Rose-Green and C. Lee. 2012. CEO age and financial reporting quality. Accounting Horizons (December): 725-740.

Huang, H., K. Raghunandan and D. Rama. 2009. Audit fees for initial audit engagements before and after SOX. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 28(1): 171-190.

Huang, H., L. Liu, K. Raghunandan and D. V. Rama. 2008. Auditor industry specialization, client bargaining power, and audit fees: Further evidence. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 27(1): 147-158.

Huang, H., S. Mishra and K. Raghunandan. 2008. Types of nonaudit fees and financial reporting quality. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 27(1): 133-145.

Huang, H. W., C. C. Lee and E. R. Green. 2008. Non-audit fees, auditor independence and auditor litigation. Journal of Forensic Accounting 9(1): 157-174.

Huang, K., Y. W. Lee and R. Y. Wang. 1998. Quality Information and Knowledge Management. Prentice-Hall.

Huang, L. 1999. The integration of activity-based costing and the theory of constraints. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 21-27. (Summary).

Huang, M. 2006. Eliminate the middleman? Harvard Business Review (March): 33-37. (Fictional case).

Huang, S., W. Shen, D. C. Yen and L. Chou. 2011. IT governance: Objectives and assurances in internet banking. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(2): 406-414.

Huang, X. 2004. China stock price reactions to financial announcements: Evidence from segmented markets. Managerial Finance 30(3): 62-73.

Huang, Y. and S. Scholz. 2012. Evidence on the association between financial restatements and auditor resignations. Accounting Horizons (September): 439-464.

Huba, M. E. and J. E. Freed. 2000. Learner-Centered Assessment on College Campuses: Shifting the Focus from Teaching to Learning. Allyn and Bacon.

Huband, E. A. 1992. Developing effective management skills. Management Accounting (July): 44-46.

Hubbard, C. L. 1970. Statistical control charts for administrative decision. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 163-173.

Hubbard, C. L. 1975. On-going control of cash and income. Management Accounting (August): 20-24.

Hubbard, C. L. and A. Kraft. 1972. Programmed decision structures - Functional approach to quantitative undergraduate core. Decision Sciences 3(2): 127-138.

Hubbard, D. W. 2010. How to Measure Anything: Finding the Value of Intangibles in Business. Wiley.

Hubbard, E. D., K. D. Stocks and J. W. Hardy. 1984. A comprehensive project for managerial accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 2(1): 111-125.

Hubbard, E. K. 1925. The executive's viewpoint in reference to cost figures. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (May 1): 10-14.

Hubbard, J. B. 1926. Open-market money rates. Harvard Business Review (April): 319-325.

Hubbard, J. B. 1926. Recent developments in Federal Reserve policy. Harvard Business Review (October): 47-54.

Hubbard, J. B. 1927. Building construction in recent years. Harvard Business Review (April): 307-314.

Hubbard, R. B. 1990. Return of the cost accounting standards board. Management Accounting (October): 56-59.

Hubbard, T. D. and R. H. Strawser. 1972. A test of "A model for integrating sampling objectives in auditing". Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 404-406. (JSTOR link).

Hubbard, W. 2010. How to Measure Anything: Finding the Value of Intangibles in Business, 2nd Edition. Wiley.

Hubbell, W. W. Jr. 1996. Combining economic value added and activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 18-29.

Hubbell, W. W. Jr. 1996. A case study in economic value added and activity-based management. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 21-29.

Hubeny, J. A. and J. T. Hickey. 1969. Profit managing. Management Accounting (June): 70-71.

Huber, E. 2007. Adviser's Guide to Counseling Aging Clients and Their Families. AICPA.

Huber, G. P. 1967. The application of behavioral science theory to professional development. The Academy of Management Journal 10(3): 275-286. (JSTOR link).

Huber, G. P. 1974. Methods for quantifying subjective probabilities and multi-attribute utilities. Decision Sciences 5(3): 430-458.

Huber, G. P. 1985. Temporal stability and response-order biases in participant descriptions of organizational decisions. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 943-950. (JSTOR link).

Huber, G. P. and A. Delbecq. 1972. Guidelines for combining the judgments of individual members in decision conferences. The Academy of Management Journal 15(2): 161-174. (JSTOR link).

Huber, G. P., M. J. O'Connell and L. L. Cummings. 1975. Perceived environmental uncertainty: Effects of information and structure. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 725-740. (JSTOR link).

Huber, W. D. 2011. Does the American Accounting Association exist? An example of public document research. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 1-67.

Huber, W. D. 2011. Legal status of the American Accounting Association. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 68-75.

Huber, W. D. 2012. Is forensic accounting in the United States becoming a profession? Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 4(1): 255-284.

Huberman, J. 2003. The Bush - Haters Handbook: A Guide to the Most Appalling Presidency of the Past 100 Years. Nation Books.

Hubler, M. J. Jr. 1969. New areas of creativity in the accounting-finance function. Management Accounting (April): 16-17.

Hubling, P. 1994. Auditing time and material contractors at Bethlehem Steel. Management Accounting (September): 52-55.

Huckman, R. S. 2009. Are you having trouble keeping your operations focused? Harvard Business Review (September): 90-95.

Huckman, R. S. and G. P. Pisano. 2006. The firm specificity of individual performance: Evidence from cardiac surgery. Management Science (April): 473-488. (JSTOR link).

Hudack, L. R. and J. P. McAllister. 1994. An investigation of the FASB's application of its decision usefulness criteria. Accounting Horizons (September): 1-18.

Huddart, S. 1992. Discussion of "The effects of line-of-business reporting on competition in oligopoly settings". Contemporary Accounting Research 9(1): 29-32.

Huddart, S. 1994. Employee stock options. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 207-231.

Huddart, S. and M. Lang. 1996. Employee stock option exercises an empirical analysis. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 5-43.

Huddart, S. and M. Lang. 2003. Information distribution within firms: Evidence from stock option exercises. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 3-31.

Huddart, S. and P. J. Liang. 2005. Profit sharing and monitoring in partnerships. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 153-187.

Huddart, S. and V. G. Narayanan. 2002. An empirical examination of tax factors and mutual funds' stock sales decisions. Review of Accounting Studies 7(2-3): 319-341.

Huddart, S., B. Ke and C. Shi. 2007. Jeopardy, non-public information, and insider trading around SEC 10-K and 10-Q filings. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March): 3-36.

Huddart, S., J. S. Hughes and M. Brunnermeier. 1999. Disclosure requirements and stock exchange listing choice in an international context. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 237-269.

Huddart S. J. 2008. Three patterns in need of a unified theory. Accounting Horizons (December): 441-444.

Hudig, J. 1962. Flexible pricing formula. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 71-76.

Hudon, M. and A. Perilleux. 2013. Performance management of double bottom line institutions: Evidence from Banco Compartamos. Cost Management (January/February): 14-23.

Hudson, C. L. and M. J. Curran. 1993. Finding $100 bills on the factory floor. Management Accounting (July): 58-61.

Hudson, R. R. 1963. Accounting for unearned discount of finance companies. The Accounting Review (October): 796-801. (JSTOR link).

Huebner, R. F. Jr. 1978. Selecting a retirement program for a small corporation. Management Accounting (January): 27-33.

Huebner, S. S. 1927. New uses of insurance. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 694-712.

Huefner, R. J. 1971. Analyzing and reporting sensitivity data. The Accounting Review (October): 717-732. (JSTOR link).

Huefner, R. J. 1972. Accounting system for earnings per share. Management Accounting (March): 29-35.

Huefner, R. J. 1972. An economic approach to price-index bias. The Accounting Review (January): 171-173. (JSTOR link).

Huefner, R. J. 1972. Sensitivity analysis and risk evaluation. Decision Sciences 3(3): 128-135.

Huefner, R. J. 1976. Analysis of CASB disclosure statements. Management Accounting (June): 45-48.

Huefner, R. J. 1976. The minimum income tax. Management Accounting (January): 18-22.

Huefner, R. J. 1999. Re-engineering the teaching of bond liabilities. Journal of Accounting Education 17(4): 417-427.

Huefner, R. J. 2010. The forensic audit: An example from the public sector. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(1): 1-16.

Huefner, R. J. 2011. Fraud risks in local government: An analysis of audit findings. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(3): 111-125.

Huefner, R. J. 2011. A guide to integrating revenue management and capacity analysis. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 40-46.

Huefner, R. J. 2011. Internal control weaknesses in local government: Evidence from town and village audits. The CPA Journal (July): 20-27.

Huefner, R. J., J. E. Ketz and J. A. Largay III. 1989. Foreign currency translation and the cash flow statement. Accounting Horizons (June): 66-75.

Huerta, E., S. B. Salter, P. A. Lewis and P. Yeow. 2012. Motivating employees to share their failures in knowledge management systems: Anonymity and culture. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 93-117.

Huerta, E., T. Glandon and Y. Petrides. 2012. Framing, decision-aid systems, and culture: Exploring influences on fraud investigations. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 13(4): 316-333.

Huesch, M. 1952. Accountants, reports and words. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 558-564.

Huff, A. S. 1998. Writing for Scholarly Publication. Sage Publications.

Huff, D. and I. Geis. 1954. How to Lie With Statistics. W. W. Norton & Company.

Huff, P. 2001. Using drum-buffer-rope scheduling rather than just-in-time production. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 36-40. (Summary).

Hufford, K. W. 1939. Accounting laboratories in collegiate schools of business. The Accounting Review (June): 178-182. (JSTOR link).

Huggard, S. G. 2008. Voluntary disclosure to the IRS: A viable option. Journal of Accountancy (March): 40-44.

Hugh, W. 1987. Short cycle management implementation: An approach taken at Motorola. Target: The Association For Manufacturing Excellence 3(4): 19-24.

Hughen, L., J. R. Livingstone and D. Upton. 2011. Switching from LIFO: Strategies for change. The CPA Journal (April): 26-29.

Hughes, A. and M. S. S. Morton. 2006. The transforming power of complementary assets. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 50-58.

Hughes, G. D. 2006. How business education must change. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 88.

Hughes, H. P. 1982. Goodwill in Accounting: A History of the Issues and Problems. Georgia State University.

Hughes, H. P. 1982. Some contributions of and some controversies surrounding Thomas Jones and Benjamin Franklin Foster. The Accounting Historians Journal 9(2): 43-51. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. 1996. Memoriam. Review of Accounting Studies 1(1): 7.

Hughes J. and J. Weiss. 2007. Simple rules for making alliances work. Harvard Business Review (November): 122-126, 128, 130-131.

Hughes, J., J. Liu and J. Liu. 2009. On the relation between returns and implied cost of capital. Review of Accounting Studies 14(2-3): 246-259.

Hughes, J., J. Liu and W. Su. 2008. On the relation between predictable market returns and predictable analyst forecast errors. Review of Accounting Studies 13(2-3): 266-291.

Hughes, J. B. 1949. Job factors for the evaluation of clerical and administrative positions. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1387-1399.

Hughes, J., J. Liu and M. Zhang. 2004. Valuation and accounting for inflation and foreign exchange. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 731-754. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. F. 1963. Coordinating internal and external auditing. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 11-17.

Hughes, J. F. and L. Oats. 2007. King John's tax innovations - Extortion, resistance, and the establishment of the principle of taxation by consent. The Accounting Historians Journal 34(2): 75-107. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. P. 2009. Corporate value, ultimate control and law protection for investors in Western Europe. Management Accounting Research (March): 41-52.

Hughes, J. S. 1975. Optimal timing of cost information. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 344-349. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S. 1977. Optimal timing of cost information: Author's correction. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 313-316. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S. 1977. Optimal internal audit timing. The Accounting Review (January): 56-68. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S. 1978. Toward a contract basis of valuation in accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 882-894. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S. 1980. Discussion of economically optimal performance evaluation and control systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 227-234. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S. 1984. A Contract Perspective on Accounting Valuation. Studies in Accounting Research (20). American Accounting Association.

Hughes, J. S. and J. H. Scheiner. 1980. Efficiency properties of mutually satisfactory cost allocations. The Accounting Review (January): 85-95. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S. and J. L. Kao. 1991. Economic implications of alternative disclosure rules for research and development costs. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(1): 152-169.

Hughes, J. S. and J. L. Kao. 1998. Cross-subsidization, cost allocation, and tacit coordination. Review of Accounting Studies 2(3): 265-293.

Hughes, J. S. and S. Pae. 2004. Voluntary disclosure of precision information. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 261-289.

Hughes, J. S. and W. E. Ricks. 1984. Accounting for retail land sales: Analysis of a mandated change. Journal of Accounting and Economics (August): 101-132.

Hughes, J. S. and W. E. Ricks. 1987. Associations between forecast errors and excess returns near to earnings announcements. The Accounting Review (January): 158-175. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, J. S., J. L. Kao and M. Williams. 2002. Public disclosure of forward contracts and revelation of proprietary information. Review of Accounting Studies 7(4): 459-478.

Hughes, J. W. 1985. Revenue and expenditure variance analyses for local governments. Journal of Accounting Education 3(2): 103-114.

Hughes, K. E. II. A descriptive index of IMA case studies (1985-2001). IMA.

Hughes, K. E. II. 2000. The value relevance of nonfinancial measures of air pollution in the electric utility industry. The Accounting Review (April): 209-228. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, K. E. II, J. A. Johnston, J. B. Omonuk and M. T. Dugan. 2012. Rate regulation of U.S. electric utilities: Does it deter earnings management? Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(1): 49-63.

Hughes, K. E. II., T. J. Louwers and J. K. Reynolds. 2008. Toward an expanded control environment framework. Journal of Forensic Accounting 9(1): 115-128.

Hughes, L. F. and C. A. Olson. 1969. Computer-assisted financial planning. Management Accounting (April): 24-27.

Hughes, M. A. and S. Kwon. 1990. An integrative framework for theory construction and testing. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(3): 179-191.

Hughes, P. J. 1986. Signalling by direct disclosure under asymmetric information. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 119-142.

Hughes, P. J. and E. S. Schwartz. 1988. The LIFO/FIFO choice: An asymmetric information approach. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 41-58. (JSTOR link).

Hughes, S. B. 2007. Using Form 20-F reconciliations to internationalize an accounting course. Journal of Accounting Education 25(3): 137-151.

Hughes, S. B. and D. M. Willis. 1995. How quality control concepts can reduce environmental expenditures. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 15-19. (Summary).

Hughes, S. B. and J. F. Sander. 2007. A U.S. manager's guide to differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-8 .

Hughes, S. B. and K. A. Paulson Gjerde. 2003. Do different cost systems make a difference? Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 22-30. (Summary).

Hughes, S. B. and R. A. Taylor. 2004. Heartland Furniture Company: Adapting to change. Strategic Finance (July): 46-51. (IMA case competition to develop a strategic plan to revive this 3 plant company).

Hughes, S. B., C. B. Caldwell and K. A. Paulson Gjerde. 2006. Promoting investments in intangible organizational assets through aligned incentive compensation plans. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-8.

Hughes, S. B., C. B. Caldwell, K. A. P. Gjerde and P. J. Rouse. 2005. How groups produce higher-quality balanced scorecards than individuals. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 34-44.

Hughes, S. B., C. Beaudoin and R. R. Boedeker. 2013. Good intentions at Good Grains, Inc. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 15-25.

Hughes, S. B., J. F. Sander and J. C. Reier. 2000. Do environmental disclosures in U.S. annual reports differ by environmental performance? Advances in Environmental Accounting & Management (1): 141-161.

Hughey, D. A. 1970. Integrated processing gets marketing edge. Management Accounting (December): 37-38.

Hugon, A. and V. Muslu. 2010. Market demand for conservative analysts. Journal of Accounting and Economics (May): 42-57.

Hugos, M. 2005. Profitable structures for strategic alliances. Cost Management (September/October): 5-12.

Hugos, M. H. 2011. Essentials of Supply Chain Management. Wiley.

Huhn, F. A. 1960. What the line manager should expect from the controller's organization. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 69-75.

Hui, C., S. S. K. Lam and J. Schaubroeck. 2001. Can good citizens lead the way in providing quality service? A field quasi experiment. The Academy of Management Journal 44(5): 988-995. (JSTOR link).

Hui, K. W., S. Klasa and P. E. Yeung. 2012. Corporate suppliers and customers and accounting conservatism. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February-April): 115-135.

Hui, K. W., S. Matsunaga and D. Morse. 2009. The impact of conservatism on management earnings forecasts. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 192-207.

Huizing, A. and H. C. Dekker. 1992. The environmental issue on the Dutch political market. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(5): 427-448.

Huizing, A. and H. C. Dekker. 1992. Helping to pull our planet out of the red: An environmental report of BSO/Origin. Accounting, Organizations and Society 17(5): 449-458.

Huizingh, W. 1955. Accounting principles and pension costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 722-728.

Huizingh, W. 1959. Inflation - Present and to be accounted for. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 43-57.

Huizingh, W. and J. C. Arme. 1965. The effect of rate changes on income tax allocation. Management Accounting (December): 17-20.

Hujsak, J. 2010. Sustainability, globalization, and economic pragmatism. Cost Management (March/April): 16-23.

Hujsak, J. 2010. The transformative effect of cellular communications on emerging economies. Cost Management (July/August): 5-19.

Hujsak, J. 2011. The economic impact of the global water crisis. Part 2: The global food supply chain. Cost Management (September/October): 34-42.

Hujsak, J. 2011. The emerging global water crisis and its economic implications Part 1: Defining the problem. Cost Management (January/February): 27-34.

Hulbert, J. and D. R. Lehmann. 1975. Reducing error in question and scale design: A conceptual framework. Decision Sciences 6(1): 166-173.

Hulbirt, L. H. 1955. Service shop cost control for appliance retailers. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 516-526.

Hulen, M. and W. Kenny. 1988. Taxation of a visiting professorship after tax reform. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 255-269.

Hull, F. M. and P. D. Collins. 1987. High-technology batch production systems: Woodward's missing type. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 786-797. (JSTOR link).

Hull, G. L. 1927. Plant appraisals - Their treatment in the accounts. The Accounting Review (December): 303-326. (JSTOR link).

Hull, J. 1990. Monitoring a company's operating cash flow using variance analysis. Accounting Horizons (September): 50-57.

Hull, R. P. and C. Mitchem. 1987. Practitioners' views on communications between predecessor and successor auditors and accountants. Accounting Horizons (March): 61-69.

Hull, R. P. and G. B. Wright. 1990. Faculty perceptions of journal quality: An update. Accounting Horizons (March): 77-98.

Hull, R. P. and P. H. Umansky. 1997. An examination of gender stereotyping as an explanation for vertical job segregation in public accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(6): 507-528.

Hulse, D. S. 2009. What if congress reneges on Roths? The CPA Journal (August): 56-59.

Hult, G. T., C. W. Craighead and D. J. Ketchen, Jr. 2010. Risk uncertainty and supply chain decisions: A real options perspective. Decision Sciences 41(3): 435-458.

Hult, G. T. M., D. J. Ketchen Jr. and E. L. Nichols Jr. 2002. An examination of cultural competitiveness and order fulfillment cycle time within supply chains. The Academy of Management Journal 45(3): 577-586. (JSTOR link).

Hult, G. T. M., D. J. Ketchen Jr. and S. F. Slater. 2004. Information processing, knowledge development, and strategic supply chain performance. The Academy of Management Journal 47(2): 241-253. (JSTOR link).

Hultin, M. and R. Szulkin. 1999. Wages and unequal access to organizational power: An empirical test of gender discrimination. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(3): 453-472. (JSTOR link).

Human, S. E. and K. G. Provan. 1997. An emergent theory of structure and outcomes in small-firm strategic manufacturing networks. The Academy of Management Journal 40(2): 368-403. (JSTOR link).

Human, S. E. and K. G. Provan. 2000. Legitimacy building in the evolution of small-firm multilateral networks: A comparative study of success and demise. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(2): 327-365. (JSTOR link).

Hume, L. J. 1970. The development of industrial accounting: The Benthams' contribution. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 21-33. (JSTOR link).

Hume, W. C. 1966. Yesterday's miracle - Today's run-of-the-mill occurrence. Management Accounting (December): 34.

Hummon, N. P. 1970. Criticism of "Effects of flat and tall organization structure". Administrative Science Quarterly 15(2): 230-234. (JSTOR link).

Humphrey, C. 1994. Reflecting on attempts to develop a financial management information system for the probation service in England and Wales: Some observations on the relationship between the claims of accounting and its practice. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(2): 147-178.

Humphrey, C. and B. Lee. Editors. 2004. The Real Life Guide to Accounting Research. Elsevier.

Humphrey, C., A. Loft and M. Woods. 2009. The global audit profession and the international financial architecture: Understanding regulatory relationships at a time of financial crisis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 810-825.

Humpherys, J. and H. Langford. 2008. Managing a corporate culture 'slide'. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 25-27.

Humphreys, J., D. A. Thomas, G, Morris Jr. D. Koehn, A. Leung and G. C. Loury. 2002. The best intentions. Harvard Business Review (July): 31-38. (Case study).

Humphreys, J., Z. U. Ahmed, M. Pryor, K. O. Hanson, D. Peppers, M. Rogers and J. Borg. 2009. World-class bull. Harvard Business Review (May): 35-42. (Case study).

Humphreys, K. A. and K. T. Trotman. 2011. The balanced scorecard: The effect of strategy information on performance evaluation judgments. Journal of Management Accounting Research (23): 81-98.

Humphries, D. and G. Bettesworth-Piggott. 1918. Shortage of accountants. Journal of Accountancy (November): 397.

Hundley, G., C. K. Jacobson and S. H. Park. 1996. Effects of profitability and liquidity on R&D intensity: Japanese and U.S. companies compared. The Academy of Management Journal 39(6): 1659-1674. (JSTOR link).

Hung, M. 2000. Accounting standards and value relevance of financial statements: An international analysis. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 401-420.

Hung, M. and K. R. Subramanyam. 2007. Financial statement effects of adopting international accounting standards: The case of Germany. Review of Accounting Studies 12(4): 623-657.

Hung, M., T. J. Wong and T. Zhang. 2012. Political considerations in the decision of Chinese SOEs to list in Hong Kong. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February-April): 435-449.

Hungate, T. L. 1934. Unit costs in institutions of higher education. The Accounting Review (March): 38-43. (JSTOR link).

Hunger, J. D. and L. W. Stern. 1976. An assessment of the functionality of the superordinate goal in reducing conflict. The Academy of Management Journal 19(4): 591-605. (JSTOR link).

Hunn, W. C. 1943. Types of office forms and their design. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 645-658.

Hunsberger, H. G. 1957. What integrated data processing aims at. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 733-739.

Hunt, A., S. E. Moyer and T. Shevlin. 1996. Managing interacting accounting measures to meet multiple objectives: A study of LIFO firms. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 339-374.

Hunt, A. L. and H. J. Walker. 1951. Standards to meet product changes. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 658-663.

Hunt, B. C. 1930. Recent English company law reform. Harvard Business Review (January): 170-183.

Hunt, H. G. and D. J. Grinnell. 2003. Financial analysts' views of the value of environmental information. Advances in Environmental Accounting & Management (2): 101-120.

Hunt, H. G., P. Sinha and Y. Yin. 2012. Additional evidence on analysts' decision to issue disaggregated earnings forecasts: Strategic biasing. Abacus 48(2): 249-277.

Hunt, H. G. III. 1985. Potential determinants of corporate inventory accounting decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 448-467. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, H. G. III and R. L. Hogler. 1990. Agency theory as ideology: A comparative analysis based on critical legal theory and radical accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(5): 437-454.

Hunt, H. G. III. and R. L. Hogler. 1993. An institutional analysis of accounting growth and regulation in the United States. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(4): 341-360.

Hunt, J. A. 1965. Balancing accuracy and simplicity in determining reorder points. Management Science (December): B94-B103. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, J. G. 1969. Comments on "College boards of trustees: A need for directive leadership" - By Kenneth H. Blanchard. The Academy of Management Journal 12(1): 123-124. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, J. G. 1971. Leadership-style effects at two managerial levels in a simulated organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 476-485. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, J. G., G. E. Dodge and L. Wong (Eds.). Out-of-the-Box Leadership. JAI Press.

Hunt, J. G., J. M. Dowling and F. R. Glahe. 1974. L₁ estimation in small samples with Laplace error distributions. Decision Sciences 5(1): 22-29.

Hunt, J. G., R. N. Osborn and L. L. Larson. 1975. Upper level technical orientation and first level leadership within a noncontingency and contingency framework. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 476-488. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, J. W. and P. N. Saul. 1975. The relationship of age, tenure, and job satisfaction in males and females. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 690-702. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, P. 1951. The case method of instruction. Harvard Educational Review (Summer): 175-192.

Hunt, R., L. Garrett and C. M. Merz. 1985. Direct labor cost not always relevant at H-P. Management Accounting (February): 58-62.

Hunt, R. G. 1970. Technology and organization. The Academy of Management Journal 13(3): 235-252. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, R. G. and I. S. Rubin. 1973. Approaches to managerial control in interpenetrating systems: The case of government-industry relations. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 296-311. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, S. C., T. V. Eaton and A. Reinstein. 2009. Accounting faculty job search in a seller's market. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 157-185.

Hunt, S. D. and R. M. Morgan. 1994. Organizational commitment: One of many commitments or key mediating construct? The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1568-1587. (JSTOR link).

Hunt, S. M. 1960. A simple case of clerical simplification. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 62-64.

Hunt, S. M. 1974. Conducting a social inventory. Management Accounting (October): 15-16, 26.

Hunter, J. 1906. Textile manufacturing costs. Journal of Accountancy (August): 280-282.

Hunter, J. 1912. Cotton-seed oil mills and their accounts. Journal of Accountancy (December): 478-486.

Hunter, J. 1913. Cotton mill accountants. Journal of Accountancy (August): 110-119.

Hunter, J. 1913. Farm accounts. Journal of Accountancy (March): 166-173.

Hunter, J. 1914. The public accountant and the credit man. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-12.

Hunter, J. 1915. How to pass the C. P. A. examinations. Journal of Accountancy (July): 34-37. ("There are now about thirty-nine states that have enacted C.P.A. laws. Before very long it is confidently expected that all states in the Union will have passed such laws.").

Hunter, J. 1917. Accounting systems for retail merchants. Journal of Accountancy (August): 100-104.

Hunter, J. 1918. Partnership insurance a phase of goodwill. Journal of Accountancy (April): 259-262.

Hunter, J. 1942. The auditing function in the federal government. The Accounting Review (July): 221-232. (JSTOR link).

Hunter, J., W. P. Peter, E. G. Shorrock and H. M. Temple. 1915. Competitive bidding. Journal of Accountancy (August): 81-90.

Hunter, K. G. 1974. Full-absorption cost: A managerial dilemma? Management Accounting (December): 53-57.

Hunter, L., E. Webster and A. Wyatt. 2012. Accounting for expenditure on intangibles. Abacus 48(1): 104-145.

Hunter, L. W. and S. M. B. Thatcher. 2007. Feeling the heat: Effects of stress, commitment, and job experience on job performance. The Academy of Management Journal 50(4): 953-968. (JSTOR link).

Hunter, R. 1906. The law and practice in bankruptcy. Journal of Accountancy (September): 358-387.

Hunter, R. J. and J. E. Schnee. 1966. Long range planning in mental health. Management Science (August): B519-B524. (JSTOR link).

Hunter, R. L., G. M. Cunningham and T. G. Evans. 1979. Are multinational liquidity models worth the cost? Management Accounting (December): 51-56.

Hunter, S. 2008. Ethics: The framework for success. Strategic Finance (April): 50-53.

Hunter, W. C. 1960. Making a data processing center more efficient. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 69-76.

Hunton, J., V. Arnold and J. L. Reck. 2010. Decision aid reliance: A longitudinal field study involving professional buy-side financial analysts. Contemporary Accounting Research 27(4): 997-1023.

Hunton, J. E. 1996. User participation in defining system interface requirements: An issue of procedural justice. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 27-47.

Hunton, J. E. 2000. Discussant's comments on presentations by John Lainhart and Gerald Trites. Journal of Information Systems (Supplement): 33-35.

Hunton, J. E. 2001. Mitigating the common informational sampling bias inherent in small group discussion. Behavioral Research in Accounting (13): 171-194.

Hunton, J. E. 2002. Blending information and communication technology with accounting research. Accounting Horizons (March): 55-67.

Hunton, J. E. 2005. Behavioral self-regulation of telework locations: Interrupting interruptions! Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 111-140.

Hunton, J. E. and B. C. Wier. 1996. Performance of accountants in private industry: A survival analysis. Accounting Horizons (September): 54-77.

Hunton, J. E. and C. S. Norman. 2010. The impact of alternative telework arrangements on organizational commitment: Insights from a longitudinal field experiment. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 67-90.

Hunton, J. E. and D. Gibson. 1999. Soliciting user-input during the development of an accounting information system: Investigating the efficacy of group discussion. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(7): 597-618.

Hunton, J. E. and J. M. Rose. 2008. Can directors’ self-interests influence accounting choices? Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 783-800.

Hunton, J. E. and J. M. Rose. 2010. 21st century auditing: Advancing decision support systems to achieve continuous auditing. Accounting Horizons (June): 297-312.

Hunton, J. E. and R. A. McEwen. 1997. An assessment of the relation between analysts' earnings forecast accuracy, motivational incentives and cognitive information search strategy. The Accounting Review (October): 497-515. (JSTOR link).

Hunton, J. E. and W. K. Harmon. 2004. A model for investigating telework in accounting. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(4): 417-427.

Hunton, J. E., A. M. Wright and S. Wright. 2004. Are financial auditors overconfident in their ability to assess risks associated with enterprise resource planning systems? Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 7-28.

Hunton, J. E., A. M. Wright and S. Wright. 2004. Continuous reporting and continuous assurance: Opportunities for behavioral accounting research. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (1): 91-102.

Hunton, J. E., A. M. Wright and S. Wright. 2007. The potential impact of more frequent financial reporting and assurance: User, preparer, and auditor assessments. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (4): 47-67.

Hunton, J. E., B. Lippincott and J. L. Reck. 2003. Enterprise resource planning systems: comparing firm performance of adopters and nonadopters. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 4(3): 165-184.

Hunton, J. E., B. Wier and D. N. Stone. 2000. Succeeding in managerial accounting. Part 2: A structural equation analysis. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(8): 751-762.

Hunton, J. E., D. Libby, J. Libby, E. Mauldin and P. Wheeler. 2010. Continuous monitoring and the status quo effect. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 11(3): 239-252.

Hunton, J. E., D. N. Stone and B. Wier. 2005. Does graduate business education contribute to professional accounting success? Accounting Horizons (June): 85-100.

Hunton, J. E., E. G. Mauldin and P. R. Wheeler. 2008. Potential functional and dysfunctional effects of continuous monitoring. The Accounting Review (November): 1551-1569.

Hunton, J. E., P. E. Neidermeyer and B. Wier. 1996. Hierarchical and gender differences in private accounting practice. Accounting Horizons (June): 14-31.

Hunton, J. E., R. A. McEwen and B. Wier. 2002. The reaction of financial analysts to enterprise resource planning (ERP) implementation plans. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 31-40.

Hunton, J. E., R. Hoitash and J. C. Thibodeau. 2011. The relationship between perceived tone at the top and earnings quality. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(4): 1190-1224.

Hunton, J. E., R. Libby and C. L. Mazza. 2006. Financial reporting transparency and earnings management. The Accounting Review (January): 135-157. (JSTOR link).

Hunton, J. E., V. Arnold and D. Gibson. 2001. Collective user participation: A catalyst for group cohesion and perceived respect. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(1): 1-17.

Huntzinger, J. 2006. Economies of scale are dead: Right-sizing for effective cost management and operations. Cost Management (January/February): 18-26.

Hurd, C. C. 1955. Computing in management science. Management Science (January): 103-114. (JSTOR link).

Hurdman, F. H. 1914. Credits from the viewpoint of a Certified Public Accountant. Journal of Accountancy (December): 435-454.

Hurdman, F. H. 1919. Capital stock of no par value. Journal of Accountancy (October): 246-257.

Hurdman, F. H. 1924. Cost of maintaining depositors' accounts. Journal of Accountancy (August): 98-106.

Hurdman, F. H. 1924. No par value stock. Journal of Accountancy (February): 91-100.

Hurdman, F. H. 1925. Some questions on no-par-value stock. Journal of Accountancy (January): 9-18.

Hurlburt, H. M. 1916. Compensation of junior accountants. Journal of Accountancy (September): 238-239.

Hurley, R. F. 2006. Managing yourself: The decision to trust. Harvard Business Review (September): 55-62.

Hurn, E. W. 1956. The Navy's performance budget. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 728-737.

Hurni, M. L. 1954. Some implications of the use of computers in industry. The Accounting Review (July): 447-455. (JSTOR link).

Hurst, E. G. Jr. and A. B. McNamara. 1967. Heuristic scheduling in a Woolen Mill. Management Science (December): B182-B203. (JSTOR link).

Hurst, K. W. 1951. Auditing defense contracts today. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 544-549.

Hurt, R. L. 2006. We don't have ethics here...or do we? Strategic Finance (March): 16 & 18.

Hurt, R. L. 2009. Accounting Information Systems: Basic Concepts and Current Issues, 2nd edition. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Hurt, S. 2003. Why automate payables and receivables? Strategic Finance (April): 33-35.

Hurtt, D. , M. Robinson and M. Stuebs. 2010. The gatekeepers' tools. Strategic Finance (January): 36-43.

Hurtt, R. K. 2010. Development of a scale to measure professional skepticism. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(1): 149-171.

Hurtt, R. K. and C. W. Thomas. 2008. Implementing a required ethics class for students in accounting: The Texas experience. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 31-51.

Husband, G. R. 1938. The corporate-entity fiction and accounting theory. The Accounting Review (September): 241-253. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1940. A reply to Mr. Cotter. The Accounting Review (December): 510-513. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1940. The first-in, last-out method of inventory valuation. The Accounting Review (June): 190-196. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1942. A critique of the revised statement of accounting principles. The Accounting Review (July): 283-293. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1942. The bad-debts estimate: A deduction from gross sales. The Accounting Review (April): 178-190. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1946. Another look at cost or market whichever is lower. The Accounting Review (April): 115-120. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1946. That thing which the accountant calls income. The Accounting Review (July): 247-254. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1947. A training program for the certified public accountant's staff. The Accounting Review (April): 124-130. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1947. Effective teaching. The Accounting Review (October): 411-414. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1953. Report of the 1952 President. The Accounting Review (April): 267-274. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1954. Rationalization in the accounting measurement of income. The Accounting Review (January): 3-14. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1954. The entity concept in accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 552-563. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R. 1955. Professor Dein, Mr. Alexander, and Supplementary Statement Number 2. The Accounting Review (July): 383-399. (JSTOR link).

Husband, G. R., A. N. Lorig and C. T. Sweeney. 1937. Accounting postulates: An analysis of the tentative statement of accounting principles. The Accounting Review (December): 386-406. (JSTOR link).

Husband, W. H. 1926. The accrual principle applied to bank accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 85-89. (JSTOR link).

Huse, E. and T. Cummings. 1985. Organizational Development and Change. St. Paul, MO: West Publishing Corp.

Huselid, M. A. 1995. The impact of human resource management practices on turnover, productivity, and corporate financial performance. The Academy of Management Journal 38(3): 635-672. (JSTOR link).

Huselid, M. A., R. W. Beatty and B. E. Becker. 2005. A players or A positions? The strategic logic of workforce management. Harvard Business Review (December): 110-117.

Huselid, M. A., S. E. Jackson and R. S. Schuler. 1997. Technical and strategic human resource management effectiveness as determinants of firm performance. The Academy of Management Journal 40(1): 171-188. (JSTOR link).

Huson, M. R., T. W. Scott and H. A. Wier. 2001. Earnings dilution and the explanatory power of earnings for returns. The Accounting Review (October): 589-612. (JSTOR link).

Huss, H. F. and R. L. Trader. 1986. A note on optimal sample sizes in compliance tests using a formal Bayesian decision-theoretic approach for finite and infinite populations. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 394-399. (JSTOR link).

Hussein, M. 1999. Tracking & Controlling Costs: 25 Keys to Cost Management. Lebhar-Friedman Books.

Hussein, M. E. 1981. The innovative process in financial accounting standard setting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(1): 27-37.

Hussein, M. E. A. and K. Tam. 2004. Pilgrims Manufacturing, Inc.: Activity-based costing versus volume-based costing. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 539-553.

Hutchings, C. B. 1926. Forecast for 1926. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 483-492.

Hutchins, F. L. 1906. "A real problem in costs". Journal of Accountancy (November): 48-52.

Hutchins, F. L. 1911. Sinking fund reserves. Journal of Accountancy (April): 419-421.

Hutchinson, J. H. 1914. School Costs and School Accounting. Columbia University. Google eBook.

Hutchinson, M. and F. A. Gul. 1997. The interactive effects of extroversion/introversion traits and collectivism/individualism cultural beliefs on student group learning preferences. Journal of Accounting Education 15(1): 95-107.

Hutchinson, P. 1954. You don't need to "snowball" burden in costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 538-541.

Hutchison, P. D., C. G. White and R. J. Daigle. 2004. Advances in Accounting Information Systems and International Journal of Accounting Information Systems: First ten volumes (1992-2003). International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(3): 341-365.

Hutchinson, P. D., D. W. Johnson and J. L. Reck. 1998. An investigation of the information content of an environmental disclosure in the oil and gas industry. Oil, Gas & energy Quarterly 46(4): 1495-1505.

Hutchison, P. D., M. T. Farris and G. M. Fleischman. 2009. Supply chain cash-to-cash: A strategy for the 21st century. Strategic Finance (July): 41-48.

Hutchinson, P. D., T. M. Lee and C. G. White. 2004. Development of the Journal of Information Systems from the editors' perspectives. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 39-51.

Hutchinson, R. 2007. Linking manufacturing strategy to product cost: Toward time-based accounting. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 31-42.

Hutchinson, R. 2010. Quantifying the impact of cost accounting system design on manufacturing performance: A simulation approach. Advances in Management Accounting (18): 81-109.

Hutchinson, R. and K. Liao. 2009. Zen accounting: How Japanese management accounting practice supports lean management. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 27-35.

Hutson, R. L. 1960. Eliminating driver bookkeeping in retail dairy accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 83-88.

Hutson, T. A. 2008. The AICPA business valuation standard SSVS 1. The CPA Journal (December): 44-46.

Hutton, A. P. 2007. A discussion of ‘corporate disclosure by family firms’. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 287-297.

Hutton, A. P., G. S. Miller and D. J. Skinner. 2003. The role of supplementary statements with management earnings forecasts. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 867-890. (JSTOR link).

Hutton, C. E. 1966. Managers need both explicit and implicit cost. Management Accounting (October): 15-16.

Huxham, C. and S. Vangen. 2000. Leadership in the shaping and implementation of collaboration agendas: How things happen in a (not quite) joined-up world. The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1159-1175. (JSTOR link).

Huy, Q. and A. Shipilov. 2012. The key to social media success within organizations. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 73-81.

Huy, Q. N. 2002. Emotional balancing of organizational continuity and radical change: The contribution of middle managers. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(1): 31-69. (JSTOR link).

Huy, Q. N. and H. Mintzberg. 2003. The rhythm of change. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 79-84. ("Because many things remain stable, change has to be managed with a profound appreciation of stability").

Hwang, A. L. J. 2002. Comparative analysis of accounting treatments for derivatives. Journal of Accounting Education 20(3): 205-233.

Hwang, C. L., L. T. Fan and L. E. Erickson. 1967. Optimum production planning by the maximum principle. Management Science (May): 751-755. (JSTOR link).

Hwang, I., S. Radhakrishnan and L. Su. 2006. Vendor certification and appraisal: Implications for supplier quality. Management Science (October): 1472-1482. (JSTOR link).

Hwang, L. and B. C. Sohn. 2010. Return predictability and shareholders' real options. Review of Accounting Studies 15(2): 367-402.

Hwang, N. R. and D. Wu. 2006. Has the emergence of the specialized journals affected management accounting research paradigms? Advances in Management Accounting (15): 143-168.

Hwang, N. R., G. Lui and M. Y. J. W. Tong. 2005. An empirical test of cooperative learning in a passive learning environment. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 151-165.

Hwang, N. R., G. Lui and M. Y. J. W. Tong. 2008. Cooperative learning in a passive learning environment: A. replication and extension. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 67-75.

Hwang, Y. and A. Kirby. 1994. Distorted Medicare reimbursements: The effect of cost accounting choices. Journal of Management Accounting Research (6): 128-143.

Hwang, Y. and A. J. Kirby. 2000. Competitive effects of disclosure in a strategic entry mode l. Review of Accounting Studies 5(1): 57-85.

Hwang, Y., J. Evans III and V. Hegde. 1993. Product cost bias and selection of an allocation base. Journal of Management Accounting Research (5): 213-242.

Hyatt, J. 2008. The incrementalist (or, what's the small idea?). MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 15-20.

Hyatt, J. 2012. High anxiety: How a satellite company monitors the many third-party suppliers in its orbit. CFO (April): 58-59.

Hyatt, J. 2012. Putting social networks to work: Companies are finding real economic value in cooperation and social media. CFO (July/August): 58-59.

Hyatt, J. 2012. The rise and rise of procurement: Like CFOs of yore, procurement executives are shedding their roles as stewards and becoming what their companies need them to be: Strategic thinkers. CFO (May): 57-59.

Hyatt, J. and A. Stuart. 2010. Cold, cruel world: Suddenly, CFOs who are pounding the pavement find that fewer doors are opening. Here's how to get that foot back in. CFO (November): 54-57 .

Hyatt, T. A. and D. F. Prawitt. 2001. Does congruence between audit structure and auditors' locus of control affect job performance? The Accounting Review (April): 263-274. (JSTOR link).

Hyatt, T. A. and M. H. Taylor. 2008. The effects of incomplete personal capability knowledge and overconfidence on employment contract selection. Behavioral Research In Accounting 20(2): 37-53.

Hyatt, T. A. and S. G. Weihrich. 2005. Capitalized customer acquisition costs and earnings quality: A case study of PhotoWorks, Inc. Journal of Accounting Education 23(2): 117-148.

Hyde, C. 1991. Jobs in the '90s. Management Accounting (May): 32-33.

Hyde, D. F. 1964. Rendering aid to small business. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 47-48.

Hylas, R. E. and R. H. Ashton. 1982. Audit detection of financial statement errors. The Accounting Review (October): 751-765. (JSTOR link).

Hylton, D. P. 1951. Should financial statements show "monetary" or "economic" income? The Accounting Review (October): 503-506. (JSTOR link).

Hylton, D. P. 1954. Accounting principles: Their general acceptance and application. The Accounting Review (January): 127-129. (JSTOR link).

Hylton, D. P. 1957. Needed: More informative and understandable financial statements from governmental units. The Accounting Review (January): 51-54. (JSTOR link).

Hylton, D. P. 1962. Current trends in accounting theory. The Accounting Review (January): 22-27. (JSTOR link).

Hylton, D. P. 1964. Are consulting and auditing compatible? - A contrary view. The Accounting Review (July): 667-670. (JSTOR link).

Hylton, D. P. 1965. On matching revenue with expense. The Accounting Review (October): 824-828. (JSTOR link).

Hyman, M. E. 2004. The Power of Global Capital: New International Rules-New Global Risks. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Hyndman, N. and C. Connolly. 2011. Accruals accounting in the public sector: A road not always taken. Management Accounting Research (March): 36-45.

Hyndman, N. and R. Eden. 2000. A study of the coordination of mission, objectives and targets in U.K. executive agencies. Management Accounting Research (June): 175-191.

Hyndman, R. J. and G. Athanasopoulos. Not dated. Forecasting: Principles and Practice. Online Textbook.

Hyvonen, J. 2007. Strategy, performance measurement techniques and information technology of the firm and their links to organizational performance. Management Accounting Research (September): 343-366.

Hyvonen, T., J. Jarvinen and J. Pellinen. 2008. A virtual integration - The management control system in a multinational enterprise. Management Accounting Research (March): 45-61.

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z